U.S. patent application number 17/128728 was filed with the patent office on 2021-06-24 for apparatus and methods for treatment of a bone.
The applicant listed for this patent is Conventus Orthopaedics, Inc.. Invention is credited to Jonathan Berndt, Michael P. Brenzel, David Costello, Paul Hindrichs, Todd A. Krinke, Steve D. Kruse, Alex A. Peterson, Troy Michael Siemers, Umasuthan Srikumaran.
Application Number | 20210186579 17/128728 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 1000005436270 |
Filed Date | 2021-06-24 |
United States Patent
Application |
20210186579 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Peterson; Alex A. ; et
al. |
June 24, 2021 |
APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF A BONE
Abstract
Apparatus and methods for treatment of a bone. The apparatus may
include an implant. The implant may include an implant tail and an
implant head configured to expand, inside the bone, from a
collapsed state to an expanded state. The apparatus may include an
intramedullary rod defining a central longitudinal rod axis. The
intramedullary rod may include a guide segment configured to guide
the implant head into the bone and support the implant tail. The
intramedullary rod may include an elongated extension member spaced
radially apart from the central longitudinal axis. The extension
member may be configured to provide clearance for the implant head
as the implant head is advanced, in the collapsed state, into the
bone. The extension member may be configured to provide clearance
for the implant head in the expanded state.
Inventors: |
Peterson; Alex A.; (Maple
Grove, MN) ; Brenzel; Michael P.; (St. Paul, MN)
; Kruse; Steve D.; (St. Michael, MN) ; Krinke;
Todd A.; (Buffalo, MN) ; Hindrichs; Paul;
(Plymouth, MN) ; Siemers; Troy Michael; (Big Lake,
MN) ; Berndt; Jonathan; (Crystal, MN) ;
Costello; David; (Delano, MN) ; Srikumaran;
Umasuthan; (Ellicott City, MD) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
Conventus Orthopaedics, Inc. |
Maple Grove |
MN |
US |
|
|
Family ID: |
1000005436270 |
Appl. No.: |
17/128728 |
Filed: |
December 21, 2020 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
16027338 |
Jul 4, 2018 |
10918426 |
|
|
17128728 |
|
|
|
|
62528476 |
Jul 4, 2017 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
1/1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
A61B 17/1778 20161101;
A61B 17/1728 20130101; A61B 2017/564 20130101; A61B 17/746
20130101; A61B 17/7275 20130101; A61B 17/744 20130101; A61B 17/8023
20130101; A61B 17/175 20130101; A61B 17/742 20130101; A61B 17/8061
20130101; A61B 17/8695 20130101; A61B 17/1725 20130101 |
International
Class: |
A61B 17/74 20060101
A61B017/74; A61B 17/86 20060101 A61B017/86; A61B 17/72 20060101
A61B017/72; A61B 17/80 20060101 A61B017/80; A61B 17/17 20060101
A61B017/17 |
Claims
1. Apparatus for repairing a bone, the apparatus comprising: an
implant comprising: an implant tail; and an implant head configured
to expand, inside the bone, from a collapsed state into an expanded
state; and an intramedullary rod defining a central longitudinal
rod axis and an outer surface, the rod comprising: a guide segment
configured to: guide the implant head into the bone; and support
the implant tail; and an elongated extension member spaced radially
apart from the central longitudinal rod axis and configured to
provide clearance with respect to the outer surface of the rod for:
the implant head as the implant head is advanced, in the collapsed
state, through the guide segment into the bone; and the implant
head in the expanded state.
2. The apparatus of claim 1, the rod further comprising a
ring-shaped segment that bridges between the guide segment and the
elongated extension member; wherein the central longitudinal rod
axis passes through an aperture of the ring-shaped segment.
3. The apparatus of claim 1 wherein: the rod defines a cylindrical
volume; and the guide segment is defined by a conical-shaped volume
subtracted from the cylindrical volume.
4. The apparatus of claim 2 wherein a diameter of a base of the
conical-shaped volume has a diameter that is less than a diameter
of the cylindrical volume.
5. The apparatus of claim 1 wherein: the implant tail comprises a
first anchor-receiving feature; and the guide segment comprises: a
guide surface defining a central longitudinal guide axis; and a
second anchor-receiving feature that defines a central longitudinal
anchor axis substantially perpendicular to the central longitudinal
guide axis; wherein, in operation, the implant tail is supported by
the guide surface such that the first anchor-receiving feature and
the second anchor-receiving feature are aligned to receive the same
anchor.
6. The apparatus of claim 1 wherein the rod comprises an outer
surface that defines a cylindrical surface.
7. The apparatus of claim 1 wherein the rod comprises an outer
surface that defines a conical surface.
8. The apparatus of claim 1 wherein the rod comprises: a first body
segment that extends along a first length of the central
longitudinal rod axis, the first body segment defining a uniform
diameter along the first length; and a second body segment, that
extends along a second length of the central longitudinal rod axis,
the second body segment defining a diameter that varies along the
second length.
9. The apparatus of claim 1, the guide segment comprising: an inner
radius; an outer radius; and a guide surface defined by a thickness
between the inner and outer radii.
10. The apparatus of claim 9 wherein the guide surface is defined
by a cylindrical surface that intersects the guide segment.
11. The apparatus of claim 10 wherein the cylindrical surface is an
oblique, cylindrical surface.
12. The apparatus of claim 10 wherein the cylindrical surface has a
diameter greater than a maximum diameter defined by the guide
segment.
13. The apparatus of claim 10 wherein the cylindrical surface has a
diameter smaller than a maximum diameter defined by the guide
segment.
14. The apparatus of claim 1 wherein a length of the guide segment
is cannulated along the central longitudinal rod axis.
15. The apparatus of claim 1 wherein a length of the rod is
cannulated along the central longitudinal rod axis.
16. The apparatus of claim 14 wherein the length is threaded.
17. The apparatus of claim 14 wherein the length is a first
cannulated length, the rod comprising a second cannulated length
that is spaced apart from the first length, along the central
longitudinal rod axis, by a third length.
18. The apparatus of claim 17 wherein the elongated extension
member extends along the third length.
19. The apparatus of claim 17 wherein the second cannulated length
is threaded.
20. The apparatus of claim 5 wherein the central longitudinal rod
axis intersects the central longitudinal guide axis at an angle
less than 90 degrees; wherein the angle faces away from the
elongated extension member.
21. The apparatus of claim 20 wherein the angle is between 45 and
15 degrees.
22. The apparatus of claim 6 wherein: the cylindrical surface is a
first cylindrical surface; the implant, in the collapsed state,
defines a second cylindrical surface; and a diameter of the second
cylindrical surface is smaller than a diameter of the first
cylindrical surface.
23. The apparatus of claim 1 wherein: the guide segment defines a
cylindrical surface; and the elongated extension member comprises
the cylindrical surface.
24. The apparatus of claim 23 wherein the elongated extension
member comprises an outer arc length that is less than a maximum
circumference of the cylindrical surface.
25. The apparatus of claim 24 wherein the arc length is less than
half of the maximum circumference.
26. The apparatus of claim 23 wherein the elongated extension
member comprises a thickness that is less than a radius of the
cylindrical surface.
27. The apparatus of claim 23 wherein the elongated extension
member defines: a length along the central longitudinal rod axis;
and an outer surface area that is less than an outer surface area
of the length of the guide segment along the central longitudinal
axis.
28. The apparatus of claim 1, the elongated extension member
comprising a first mating feature configured to mate with a second
mating feature; wherein mating of the first and second mating
features is configured to transfer a force to the rod along the
central longitudinal rod axis without deforming the rod.
29. The apparatus of claim 28 wherein, in operation, the force
transferred to the rod is sufficient to drive the rod into the
bone.
30. The apparatus of claim 29 comprising a tapered segment that, in
operation, is configured to displace tissue inside the bone.
31. The apparatus of claim 28 wherein the first mating feature
defines a depression.
32. The apparatus of claim 28 wherein the first mating feature
comprises: a first depression; and a second depression spaced apart
from the first depression along the central longitudinal rod
axis.
33. The apparatus of claim 28 wherein the first mating feature
comprises: a depression; and an edge of the elongated extension
member.
34. The apparatus of claim 32 wherein: the elongated extension
member comprises an anchor-receiving feature; and the first
depression is spaced apart from the second depression by a diameter
of the anchor-receiving feature.
35. The apparatus of claim 34 wherein the anchor-receiving feature
is threaded.
36. The apparatus of claim 34 wherein the first mating feature
defines an aperture in the elongated extension member.
37. The apparatus of claim 28 wherein the first mating feature
comprises a protrusion that extends from an outer surface of the
rod.
38. The apparatus of claim 28, the rod comprising a third mating
feature that is configured to mate with a tool positioned outside
the rod.
39. The apparatus of claim 1 wherein: the guide segment defines a
longitudinal guide axis that is oblique to the central longitudinal
rod axis; and the elongated extension member defines a longitudinal
extension axis that is substantially parallel to the central
longitudinal rod axis.
40. The apparatus of claim 1 wherein the rod comprises a plurality
of anchor-receiving features.
41. The apparatus of claim 40 wherein the plurality of
anchor-receiving features comprises: a first anchor-receiving
feature that defines a first longitudinal axis oblique to the
central longitudinal rod axis; and a second anchor-receiving
feature that defines a second longitudinal axis oblique to the
central longitudinal rod axis.
42. The apparatus of claim 41 wherein: the first longitudinal axis
is positioned in a first plane that is substantially perpendicular
to the central longitudinal rod axis; the second longitudinal axis
is positioned in a second plane that is: substantially parallel to
the first plane; and substantially perpendicular to the central
longitudinal rod axis.
43. The apparatus of claim 42 wherein the first longitudinal axis
intersects the second longitudinal axis.
44. The apparatus of claim 42, the plurality of anchor-receiving
features comprising a third anchor-receiving feature that defines a
third longitudinal axis that is: oblique to the central
longitudinal rod axis; and transverse to the first and second
planes.
45. A method for repairing a fracture in a bone, the method
comprising: positioning a first rod substantially perpendicular to
a longitudinal axis of a second rod; locking the first rod to the
second rod; inserting the first rod into an intramedullary cavity
of the bone; securing targeting tools to the second rod; and using
the targeting tools, securing the first rod to the bone.
46. The method of claim 45 further comprising using one or more
apertures in the targeting tools, positioning an anchor in an
anchor-receiving feature of the first rod.
47. The method of claim 46, the positioning comprising mating a
first mating feature of the first rod with a second mating feature
of the second rod.
48. The method of claim 46, the locking comprising driving an
anchor, guided by a cannulated segment of the second rod, into a
threaded anchor-receiving feature of the first rod.
49. The method of claim 45 further comprising: positioning a joint
linking the first rod to the second rod inside the bone; and
affixing the targeting tools to the second rod outside the
bone.
50. The method of claim 45 further comprising, using the targeting
tools, guiding a drill into the bone.
51. The method of claim 50 further comprising, using a guide
surface of the first rod, guiding the drill into the bone.
52. The method of claim 45 further comprising, using the targeting
tools, guiding a reamer into the bone.
53. The method of claim 52 further comprising, using a guide
surface of the first rod, guiding the reamer into the bone.
54. The method of claim 45 wherein the anchor-receiving feature is
obscured by an outside surface of the bone.
55. The method of claim 45 further comprising: positioning an
expandable implant inside the bone; expanding the implant inside
the bone; and using the targeting tools, securing the expandable
implant to the bone.
56. The method of claim 55 further comprising, using a guide
surface of the first rod, positioning the implant inside the
bone.
57. The method of claim 55 further comprising securing the implant
to the first rod.
58. The method of claim 57 wherein the bone is a humerus, the
method further comprising securing the implant to the bone such
that a central longitudinal axis of the implant is positioned,
relative to a central longitudinal axis of the rod, at an angle
that conforms to an angle of inclination of the humerus.
59. The method of claim 58 further comprising expanding the implant
within a head region of the humerus.
60. The method of claim 57 wherein the bone is a femur, the method
further comprising securing the implant to the bone such that a
central longitudinal axis of the implant is positioned, relative to
a central longitudinal axis of the rod, at an angle that conforms
to an angle of inclination of the femur.
61. The method of claim 60 further comprising expanding the implant
within a head region of the femur.
62. The method of claim 45 further comprising affixing a third rod
to the first rod such that a central longitudinal axis of the first
rod is substantially parallel to a central longitudinal axis of the
third rod.
63. The method of claim 62 further comprising securing the
targeting tools to the third rod.
64. The method of claim 45 further comprising removing the second
rod and the targeting tools after the first rod is secured to the
bone.
65. The method of claim 55 further comprising removing the second
rod and the targeting tools after the first rod and the implant are
secured to the bone.
66. The method of claim 45 further comprising inserting the first
rod into the bone though an articular surface-region of the
bone.
67. The method of claim 45 further comprising, using a guide
surface of the first rod, inserting an implant into the bone
through an access hole in cortical bone.
68. The method of claim 45, the securing comprising: aligning a
cut-out in the targeting tools with a rib that protrudes from an
outer surface of the second rod; and positioning a set screw of the
targeting tools into a cut out in the rib.
69. The method of claim 45 the inserting comprising applying a
force to the second rod.
70. The method of claim 69 wherein the second rod is locked to the
first rod such that the force drives the first rod into the bone
without deforming the first rod.
71. The method of claim 45, the inserting comprising driving the
first rod into a femur along a femoral-shaft axis of the femur.
72. The method of claim 45, the inserting comprising driving the
first rod into a humerus along a longitudinal axis defined by the
humerus.
73. Apparatus for placement in an interior of a bone, the apparatus
comprising an elongated member configured to be coupled to an
implant including an implant tail, the elongated member comprising:
a sleeve having a sleeve longitudinal axis; an anchoring base fixed
to, and extending away from, the sleeve; and a threaded member
fixed to the anchoring base and extending along the sleeve
longitudinal axis and spaced radially apart from the sleeve to
define an annular space for receiving the implant tail.
74. The elongated member of claim 73 wherein the sleeve defines,
transverse to the longitudinal axis, a constant outside
diameter.
75. The elongated member of claim 73 wherein the sleeve defines,
transverse to the longitudinal axis, an outside diameter that
varies along a length of the sleeve.
76. The elongated member of claim 73 wherein: the sleeve defines a
first outside diameter transverse to the longitudinal axis; and the
anchoring base defines a second outside diameter, equal to the
first outside diameter, transverse to the longitudinal axis.
77. The elongated member of claim 73 wherein the anchoring base
includes a hollow mesh structure defining a plurality of
openings.
78. The elongated member of claim 77 wherein: the anchoring base
defines a base longitudinal axis; and the mesh structure extends
circumferentially about the longitudinal axis.
79. The elongated member of claim 77 wherein the mesh structure
has: a first outside diameter transverse to a mesh longitudinal
axis along a first portion of a length of the mesh structure; and a
second outside diameter, different from the first outside diameter,
transverse to a mesh longitudinal axis along a second portion of
the length of the mesh structure.
80. The elongated member of claim 77 wherein the mesh structure
includes a plurality of struts and the plurality of openings are
defined by the struts.
81. The elongated member of claim 77 wherein: the anchoring base
includes a first end; a second end, opposite the first end; the
hollow mesh structure is disposed between the first end and the
second end; the sleeve extends away from the first end; and the
second end is tapered.
82. The elongated member of claim 73 wherein the anchoring base
defines a hole.
83. The elongated member of claim 82 wherein: the hole is a first
hole; and the anchoring base defines a second hole, the second hole
being spaced apart from the first hole along a longitudinal axis of
the anchoring base.
84. The elongated member of claim 82 wherein: the hole is a first
hole; the anchoring base defines a plurality of holes, the
plurality of holes including the first hole; and each hole is
spaced apart from an adjacent hole along a longitudinal axis of the
anchoring base.
85. The elongated member of claim 82 wherein a cross-section of the
hole, transverse to a central axis of the hole, is circular.
86. The elongated member of claim 82 wherein the hole has a first
diameter parallel to an anchoring base longitudinal axis and a
second diameter extending circumferentially about the anchoring
base longitudinal axis, wherein the first length is at least double
the second length.
87. The elongated member of claim 82 wherein: the hole is a first
hole; and the anchoring base defines a second hole extending
through the anchoring base, the second hole spaced
circumferentially apart, about an anchoring base longitudinal axis,
from the first hole.
88. The elongated member of claim 87 wherein a central axis
extending through the first hole transects a central axis extending
through the second hole.
89. The elongated member of claim 73 wherein the anchoring base
includes: a first end; a second end opposite the first end; and a
plurality of longitudinal struts, each strut coupled to, and
extending between, the first and second end and spaced apart from
an adjacent strut circumferentially about an anchoring base
longitudinal axis.
90. The apparatus of claim 73 further comprising the implant, the
implant including an implant head, an implant tail including an
inner threaded portion and an implant base positioned between the
head and the tail, wherein: the implant tail is sized to be seated
in the annular space; and the inner threaded portion is threaded to
mate with the threaded member.
91. The apparatus of claim 73 wherein: an inner face of the sleeve
has a circumference; and an outer face of the implant tail has the
circumference.
92. The apparatus of claim 90 wherein, in operation, the implant is
coupled to the elongated member, the implant tail is seated in the
annular space and the threaded member engages the inner threaded
portion.
93. The apparatus of claim 90 wherein: the implant tail is
cylindrical; and in operation, the implant is coupled to the
elongated member and the implant fills the annular space.
94. The apparatus of claim 90 wherein: the implant tail has a face
oblique to an implant tail longitudinal axis; and in operation, the
implant is coupled to the elongated member and the implant fills a
portion of the annular space.
95. The apparatus of claim 90 wherein: the implant tail defines a
first hole and a second hole opposite the first hole across an
implant tail longitudinal axis; the sleeve defines a third hole and
a fourth hole across the sleeve longitudinal axis; and in
operation, the implant is coupled to the elongated member and the
first, second, third, and fourth hole are coaxial.
96. Apparatus for placement in an interior of a bone, the apparatus
comprising: a first intramedullary rod defining a screw hole having
a central axis; a second intramedullary rod configured to be
coupled to the first rod, the second intramedullary rod having an
outer face at an end of the second rod; an implant configured to be
coupled to an end of the second rod, the implant including: an
expandable implant head that, when expanded, defines a volume; and
an implant base extending away from the implant head, the implant
base having an inner face; wherein the inner face of the implant
base includes threads; wherein the outer face of the end of the
second rod includes threads configured to threadingly engage the
threads on the inner face of the implant base; and further wherein,
in operation, the second rod is coupled to the first rod, the
implant is coupled to the second rod, the implant head is in an
expanded state, and the central axis points to the volume.
97. The apparatus of claim 96 wherein: the implant base has an
outer face, the outer face of the implant base including threads;
and the end of the second rod defines a threaded opening configured
to threadingly engage the threads on the outer face of the implant
base.
98. The apparatus of claim 96 wherein: the implant is a first
implant and the expandable head is a first expandable head, further
comprising a second implant including a second expandable head, the
second implant being configured to be coupled to the end of the
second rod, and the second implant including a base extending away
from the second head, the base including threads; and wherein the
end of the second rod is configured to threadingly engage the
threads of the base of the second head.
99. The apparatus of claim 96 wherein: the implant is a first
implant and the expandable head is a first expandable head; further
comprising: a second implant including a second expandable head,
the second implant being configured to be coupled to the end of the
second rod; and wherein the end of the second rod comprises a first
end; further comprising a third implant including: a third
expandable head configured to be coupled to a second end of the
second rod; and a base extending away from the third head, the base
including threads; wherein a second end of the second rod defines
an opening sized to receive the base of the third head, and the
second end of the second rod is configured to threadingly engage
the threads of the base of the third head.
100. Apparatus for placement in an interior of a bone, the
apparatus comprising: a cannulated intramedullary rod having a
first end and a second end opposite the first end; an implant
configured to be coupled to the first end, the implant having an
expandable implant head, an implant tail, and an implant base
extending between the head and the tail; and an end cap configured
to be coupled to the second end; wherein the implant is configured
to be coupled to the first end such that the implant head extends
away from the first end and the implant tail is seated in an
interior of the rod.
101. The apparatus of claim 100 further comprising a threaded
member coupled to, and extending away from, the end cap along a
central axis of the end cap, wherein: an inner face of the implant
tail is threaded; and the threaded member is threaded to mate with
the implant tail; wherein in operation: the threaded member extends
through an interior of the rod, along a longitudinal axis of the
rod, and is engaged with the implant threaded surface.
102. The apparatus of claim 100 wherein the implant base is a
portion of the implant tail.
103. A method for repairing a bone having a surface and an
interior, the bone having an elongated portion, a head including an
articular surface, and a neck positioned between the elongated
portion and the head, the method comprising: placing a first
intramedullary rod and an implant including a mesh cage coupled to
an end of the first rod in the interior such that at least a
portion of the mesh cage is positioned in the head; placing a
second intramedullary rod in the interior such that the second rod
extends along a length of the elongated portion, the placing
including coupling the second rod to the first rod; advancing a
screw through a hole defined by the second intramedullary rod; and
anchoring a distal end of the screw in the head of the articular
surface, the anchoring comprising driving the distal end into the
mesh cage.
104. The method of claim 103 further comprising coupling the first
rod to the implant, wherein: the implant includes a base extending
away from the mesh cage, the base including threads; and the
coupling of the mesh cage to the first rod includes threadingly
engaging the base with a threaded portion of the first rod.
105. The method of claim 103 further comprising coupling the first
rod to the implant, wherein: the implant includes a base extending
away from the mesh cage; and the coupling of the first rod to the
implant includes positioning the base in an opening defined by the
first rod.
106. The method of claim 105 further comprising threadingly
engaging threads on a face of the hub with threads on a face of the
rod.
107. The method of claim 105 further comprising threadingly
engaging threads on a face of the base with threads on a face of
the rod.
108. The method of claim 103 when the mesh cage is an expandable
mesh cage, the method further comprising: expanding the mesh cage;
and after the expanding, and before the placing of the first rod,
coupling the mesh cage to the first rod.
109. The method of claim 103 when the mesh cage is an expandable
mesh cage, the method further comprising, after the positioning of
the first rod and the implant in the head of the bone, expanding
the mesh cage, wherein: the first rod is cannulated; the implant
includes an implant tail coupled to the mesh cage; and expanding
the mesh cage includes advancing a threaded member along an
interior of the first rod and engaging the threaded member with
threads in an inner surface of the implant tail.
110. The method of claim 109 further comprising, after the
expanding of the mesh cage, placing an end cap on a second end of
the first rod, the second end being opposite the first end.
111. The method of claim 103 wherein the mesh cage is an expandable
mesh cage further comprising expanding the mesh cage from a first
volume to a second volume.
112. The method of claim 103 wherein the coupling of the second rod
to the first rod includes positioning the first rod in an opening
defined by the second rod.
113. The method of claim 103 wherein the coupling of the second rod
to the first rod includes positioning the second rod in an opening
defined by the first rod.
114. The method of claim 103 when the screw is a first screw, the
implant is a first implant, the mesh cage is a first mesh cage, and
an end of the second rod is coupled to a second implant including a
second mesh cage, the method further comprising advancing a second
screw through the surface and into the second cage.
115. The method of claim 114 when the end of the second rod is a
first end and a second end of the second rod is coupled to a third
mesh cage, the method further comprising advancing a third screw
through the surface and into the third cage
116. The method of claim 103, when the screw is a first screw and
the hole is a first hole, further comprising: driving a second
screw through a second hole defined by the second intramedullary
rod; and anchoring a distal end of the second screw in the head,
the anchoring comprising driving the distal end of the second screw
into the mesh cage.
117. The method of claim 116 wherein: the first screw is advanced
through the first hole along a first axis; the second screw is
advanced through the second hole along a second axis; and the first
axis is parallel to the second axis.
118. The method of claim 116 wherein: the first screw is advanced
through the first hole along a first axis; the second screw is
advanced through the second hole along a second axis; and the first
axis is oblique to the second axis.
119. A method for repairing a bone having a surface and an
interior, the bone having an elongated portion, a head including an
articular surface, and a neck positioned between the elongated
portion and the head, the method comprising: placing an
intramedullary rod coupled to a mesh cage at an end of the rod in
the interior such that at least a portion of a mesh cage is
positioned in the head; placing a plate on the surface, the placing
including coupling the plate to the rod; driving a screw through a
hole defined by the plate; and anchoring a distal end of the screw
in the head, the anchoring comprising driving the distal end into
the mesh cage.
120. The method of claim 119 further comprising, before the placing
of the rod, coupling the mesh cage to the rod.
121. The method of claim 120 further comprising, before the placing
of the rod and the coupling of the plate to the rod, expanding the
mesh cage.
122. The method of claim 119 further comprising expanding the mesh
cage in the interior.
123. The method of claim 119 wherein: the end of the rod is a first
end; and the coupling of the plate and the rod includes placing a
second end of the rod inside an opening defined by the plate, the
second end being opposite the first end.
124. The method of claim 119, when the screw is a first screw and
the hole is a first hole, further comprising: driving a second
screw through a second hole defined by the plate; and anchoring a
distal end of the second screw in the head, the anchoring
comprising driving the distal end of the second screw into the mesh
cage.
125. The method of claim 124 wherein: the first screw is advanced
through the first hole along a first axis; the second screw is
advanced through the second hole along a second axis; and the first
axis is parallel to the second axis.
126. The method of claim 124 wherein: the first screw is advanced
through the first hole along a first axis; the second screw is
advanced through the second hole along a second axis; and the first
axis is oblique to the second axis.
127. A method for repairing a bone having a surface and an
interior, the method comprising: placing an intramedullary rod in
the interior; advancing an expandable implant through a lumen
defined by an interior of the rod; positioning a head of the
implant in the interior and a tail of the implant in the lumen;
expanding the head to form a mesh cage; and anchoring the rod to
the bone, the anchoring including driving a first screw through the
surface and into the mesh cage.
128. The method of claim 127 further comprising anchoring the tail
implant to the rod.
129. A method for implanting an expandable implant in an interior
of a calcaneus bone having a bone surface, the method comprising:
making an incision in soft tissue covering a posterior facet of the
bone below a termination point, on the bone, of an Achilles tendon;
providing, through the incision, an access hole on the bone
surface; advancing the expandable implant through the access hole
and into the interior; positioning a distal end of the implant in
the interior; and expanding the implant in the interior to form a
mesh cage such that a first portion of the mesh cage is adjacent a
sinus tarsi space and a second portion of the mesh cage is adjacent
a distal facet of the bone.
130. The method of claim 129 when the incision is a first incision
further comprising: making a second incision in soft tissue
covering a lateral side of the posterior facet of the calcaneus;
and visualizing a position of a sinus space relative to a talus
bone through the second incision.
131. The method of claim 129 further comprising, after the
expanding, anchoring a distal end of a screw in the interior, the
anchoring comprising: driving the screw through the bone surface;
and advancing a distal tip of the screw into the mesh cage.
132. The method of claim 129 further comprising: positioning a
plate on the posterior facet of the bone; and after the expanding,
driving a screw through a hole defined by the plate and into the
mesh cage.
133. The method of claim 132 wherein the positioning of the plate
is performed after the advancing the expandable implant into the
interior.
134. The method of claim 132 wherein: the positioning the plate is
performed before the advancing of the expandable implant into the
interior; and the advancing is performed through an opening in the
plate.
135. A method for implanting an expandable implant in an interior
of a calcaneus bone having a bone surface, the method comprising:
forming a split in an Achilles tendon extending along a posterior
facet of the bone; making an incision, through the split, in soft
tissue covering the posterior portion facet providing, through the
incision, an access hole on the bone surface; advancing the
expandable implant through the access hole and into the interior;
positioning a distal end of the implant in the interior; expanding
the implant in the interior to form a mesh cage such that a portion
of the mesh cage is adjacent a distal facet of the calcaneus.
136. The method of claim 135 when the incision is a first incision
further comprising: making a second incision in soft tissue
covering a lateral side of the posterior facet of the calcaneus;
and visualizing a position of a sinus tarsi space relative to a
talus bone through the second incision.
137. The method of claim 135 further comprising, after the
expanding, anchoring a distal end of a screw in the interior, the
anchoring comprising: driving the screw through the bone surface;
and advancing a distal tip of the screw into the expandable
implant.
138. The method of claim 135 further comprising: positioning a
plate on the posterior facet; and driving a screw through a hole
defined by the plate and into the implant.
139. The method of claim 138 wherein the positioning the plate is
performed after the advancing the expandable implant.
140. The method of claim 138 wherein: the positioning the plate is
performed before the advancing the expandable implant; and the
advancing is performed through an opening in the plate.
141. A method for implanting an expandable implant in an interior
of a calcaneus bone having a bone surface, the method comprising:
making an incision in soft tissue covering a distal facet of the
bone; providing, through the incision, an access hole on the bone
surface; advancing the expandable implant through the access hole
and into the interior; positioning a distal end of the implant in
the interior and substantially perpendicular to a longitudinal axis
extending along a length of the bone; and expanding the implant in
the interior to form a mesh cage such that a hub of the implant is
adjacent the talus.
142. The method of claim 141 when the incision is a first incision
further comprising: making a second incision in soft tissue
covering a lateral side of a posterior facet of the calcaneus; and
visualizing a position of a sinus space relative to a talus bone
through the second incision.
143. The method of claim 141 further comprising, after the
expanding, anchoring a distal end of a screw in the interior, the
anchoring comprising: driving the screw through the bone surface;
and advancing a distal tip of the screw into the expandable
implant.
144. The method of claim 141 further comprising: positioning a
plate on the distal facet; and driving a screw through a hole
defined by the plate and into the implant.
145. Apparatus for bone repair comprising: a first mesh that
defines a longitudinal axis and is expandable about the axis; a
second mesh that is expandable about the axis between the axis and
the first mesh; wherein: each of the first and second mesh is
configured to be longitudinally fixed to a central axis member that
lies along the axis; the first mesh has a first stress-strain
modulus corresponding to compression of the first mesh along a
direction not parallel to the axis; and the second mesh has a
second stress-strain modulus corresponding to compression of the
second mesh along the direction.
146. The apparatus of claim 145 wherein the second modulus is
greater than the first modulus.
147. The apparatus of claim 145 wherein: the first mesh has a first
thickness; the second mesh has a second thickness; and the second
thickness is greater than the first thickness.
148. The apparatus of claim 147 wherein: the first thickness is in
the range 0.010 in. to 0.020 in.; and the second thickness is in
the range 0.015 in. to 0.040 in.
149. Apparatus for bone repair, the apparatus comprising: an
implant head that includes a mesh anchoring substrate that is
expandable away from a longitudinal axis of the substrate, and a
base that defines an opening for receiving along the axis an
elongated support having a catch; the support, the support
configured to engage a hub at an end of the substrate that is
opposite the base; and a latch extending from the base in a
direction away from the substrate and configured to engage the
catch to prevent withdrawal of the elongated support from the
base.
150. The apparatus of claim 149 wherein; the latch includes an arm
and a protrusion from the arm, the latch configured to insert the
protrusion into a recess in the elongated support when the
protrusion is positioned at the recess; and the catch defines a
limit of the recess.
151. The apparatus of claim 150 wherein: the base defines a
cylindrical outer surface at a first radius from the axis; the arm
has a length that is disposed at the first radius in a state in
which the protrusion is in the recess; and the length is disposed
at a second radius that is greater than the first radius in a state
in which the protrusion is in contact with the elongated member at
a location outside the recess.
152. The apparatus of claim 149 wherein: the elongated support
defines a recess; and the recess includes the catch.
153. The apparatus of claim 149 wherein: the anchoring substrate is
pretreated to induce contraction of the substrate along the axis to
collapse the substrate; and the contraction increases frictional
engagement between the latch and the wall.
154. The apparatus of claim 149 wherein: the support includes a
threaded member that is configured to reduce a length of the
support by threaded engagement with an internally threaded
cannulated member; and reduction of the length expands the
anchoring substrate.
155. Apparatus for bone repair, the apparatus comprising an implant
that includes: a mesh anchoring substrate that is expandable away
from a longitudinal axis of the substrate; and a tail at an end of
the substrate, the tail configured for sliding engagement in a slot
of a plate; wherein the slot in operation fixes the implant
relative to the plate axially along the axis, rotationally about
the axis, and rotationally about the plate.
156. The apparatus of claim 155 further comprising the plate.
157. The apparatus of claim 156 wherein the plate is keyed to a
groove in the tail.
158. The apparatus of claim 157 wherein: the plate defines a
clearance opening having a first width, and the slot, the slot
having a second width that is less than the first width; the first
width is greater than a diameter of the tail; the second width is
less than the diameter; and the second width is greater than a
thickness of the tail at the groove.
159. The apparatus of claim 158 wherein; the groove is of a
plurality of grooves; and the plurality of grooves define a sliding
direction along which the plate is configured to slide for
insertion of the tail in the slot.
160. The apparatus of claim 159 wherein in operation the sliding
direction is oblique to the axis.
161. Apparatus for bone repair, the apparatus comprising an implant
head that includes: a mesh anchoring substrate that is expandable
away from an elongated central support; and a support; wherein the
support defines a transverse bore that in operation is disposed
between a first end of the substrate and a second end of the
substrate.
162. The apparatus of claim 161 wherein the bore is sized for
clearance of a screw that is configured for penetration and
engagement of the substrate.
163. The apparatus of claim 161 wherein the bore has a diameter
that is 0.0005''-0.001'' smaller than a thread diameter of a screw
that is configured for penetration and engagement of the
substrate.
164. The apparatus of claim 163 wherein the thread diameter is a
largest thread diameter on the screw.
165. The apparatus of claim 161 wherein an inner face of the bore
includes threads for threadingly engaging a screw that is
configured for penetration and engagement of the substrate.
166. Apparatus for placement in an interior of a bone, the
apparatus comprising: a first intramedullary rod defining a screw
hole having a central axis; a second intramedullary rod configured
to be coupled to the first rod; an implant configured to be coupled
to an end of the second rod, the implant including an expandable
implant head that, when expanded, defines a volume; and an
elongated member comprising a screw configured to be advanced
through the screw hole and including a threaded portion configured
to be anchored in the implant head when the implant head is
expanded; wherein, in operation, the second rod is coupled to the
first rod, the implant is coupled to the second rod, the implant
head is in an expanded state, the central axis points to the
volume, the elongated member is seated in the screw hole, and the
threaded portion is anchored in the implant head.
167. The apparatus of claim 166 wherein the threaded portion is
positioned at a distal end of the elongated member.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application is a continuation application of Ser. No.
16/027,338, filed on Jul. 4, 2018, which claims the benefit of U.S.
Provisional Application No. 62/528,476, filed on Jul. 4, 2017, both
of which applications are incorporated herein by reference in their
entireties.
BACKGROUND
[0002] Bone fracture fixation may involve using structures to
counteract or partially counteract forces on a fractured bone or
associated bone fragments. In general, fracture fixation may
provide longitudinal (along the longitudinal axis of the bone),
transverse (across the longitudinal axis of the bone), and
rotational (about the longitudinal axis of the bone) stability.
Fracture fixation may also preserve normal biologic and healing
function.
[0003] Bone fracture fixation often involves addressing loading
conditions, fracture patterns, alignment, compression force, and
other factors, which may differ for different types of fractures.
For example, midshaft fractures may have ample bone material on
either side of the fracture in which anchors may be driven.
End-bone fractures, especially near the articular surface may have
thin cortical bone, soft cancellous bone, and relatively fewer
possible anchoring locations.
[0004] Multi-segment fractures, of either the midshaft or end-bone,
may require alignment and stability in a manner that generates
adequate fixation in multiple directions.
[0005] Placement of the structures may be important for proper
healing of the bone.
[0006] It would be desirable, therefore, to provide apparatus and
methods for placement of structures.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0007] The objects and advantages of the invention will be apparent
upon consideration of the following detailed description, taken in
conjunction with the accompanying drawings, in which like reference
characters refer to like parts throughout, and in which:
[0008] FIG. 1 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0009] FIG. 2 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0010] FIGS. 2A and 2B show portions of a humerus bone.
[0011] FIG. 2C shows conceptually a relationship between apparatus,
in accordance with the principles of the invention, and
anatomy.
[0012] FIG. 3 shows a human skeleton.
[0013] FIG. 4 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0014] FIG. 5 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0015] FIG. 6 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0016] FIG. 7 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0017] FIG. 8 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0018] FIG. 9 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0019] FIG. 10 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0020] FIG. 11 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0021] FIG. 12 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0022] FIG. 13 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0023] FIG. 14 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0024] FIG. 15 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0025] FIG. 16 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0026] FIG. 17 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0027] FIG. 18 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0028] FIG. 19 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0029] FIG. 20 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0030] FIG. 21 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0031] FIG. 22 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0032] FIG. 23 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0033] FIG. 24 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0034] FIG. 25 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0035] FIG. 26 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0036] FIG. 27 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0037] FIG. 28 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0038] FIG. 29 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0039] FIG. 30 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0040] FIG. 31 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0041] FIG. 32 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0042] FIG. 33 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0043] FIG. 34 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0044] FIG. 35 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0045] FIG. 36 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0046] FIG. 37 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0047] FIG. 38 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0048] FIG. 39 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0049] FIG. 40 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0050] FIG. 41 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0051] FIG. 42 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0052] FIG. 43 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0053] FIG. 44 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0054] FIG. 45 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0055] FIG. 46 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0056] FIG. 47 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0057] FIG. 48 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0058] FIG. 49 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0059] FIG. 50 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0060] FIG. 51 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0061] FIG. 52 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0062] FIG. 53 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0063] FIG. 54 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0064] FIG. 55 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0065] FIG. 56 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0066] FIG. 57 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0067] FIG. 58 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0068] FIG. 59 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0069] FIG. 60 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0070] FIG. 61 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0071] FIG. 62 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0072] FIG. 63 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0073] FIG. 64 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0074] FIG. 65 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0075] FIG. 66 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0076] FIG. 67 shows an illustrative method in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0077] FIG. 68 shows an illustrative method in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0078] FIG. 69 shows an illustrative method in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0079] FIG. 70 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0080] FIG. 71 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0081] FIG. 72 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0082] FIG. 73 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0083] FIG. 74 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0084] FIG. 75 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0085] FIG. 76 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0086] FIG. 77 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0087] FIG. 78 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0088] FIG. 79 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0089] FIG. 80 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0090] FIG. 81 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0091] FIG. 82 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0092] FIG. 83 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0093] FIG. 84 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0094] FIG. 85 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0095] FIG. 86 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0096] FIG. 87 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0097] FIG. 88 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0098] FIG. 88A shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0099] FIG. 89 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0100] FIG. 90 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0101] FIG. 91 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0102] FIG. 92 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0103] FIG. 92A shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0104] FIG. 93 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0105] FIG. 94 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0106] FIG. 95 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0107] FIG. 96 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0108] FIG. 97 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0109] FIG. 97A shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0110] FIG. 98 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0111] FIG. 99 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0112] FIG. 100 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0113] FIG. 101 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0114] FIG. 102 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0115] FIG. 103 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0116] FIG. 104 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0117] FIG. 105 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0118] FIG. 106 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0119] FIG. 107A shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0120] FIG. 107B shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0121] FIG. 108 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0122] FIG. 109 shows steps of an illustrative procedure accordance
with principles of the invention.
[0123] FIG. 110 shows steps of an illustrative procedure accordance
with principles of the invention.
[0124] FIG. 111 shows steps of an illustrative procedure accordance
with principles of the invention.
[0125] FIG. 112 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0126] FIG. 113 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0127] FIG. 114 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0128] FIG. 115 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0129] FIG. 116 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0130] FIG. 117 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0131] FIG. 118 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0132] FIG. 119 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0133] FIG. 120 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0134] FIG. 121 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0135] FIG. 122 shows illustrative apparatus accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0136] FIG. 123 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0137] FIG. 124 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0138] FIG. 125 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0139] FIG. 126 shows a cross-sectional view of apparatus
illustrated in FIG. 125.
[0140] FIG. 127 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0141] FIG. 128 shows a cross-sectional view of apparatus
illustrated in FIG. 127.
[0142] FIG. 129 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0143] FIG. 130 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0144] FIG. 131 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0145] FIG. 132 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0146] FIG. 133 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0147] FIG. 134 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0148] FIG. 135 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0149] FIG. 136 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0150] FIG. 137 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0151] FIG. 138 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0152] FIG. 139 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0153] FIG. 140 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0154] FIG. 141 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0155] FIG. 142 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0156] FIG. 143 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0157] FIG. 144 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0158] FIG. 145 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0159] FIG. 146 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0160] FIG. 147 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0161] FIG. 148 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0162] FIG. 149 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0163] FIG. 150 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0164] FIG. 151 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0165] FIG. 152 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0166] FIG. 153 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0167] FIG. 154 shows a cross-sectional view of apparatus
illustrated in FIG. 153.
[0168] FIG. 155 shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with
principles of the invention.
[0169] FIG. 156 shows a cross-sectional view of apparatus
illustrated in FIG. 155.
[0170] FIG. 157 shows illustrative in accordance with principles of
the invention.
[0171] FIG. 158 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
[0172] FIG. 159 shows illustrative apparatus and methods in
accordance with principles of the invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0173] Apparatus and methods for reducing a fracture of a bone are
provided.
[0174] Apparatus and methods for implanting an implant into a
target site in the bone are provided.
[0175] Apparatus and methods for securing the fractured bone are
provided.
[0176] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a
jig. The jig may include features that spatially register external
bone anatomy to an implant target site in the bone. The jig
features may be used to direct one or more wires, screws, cavity
preparation devices, plates and implants, or other suitable items,
so that the implant may be delivered to the site.
[0177] The implant may include apparatus and methods described in
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/353,855, filed on Jan. 14,
2009, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,287,538, U.S. patent application Ser. No.
13/043,190, filed on Mar. 8, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,906,022,
and/or U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/945,137, filed on Jul.
18, 2013, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein
in their entireties.
[0178] Drilling and cavity preparation may be performed using
apparatus and methods described in U.S. patent application Ser. No.
13/009,657, filed on Jan. 19, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,961,518,
and/or U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/568,301, filed on Dec.
12, 2014, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein
in their entireties.
[0179] Reduction of a fracture and apparatus and methods for
inserting an implant into a bone, may be performed using apparatus
and methods described in U.S. patent application Ser. No.
13/043,330, filed on Mar. 8, 2011, and/or in U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 13/414,695, filed on Mar. 7, 2012, both of
which are hereby incorporated by reference herein in their
entireties.
[0180] The implant may be an implant that is not expandable. The
implant may be an expandable implant. The implant may self-expand
when deployed and/or when rotated. The implant may be expanded
using one or more actuating mechanisms. The implant may be radially
expandable. The implant, when expanded, may form a mesh cage. The
mesh cage may include interconnected cells. The implant, when
expanded, may take on any suitable shape. The implant may be
expanded from an unexpanded state to an expanded state. The
unexpanded state may be a collapsed state.
[0181] The implant may be implanted in any suitable bone in the
human body. The implant may be implanted in any suitable bone in an
animal. A suitable bone may be a bone with a metaphyseal and a
diaphyseal region, or any other suitable bone. For example, the
bone may be a lateral condylar fracture in a horse. The lateral
condylar fracture may be a fracture of the third metacarpal or
cannon bone on the distal or lower end of the horse.
[0182] The implant may occupy a volume in the interior of the bone
after it has been expanded. The implant may occupy the volume when
the implant is positioned at the target site and expanded to form a
mesh cage. The volume may define a three-dimensional area within
the interior. The volume may occupy a portion of the interior. A
volume occupied by the implant when the implant is positioned at a
target site and radially expanded may be referred to herein as an
`implantation region.`
[0183] The implant may occupy a first volume when it is positioned
at the target site prior to expansion. The implant may occupy a
second volume when it is positioned at the target site and after it
has been expanded.
[0184] The implant may include an implant head. The implant may
include an implant tail. An implant shaft may be releasably coupled
to the implant tail. The implant head may be formed from laser cut
tube stock. The implant tail may be formed from laser cut tube
stock. The implant head, when expanded, may form a mesh cage. The
mesh cage may form a lattice-like structure defining a plurality of
openings. The mesh cage may be an anchoring substrate. The mesh
cage may be a mesh anchoring substrate.
[0185] The implant tail may be coupled to the implant head. The
implant tail may be fixedly attached to the implant head, removably
attached to the implant head, or of unitary or monolithic structure
with the implant head. A portion of the implant tail may have a
tubular shape. All of the implant tail may have a tubular shape.
The implant tail may include a first end and a second end. The
first end may be coupled to the implant head. The second end may be
coupled to the implant shaft. The second end may be releasably
coupled to the implant shaft.
[0186] The implant may include a base. The base may be positioned
between the implant head and the implant tail.
[0187] The second end of the implant tail may be so shaped that,
after the implant is implanted in the bone, the second end conforms
to a contour of the bone surface abutting the second end. The
second end may sit flush with the bone surface.
[0188] The second end may be so shaped that, after the implant is
implanted in the bone, the second end sits below the bone surface.
The second end may be so shaped that, after the implant is
implanted in the bone, the second end protrudes above the bone
surface.
[0189] The bone may be any suitable bone in the human body. The
bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface
contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the
bone. The surface contour may be a two-dimensional or
three-dimensional shape. The surface contour encompass two, three,
four, or more different points or demarcation points on the surface
of the bone. The points or lines may be at different elevations
from the longitudinal axis. The points or lines may be at different
angular displacements about the bone longitudinal axis. Thus, the
surface contour may encompass a region of the bone surface having
"topography" that varies longitudinally along the bone. Thus, the
surface contour may encompass a region of the bone surface having
"topography" that varies circumferentially about the bone.
[0190] The bone may include two or more surface contours. Each
surface contour may extend along a portion of the bone surface.
[0191] A surface contour may include an anatomical landmark. A
surface contour may include two or more anatomical landmarks. An
anatomical landmark may include any anatomical structure of a bone
in the human body that is used as an orientation point for medical
measurements. A landmark may include a tuberosity, articular
surface, condyle, a transitional location between a metaphyseal and
a diaphyseal region, an end of a bone or any other suitable
landmark. Exemplary landmarks may include a protuberance, such as a
protuberance at a point on a bone where muscles or ligaments are
attached, or any other suitable protuberance. When the bone is a
proximal humerus, an anatomical landmark may include a greater
tuberosity, an intertubercular groove, a lesser tuberosity, a
surgical neck and an anatomical neck.
[0192] The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may be a
reduction jig or any suitable jig or fixture. The jig may be used
to facilitate the reduction of a bone fracture. The jig may be used
to attain reduction of a bone fracture. The jig may be used to
maintain reduction of the bone fracture. The jig may be used to
facilitate provisional reduction of the fracture. The jig may be
used to facilitate the securing of a bone. The bone may be any bone
in the human body. The bone may be a fractured bone. The bone may
be an osteoporotic bone. The bone may be a bone in need of
therapeutic care.
[0193] The fracture may define one or more fragments or segments.
For the purposes of this application, the term fragment and the
term segment may be interchangeable. A segment or fragment may be
used to call out any piece of a bone.
[0194] The jig may be shaped to span a fracture line of the
fracture. The fracture line may be a typical fracture line. The
fracture line may be an atypical fracture line. The jig, when
secured to the fractured bone, may provide stability across one or
more fracture lines of the bone. The jig, when secured to the bone,
may provide stability across one or more planes defined by the
bone. The jig may include a member that spans across a fracture
site of a bone. The jig may include two members that span across a
fracture site of the bone.
[0195] The bone may be a humerus bone. The jig may be applied to a
proximal portion of the humerus bone. The jig may be shaped to span
a typical fracture line of a proximal humeral fracture. A typical
fracture line may be along a surgical neck of a proximal
humerus.
[0196] The jig may be used with a plurality of surgical approaches.
The surgical approaches may include a delto-pectoral approach, a
deltoid split approach, an antegrade approach, a percutaneous
approach, and any other suitable approach. A percutaneous approach
may be a surgical approach performed primarily through a small
incision the skin.
[0197] The jig may be formed from any suitable material. The
material may be biocompatible. The material may be radiopaque.
Radiopaque materials may include plastic, carbon fiber or
Polyetheretherketone ("PEEK"). The material may include metal such
as stainless steel, Nitinol, other alloy, titanium alloys, aluminum
alloys, composites of carbon fiber, or one or more plastics or
epoxy resin. The jig may include a "soft" material. If the jig
includes soft material, such as a plastic or epoxy resin, metal
bushings may be incorporated into bores defined by the jig to
provide more sound bearing surfaces for securing, penetrating
and/or rotating members.
[0198] The reduction, provisional reduction and/or securing of a
bone administered using the jig may assist a physician in repairing
a bone fracture. The reduction, provisional reduction and/or
securing of a bone administered using the jig may assist a
physician in implanting the implant in an interior of a bone. For
example, a shape of the jig and/or a plurality of holes defined by
the jig may enable a physician to implant the implant in a bone
interior without being obstructed by the jig and/or members
supported by the jig. For example, the physician may implant an
implant into an intramedullary canal of a bone without encountering
obstruction by either the jig or members supported by the jig.
[0199] Two or more of the numerous jig features shown or described
herein may be employed together in an individual jig.
[0200] The apparatus may include a plate. The plate may be
releasably coupled to the jig. The plate may be used without the
jig. The plate may be a surgical plate.
[0201] The plate may be formed from any suitable material such as a
polymer, metal, composite such as a composite of carbon fiber,
stainless steel, titanium alloys, aluminum alloys, Nitinol other
alloy, a polymer or any other suitable material. The plate may
provide buttressing support to a fracture. The plate may be removed
from the bone prior to anchoring the implant to the bone. The plate
may be anchored to the bone and to the implant and then left in
place.
[0202] The plate may be used as a reduction jig or fixture. The
plate may be used to facilitate the reduction of a bone fracture.
The plate may be used to attain reduction of a bone fracture. The
plate may be used to maintain reduction of the bone fracture. The
plate may be used to facilitate provisional reduction of the
fracture. The plate may be used to facilitate the securing of a
bone. The bone may be any bone in the human body. The bone may be a
fractured bone. The bone may be an osteoporotic bone. The bone may
be a bone in need of therapeutic care.
[0203] The plate may be shaped to span a fracture line of the
fracture. The fracture line may be a typical fracture line. The
fracture line may be an atypical fracture line. The plate, when
secured to the fractured bone, may provide stability across one or
more fracture lines of the bone. The plate, when secured to the
bone, may provide stability across one or more planes defined by
the bone. The plate may include a member that spans across a
fracture site of a bone. The plate may include two members that
span across a fracture site of the bone.
[0204] The bone may be a humerus bone. The plate may be applied to
a proximal portion of the humerus bone. The plate may be shaped to
span a typical fracture line of a proximal humeral fracture. A
typical fracture line may be along a surgical neck of a proximal
humerus.
[0205] The plate may be used with a plurality of surgical
approaches. The surgical approaches may include a delto-pectoral
approach, a deltoid split approach, an antegrade approach, a
percutaneous approach, and any other suitable approach. A
percutaneous approach may be a surgical approach performed
primarily through a small incision the skin.
[0206] The reduction, provisional reduction and/or securing of a
bone administered using the plate may assist a physician in
repairing a bone fracture. The reduction, provisional reduction
and/or securing of a bone administered using the plate may assist a
physician in implanting the implant in an interior of a bone. For
example, a shape of the plate and/or a plurality of holes defined
by the plate may enable a physician to implant the implant in a
bone interior without being obstructed by the plate and/or members
supported by the plate. For example, the physician may implant an
implant into an intramedullary canal of a bone without encountering
obstruction by either the plate or members supported by the
plate.
[0207] Two or more of the numerous plate features shown or
described herein may be employed together in an individual
plate.
[0208] The plate may include features that are shown and described
herein in connection with the jig. The jig may include features
that are shown and described herein in connection with the
plate.
[0209] Apparatus disclosed herein may define a hole. The hole may
point in a direction. The direction may be a direction of a central
axis of the hole.
[0210] Apparatus disclosed herein may define a bottom surface. The
bottom surface may complement a surface contour of a bone. The
bottom surface may complement the surface contour of when the
bottom surface is in contact with the bone. The bottom surface may
complement the surface contour when the bottom surface is in
contact with the bone.
[0211] The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may
involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of
a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may
include a surface contour that extends along a surface of the bone
between two or more points at different elevations from the
longitudinal axis.
[0212] The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may have one or
more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed
herein. The jig may include a bottom surface.
[0213] The jig may define one or more pluralities of holes (may be
referred to herein as "fixation element holes"). The bottom surface
may complement the surface contour. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour, a plurality of
holes may point into the interior, but not into the volume to be
occupied by the implant when the implant is positioned at the
target site and radially expanded. The implant, when expanded, may
form a mesh cage.
[0214] A plurality of holes may be sized to provide clearance for
the implant in an interior of the bone.
[0215] A plurality of holes may be sized to receive fixation
element. A fixation element, when passed through the plurality of
holes, may engage the bone or fragment. Fixation elements that may
be driven through one or more of the plurality of holes include
pins, wires, K-wires, drills, needles, suture, cable, a threaded
K-wire coupled to a nut to provide compression and/or threaded
K-wires or any other suitable fixation element.
[0216] The plurality of holes may be located throughout the jig.
The plurality of holes may be located throughout the jig so that
fixation elements can be driven into a bone above and below a
fracture line defined by a bone. The plurality of holes may assist
a physician in securing the jig at a proper anatomical position on
the bone. Fixation elements passed through the plurality of holes
and into the bone may releasably couple the jig to the bone.
[0217] A fixation element hole may be sized too small to receive a
screw.
[0218] Each of the fixation element holes may be smaller than holes
for receiving screws ("screw holes"). Fixation element holes of the
jig may be too small to receive a screw that can be received by a
screw hole of the same jig.
[0219] Size ranges for the plurality of holes may include any size
range suitable to one skilled in the art, for example a range
between 1 mm and 6 mm.
[0220] Table 1 shows selected illustrative size ranges for a hole
sized for receiving a fixation element having lower and upper
limits.
TABLE-US-00001 TABLE 1 Selected fixation element hole sizes.
Fixation element hole diameter, illustrative ranges (lower and
upper limits, inclusive) (mm) Lower Upper <1.0 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.2
1.4 1.4 1.6 1.6 1.8 1.8 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.6 2.8 2.8 3.0
3.0 3.2 3.2 3.4 3.4 3.6 3.6 3.8 3.8 4.0 4.0 4.2 4.2 4.4 4.4 4.6 4.6
4.8 4.8 5.0 5.0 5.2 5.2 5.4 5.4 5.6 5.6 5.8 5.8 6.0 6.0 >6.0
[0221] For example, for the plate configured to be applied to a
proximal humerus bone, the plurality of holes may be 2.5 mm or
smaller and a screw hole may be 3 mm or larger.
[0222] A screw hole may be sized too small to receive an unexpanded
implant.
[0223] One or more of the plurality of holes may be internally
threaded.
[0224] A threaded hole may receive a screw.
[0225] A threaded hole may receive an externally threaded bushing.
The externally threaded bushing may define a bore. The bore may be
sized to receive a fixation element. The bushing may assist a
physician in guiding a fixation element through a hole defined by
the jig and into a bone interior.
[0226] An internally threaded hole may be used as a K-wire bushing
guide.
[0227] Two or more of the plurality of holes may be internally
threaded.
[0228] All of the pluralities of holes may be internally
threaded.
[0229] One or more of the plurality of holes may be not
threaded.
[0230] The jig may define a bottom face. The bottom face may
include the bottom surface. The bottom surface may define a portion
of the bottom face. The bottom surface may define the bottom face.
The bottom face may include two or more bottom surfaces.
[0231] The bottom surface may be a first bottom surface. The bottom
face may include a second bottom surface. The second bottom surface
may not complement a surface contour of the bone. The surface
contour may be a first surface contour. The bone may include a
second surface contour that extends along a surface of the bone
between two or more points at different elevations from the
longitudinal axis. The second bottom surface may complement the
second surface contour. The surface contour may be a first surface
contour, the bone may be a first bone and the longitudinal axis may
be a second longitudinal axis. A second bone may include a second
surface contour that extends along a surface of the second bone
between two or more points at different elevations from a second
longitudinal axis defined by the second bone. The second bottom
surface may complement the second surface contour.
[0232] The jig may define a target hole. The target hole may be
sized to receive a fixation element. A fixation element advanced
through the target hole may be referred to herein as a "target
wire." When the bottom surface of the jig is seated complementarily
against the surface contour, the target hole may point to the
target site. The target site may be a location in the bone interior
where a physician may desire to position an end of the implant. The
end of the implant may be an end of an implant head distal a
physician when the implant is implanted in a bone.
[0233] The target hole may be tapered.
[0234] When a fixation element is advanced through the target hole
and into an interior of a bone, a practitioner may position a tip
of the fixation element at or near the target site. The
practitioner may position the end of the implant at or near the
point in the bone penetrated by the tip of the target wire. The
head of the implant may be positioned at a point in the bone
proximal to the point penetrated by the tip of the target wire. The
head of the implant may be positioned at a point in the bone distal
to the point penetrated by the tip of the target wire.
[0235] Where the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the target site
may be a center of a head of the proximal humerus bone. When the
bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface
contour, the target hole may point to a center-center location in
the interior of the proximal humeral head. Driving a target wire
through the target hole may advance the tip of the target wire
towards the center-center location in the interior of the proximal
humeral head.
[0236] Where the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the surface
contour may include a greater tuberosity. The surface contour may
include an intertubercular groove. The surface contour may include
a deltoid insertion. The surface contour may include two or more of
the greater tuberosity, the intertubercular groove and the deltoid
insertion.
[0237] The implant may be a first implant and the volume may be a
first volume. Each of the plurality of holes may point into the
interior, but not into the first volume or into a second volume
occupied by a second implant when the second implant is positioned
at the target site and radially expanded. The second implant, when
expanded, may form a mesh cage.
[0238] The jig may include an indicator. The indicator may be a
notch, a slit, a depression, or any other suitable demarcation on a
top or side face of the jig. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, the indicator may
register to a location on the surface for initiating an access hole
for accessing the target site. A location on the surface for
initiating an access hole may be referred to herein as an "access
position." The access position may be a location on the surface
adjacent the indicator. A distance between the location and the
target site may correspond to a length of the implant.
[0239] An access hole may be initiated by drilling through the
surface to form a hole. An access hole may be a hole on a surface
of the bone through which a practitioner may access a target site
in a bone interior. An access hole may be a hole on a surface of
the bone for accessing the target site along a straight path.
[0240] The jig may include an indicator. The indicator on the jig
may be spaced apart from the target hole. When the bottom surface
of the jig is seated complementarily on a surface contour of a
bone, a spatial separation between the target hole and the target
site may have a second length. The second length may be known based
on an anatomy of the bone.
[0241] The jig may include a first indicator and a second
indicator. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily
against the surface contour, the first indicator may register to a
first location on the surface for initiating a first access hole
for accessing the target site. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, the second indicator
may register to a second location on the surface for initiating a
second access hole for accessing the target site. A distance
between the first location and the target site may correspond to a
first implant length. A distance between the second location and
the target site corresponds to a second implant length. The first
implant length may be different from the second implant length.
[0242] Where the jig includes a transverse member, a first
longitudinal member and a second longitudinal member, the jig may
include a first indicator and a second indicator. The first
indicator may be located on the first longitudinal member. The
second indicator may be located on the second longitudinal member.
Each of the first indicator and the second indicator may register
to a location on the bone for initiating an access hole.
[0243] The plurality of holes may include a first hole and a second
hole. The first hole may point in a first direction. The second
hole may point in a second direction. The first direction may be
divergent from the second direction. The first direction may be
convergent with the second direction. The first direction may be
non-parallel with the second direction. The first direction may be
parallel with the second direction.
[0244] The plurality of holes may point in non-parallel directions.
Some of the plurality of holes may point in parallel directions.
Some of the plurality of holes may point in different directions.
Each the plurality of holes may point in a unique trajectory. None
of the trajectories may be parallel.
[0245] None of the plurality of holes may transect the jig at a
right angle. One or more of the trajectories defined by the
plurality of holes may transect the jig at right angles. All of the
trajectories defined by the plurality of holes may transect the jig
at right angles.
[0246] When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against
the surface contour, the jig may partially define an area on the
surface of the bone for initiating an access hole for accessing the
target site.
[0247] The jig may include a longitudinal member. The jig may be
elongated along a longitudinal axis of the bone.
[0248] The jig may include a longitudinal member and a transverse
member extending away from the longitudinal member. The transverse
member may extend away from the longitudinal member. The transverse
member may assist in stabilizing the fracture across a fracture
line defined by the fractures site. The longitudinal member may
include the bottom surface. The transverse member may include the
bottom surface. The longitudinal member and the transverse member
may include the bottom surface. The bottom surface may be a first
bottom surface, the surface contour may be a first contour and the
surface may be a first surface. The longitudinal member may include
the first bottom surface. The transverse member may include a
second bottom surface. The second bottom surface may complement a
second surface contour that extends along a second surface of the
bone between two or more points at different elevations from the
longitudinal axis.
[0249] The jig may include a longitudinal member and a transverse
member extending away from the longitudinal member. When bone is a
proximal humerus bone, the surface contour may include a greater
tuberosity and an intertubercular grove. The transverse member may
include a first bottom surface complementing the greater
tuberosity. The longitudinal member may include a second bottom
surface complementing the intertubercular groove.
[0250] The jig may include a longitudinal member and a transverse
member extending away from the longitudinal member. Where bone is a
proximal humerus bone, the surface contour may include a greater
tuberosity, an intertubercular grove and a deltoid insertion. The
transverse member may include a first bottom surface complementing
the greater tuberosity. The longitudinal member may include a
second bottom surface complementing the intertubercular groove. The
longitudinal member may include a third bottom surface distal the
transverse member. The third bottom surface may complement the
deltoid insertion and a lateral aspect of the humerus shaft.
[0251] The jig may include a positioning hole. The positioning hole
may be located at an end of the jig. The positioning hole may be
sized to receive a fixation element. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour, the positioning
hole may point in a direction. The direction may be tangent to the
bone. The direction may not transect a surface of the bone.
[0252] When the bone is proximal humerus bone, the direction may be
tangent to a top of the greater tuberosity. A bottom surface of the
jig extending away from the positioning hole may complement a
surface contour of the humerus defined by a greater tuberosity. The
bottom surface complementing the surface contour of the greater
tuberosity may be used by a practitioner as a greater tuberosity
locator. For example, positioning the bottom surface of the jig on
the greater tuberosity may provide a physician with tactile
feedback indicating that the jig has been properly positioned on
the bone.
[0253] The jig may include a first longitudinal member, a second
longitudinal member, a first transverse member and a second
transverse member. The first transverse member may define a first
end and a second end. The first longitudinal member may extend away
from the first end. The second longitudinal member may extend away
from the second end. The second transverse member may define a
third end and a fourth end. The second transverse member may be
positioned between the first longitudinal member and the second
longitudinal member. The third end may adjoin the first
longitudinal member along a length of the first longitudinal
member. The fourth end may adjoin the second longitudinal member
along a length of the second longitudinal member. The first
longitudinal member may define a first longitudinal axis. The
second longitudinal member may define a second longitudinal axis.
The second transverse member may define a third longitudinal axis.
The third longitudinal axis may transect the first longitudinal
axis and the second longitudinal axis at a right angle. The third
longitudinal axis may transect the first longitudinal axis and the
second longitudinal axis at an oblique angle. The third
longitudinal angle may transect the first longitudinal axis at a
right angle and the second longitudinal axis at an oblique
angle.
[0254] The jig may include a first longitudinal member, a second
longitudinal member and a transverse member. The transverse member
may define a first end and a second end. The first longitudinal
member may extend away from the first end. The second longitudinal
member may extend away from the second end. The bottom surface may
be a first bottom surface, the surface contour may be a first
surface contour and the surface may be a first surface. The bone
may include a second surface contour that extends along a second
surface of the bone between two or more points at different
elevations from the longitudinal axis. The bone may include a third
surface contour that extends along a third surface of the bone
between two or more points at different elevations from the
longitudinal axis. The transverse member may include the first
bottom surface. The first longitudinal member may include a second
bottom surface complementing the second surface contour. The second
longitudinal member may include the third bottom surface
complementing the third surface contour.
[0255] The jig may include a first longitudinal member, a second
longitudinal member and a transverse member. The transverse member
may define a first end and a second end. The first longitudinal
member may extend away from the first end. The second longitudinal
member may extend away from the second end. The bottom surface may
be a first bottom surface, the surface contour may be a first
surface contour, the surface may be a first surface, the bone may
be a first bone and the longitudinal axis may be a first
longitudinal axis. The second bone may include a second surface
contour that extends along a second surface of the bone between two
or more points at different elevations from a second longitudinal
axis. The first longitudinal member may include the first bottom
surface. The second longitudinal member may include a second bottom
surface complementing the second surface contour. Both the first
bone and the second bone may define a third surface contour. The
transverse member may define a third bottom surface complementing
the third surface contour.
[0256] The jig may include a first longitudinal member, a second
longitudinal member and a transverse member. The transverse member
may define a first end and a second end. The first longitudinal
member may extend away from the first end. The second longitudinal
member may extend away from the second end. The bone may be a left
humerus. A second bone may be a right humerus. The transverse
member may include the first bottom surface. The first bottom
surface may complement a greater tuberosity of the left humerus and
a greater tuberosity of the right humerus. The first longitudinal
member may include a second bottom surface complementing an
intertubercular groove of the left humerus. The second longitudinal
member may include a third bottom surface complementing an
intertubercular groove of the right humerus.
[0257] The jig may include one or more suturing holes. A suturing
hole may allow for attachment of a suture to the jig. Attachment of
a suture to the jig may facilitate tying the jig to soft tissue.
The suturing holes may be sized for suturing. The suturing holes
may have characteristics different from the plurality of holes.
[0258] The jig may be configured to receive the plate. The jig may
define an opening for receiving the plate. The jig may partially
define an area for receiving the plate. The jig may include a
coupling mechanism for removably coupling the plate to the jig.
When the jig includes a first longitudinal member, a second
longitudinal member and a transverse member, the first longitudinal
member may include a first coupling mechanism for removably
coupling the plate to the jig. The second longitudinal member may
include a second coupling mechanism for removably coupling the
plate to the jig.
[0259] The jig may be configured to be releasably coupled to the
plate. A first apparatus may be described herein as being
configured to be releasably coupled to a second apparatus.
Releasably coupled apparatus may be releasably coupled by a
coupling mechanism. The coupling mechanism may include a screw for
coupling the first apparatus to the second apparatus, a press fit,
a toggle feature, a rotational hook mechanism and any other
fastener concept known to those skilled in the art.
[0260] For example, the jig may define a first bore extending
through the jig and the plate may define a second bore extending
through the plate. The first bore and the second bore may be
threaded. Driving a screw through the first bore and into the
second bore may couple the jig to the plate. Any other suitable
coupling mechanisms may be used to couple the jig to the plate.
[0261] The jig may include a first longitudinal member, a second
longitudinal member and a transverse member. The transverse member
may define a first transverse member end and a second transverse
member end. The first longitudinal member may define a first
longitudinal member end and a second longitudinal member end. The
second longitudinal member may define a third longitudinal member
end and a fourth longitudinal member end. The first transverse
member end may adjoin the first longitudinal member end. The second
transverse member end may adjoin the third longitudinal member end.
The second longitudinal member end may adjoin the fourth
longitudinal member end. The transverse member, the first
longitudinal member and the second longitudinal member may define
an opening for receiving the plate. When the transverse member is a
first transverse member, a second transverse member may be
positioned between, and connected to, the second longitudinal
member and the fourth longitudinal member end. The transverse
member, the first longitudinal member and the second longitudinal
member may define an opening for receiving the plate. The first
transverse member, the second transverse member, the first
longitudinal member and the second longitudinal member may define
an opening for receiving the plate.
[0262] The jig may be configured to provide therapy to a first bone
and a second bone. The jig may include a first bottom surface and a
second bottom surface. The first bottom surface may conform to a
surface contour of the first bone. The second bottom surface may
conform to a surface contour of the second bone. The jig may
include two or more bottom surfaces that conform to a surface
contour of a first bone and two or more bottom surfaces that
conform to a surface contour of a second bone.
[0263] For example, the first bone may be a right humerus. The
first bone may include a first surface contour defined by a first
greater tuberosity of the first bone and a second surface contour
defined by a first intertubercular groove of the first bone. The
second bone may be a proximal portion of a left humerus. The second
bone may include a third surface contour defined by a second
greater tuberosity of the second bone and a fourth surface contour
defined by a second intertubercular groove of the second bone.
[0264] The transverse member may include a first bottom surface.
The first bottom surface may complement the first surface contour
and the third surface contour. The first longitudinal member may
include a second bottom surface. The second bottom surface may
complement the fourth surface contour. The second longitudinal
member may include a third bottom surface. The third bottom surface
may complement the second surface contour.
[0265] The jig may define an opening. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour, the opening may
define an area on the surface of the bone for initiating an access
hole for accessing the target site.
[0266] When the jig defines an opening, the opening may have a
width. The width may be at least twice as wide as a diameter
defined by the first holes. The width may be one and a half times
as wide as a diameter defined by the first holes. The width may
range from 6 mm to 8 mm. The width may range from 6 mm to 12 mm.
The jig may have a longitudinal axis. The width may be
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis. The opening may define a
length. The length may have any suitable size. The length of the
opening may range from 6 mm to 8 mm. The length of the opening may
range from 6 mm to 12 mm. The opening may be sized to provide
clearance for the implant in the non-expanded state. The implant,
in the non-expanded state, may have a diameter. The diameter may be
any suitable diameter. The diameter may be 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, or any
other suitable diameter.
[0267] When the jig defines an opening, the jig may include a
guide. The guide may extend away from the opening. The guide may
fix or partially fix an access angle used by a practitioner for
preparing the access hole. The access angle may be an angle between
a longitudinal central axis of the guide and a longitudinal axis of
the bone. When the bottom surface is seated on the surface contour,
a central axis defined by the guide may point to the target site.
When the bottom surface is seated on the surface contour, a central
axis defined by the guide may point in a direction that does not
intersect with the target site.
[0268] The guide may assist a practitioner in preparing the access
hole and advancing the implant through the access hole towards the
target site. The guide may receive one or more bushings during a
surgical procedure. The guide may be used to direct a fixation
element through the access hole and into the interior of the bone.
The guide may be used to direct a drill through the access hole and
into the interior of the bone. The guide may be used to direct an
unexpanded implant through the access hole and into the interior of
the bone.
[0269] The guide may include a guide inner surface. The guide inner
surface may be sized to provide clearance for an implant.
[0270] The guide may define a guide central axis extending through
the guide inner surface. The guide inner surface may be
cylindrical, partially cylindrical and partially flat, or any other
suitable shape. The guide inner surface may include a cylindrical
portion. The guide may be cut from a tube angled at an angle
oblique to the jig. The tube may be cut away from the jig after it
becomes tangent to the jig.
[0271] The guide may receive a bushing. The bushing may be used to
protect soft tissue from drills or other instruments inserted into
the jig. The bushing may direct a target wire into a bone at a
fixed angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The
bushing may direct a cavity preparation device into a bone at a
fixed angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The busing
may direct an implant into a bone at a fixed angle relative to a
longitudinal axis of the bone. The bushing may include a collar
that mates with the guide
[0272] The guide may receive a bushing sized to receive a fixation
element. The guide may receive a bushing sized to receive a drill.
The guide may receive a bushing sized to receive a cavity
preparation device. The guide may receive a bushing sized to
receive an implant. The guide may receive a bushing sized to
receive a drill, an implant and a cavity preparation device. A
drill outer circumference, a cavity preparation device outer
circumference and an implant outer circumference may be equal. The
guide may receive a first bushing disposed within a second bushing.
The first bushing may be sized to receive a fixation element. The
second bushing may be sized to receive a drill. The second bushing
may be sized to receive a cavity preparation device. The second
bushing may be sized to receive an implant.
[0273] When the first bushing, disposed within the second bushing,
is positioned in the guide, a practitioner may insert a fixation
element through the first bushing. The practitioner may advance the
fixation element towards the target site. The practitioner may
confirm that the tip of the fixation element is positioned in a
desired location within the interior. The desired location may be a
target site. When a tip of the fixation element is positioned at
the desired location, the practitioner may remove the first bushing
from within the second bushing. The practitioner may drive a
cannulated drill over the fixation element, through the second
bushing and towards the target site. The practitioner may remove
the first bushing and the fixation element and drive a solid drill
towards the desired location. After drilling, the practitioner may
remove the drill. After drilling, the practitioner may insert a
cavity preparation device through the second bushing and into the
interior. When the cavity is prepared, the practitioner may remove
the cavity preparation device. When the cavity is prepared, the
practitioner may insert an implant through the second bushing and
into the interior.
[0274] The apparatus may include a bushing (may be referred to
herein as an "insert"). The insert may be shaped to be inserted
into the guide. The insert may define an insert outer surface. The
insert outer surface may match the guide inner surface. The insert
outer surface may define an insert outer central axis. The insert
may include an insert inner surface. The insert inner surface may
define a lumen. The insert inner surface may define an inner insert
central axis. The guide may define a slot and the insert may
include a projection. When the insert is seated within the guide
the projection may be positioned within the insert.
[0275] A central axis defined by the guide may be parallel to the
insert outer central axis. A central axis defined by the guide may
be coaxial with the insert outer central axis. The guide central
axis may be parallel to the insert inner central axis. The guide
central axis may not be parallel to the insert inner central
axis.
[0276] A practitioner may insert a fixation element through a first
insert disposed within the guide and into the interior. The
practitioner may determine that an access angle of the fixation
element is undesirable. The practitioner may determine that the
access angle is undesirable based at least in part on a position of
the fixation element within the bone. The access angle may be an
angle between a bone longitudinal axis and a first insert inner
central axis. The practitioner may remove the first insert. The
practitioner may place a second insert within the guide. The second
insert may define a second insert inner central axis. Replacing the
first insert with the second insert may change the access angle
without necessitating moving the jig along the bone surface.
[0277] The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may
involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of
a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis and include a
surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of
the bone between two or more points at different elevations from
the longitudinal axis.
[0278] The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may include a
bottom surface. The jig may define a plurality of holes and a
target hole. The bottom surface may complement the surface
contour.
[0279] The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may be
configured to be releasably coupled to the jig. The plate may
define an opening.
[0280] When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against
the surface contour and the plate is coupled to the jig, each of
the plurality of holes may point into the interior but not into a
volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is
positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh
cage. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the
surface contour and the plate is coupled to the jig, the target
hole may point to the target site. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour and the plate is
coupled to the jig, the opening may define an area on the surface
of the bone for preparing an access hole for accessing the target
site.
[0281] Each of the plurality of holes may be sized to receive a
fixation element.
[0282] The plate may define a hole sized for receiving a screw (may
be referred to herein as a "screw hole"). The screw may be any
suitable screw, such as an anchoring screw or a surgical screw. The
screw may be cannulated. The screw may not be cannulated. The screw
hole may be threaded. The screw hole may be configured to receive a
bushing. The bushing may assist a practitioner in guiding a screw
through the screw hole. A screw hole may be too small to provide
passage of the implant in an unexpanded state. The screw hole may
be tapered.
[0283] The screw holes may be internally threaded. The screw holes
may not be internally threaded. The screw holes may have a
diameter. The diameter may be any suitable size.
[0284] Table 2 shows selected illustrative size ranges for a hole
sized for receiving a screw having lower and upper limits.
TABLE-US-00002 TABLE 2 Selected illustrative screw hole sizes.
Screw hole diameter, illustrative ranges (lower and upper limits,
inclusive) (mm) Lower Upper <1.0 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.6
1.8 1.8 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.6 2.8 2.8 3.0 3.0 3.2 3.2 3.4
3.4 3.6 3.6 3.8 3.8 4.0 4.0 4.2 4.2 4.4 4.4 4.6 4.6 4.8 4.8 5.0 5.0
5.2 5.2 5.4 5.4 5.6 5.6 5.8 5.8 6.0 6.0 6.2 6.2 6.4 6.4 6.6 6.6 6.8
6.8 7.0 7.0 7.2 7.2 7.4 7.4 7.6 7.6 7.8 7.8 8.0 8.0 8.2 8.2 8.4 8.4
8.6 8.6 8.8 8.8 9.0 9.0 9.2 9.2 9.4 9.4 9.6 9.6 9.8 9.8 10.0 10.0
>10.0
[0285] When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against
the surface contour and the plate is coupled to the jig, the screw
hole may point into the interior and into a volume occupied by the
implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the
target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the
bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface
contour and the plate is coupled to the jig, the screw hole may
point into the interior and not into a volume occupied by the
implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the
target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage.
[0286] The plate may define holes sized for receiving screws (may
be referred to herein as "screw holes").
[0287] When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against
the surface contour and the plate is coupled to the jig, the screw
holes may point into the interior and into a volume occupied by the
implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the
target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the
bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface
contour and the plate is coupled to the jig, and the screw holes
include a first screw hole and a second screw hole, the first screw
hole may point into the interior and into a volume occupied by the
implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the
target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. The second
screw hole may point into the interior and into a volume occupied
by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at
the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage.
[0288] The plate may define a hole sized for receiving a fixation
element (may be referred to herein as a "fixation element hole").
The plate may define holes sized for receiving fixation elements
(may be referred to herein as "fixation element holes").
[0289] The opening may be a first opening. The jig may define a
second opening. The plate may be positioned on the surface of the
bone in an area defined by the second opening.
[0290] The jig may include a transverse member and a longitudinal
member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, a first side of the
plate may abut the transverse member. When the plate is coupled to
the jig, a second side of the plate may abut the longitudinal
member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, a first side of the
plate may abut the transverse member and a second side of the plate
may abut the longitudinal member.
[0291] The jig may include a transverse member and a longitudinal
member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, the first side of the
plate may be adjacent the transverse member. When the plate is
coupled to the jig, a second side of the plate may be adjacent the
longitudinal member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, the
first side of the plate may be adjacent the transverse member and
the second side of the plate may be adjacent the transverse
member.
[0292] The jig may include a transverse member and a longitudinal
member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, the first side of the
plate may be adjacent to, but not in physical contact with, the
transverse member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, a second
side of the plate may be adjacent to, but not in physical contact
with, the longitudinal member. When the plate is coupled to the
jig, the first side of the plate may be adjacent to, but not in
physical contact with, the transverse member and the second side of
the plate may be adjacent to, but not in physical contact with, the
transverse member.
[0293] The jig may include a transverse member, a first
longitudinal member, and a second longitudinal member. The
transverse member may define a first end and a second end. The
first longitudinal member may extend away from the first end. The
second longitudinal member may extend away from the second end. The
plate may include a first side, a second side, and a third side.
When the plate is coupled to the jig, the first side may abut the
transverse member, the second side may abut the first longitudinal
member and the third side may abut the second longitudinal member.
When the plate is coupled to the jig, one of the sides of the plate
may abut one of the members of the jig. When the plate is coupled
to the jig, two of the sides of the plate may abut two of the
members of the jig.
[0294] The jig may include a transverse member, a first
longitudinal member, and a second longitudinal member. The
transverse member may define a first end and a second end. The
first longitudinal member may extend away from the first end. The
second longitudinal member may extend away from the second end. The
plate may include a first side, a second side, and a third side.
When the plate is coupled to the jig, the first side may be
adjacent the transverse member, the second side may be adjacent the
first longitudinal member and the third side may be adjacent the
second longitudinal member. When the plate is coupled to the jig,
one of the sides of the plate may be adjacent one of the members of
the jig. When the plate is coupled to the jig, two of the sides of
the plate may be adjacent two of the members of the jig.
[0295] The jig may include a transverse member, a first
longitudinal member, and a second longitudinal member. The
transverse member may define a first end and a second end. The
first longitudinal member may extend away from the first end. The
second longitudinal member may extend away from the second end. The
plate may include a first side, a second side, and a third side.
When the plate is coupled to the jig, the first side may be
adjacent to, but not in physical contact with, the transverse
member, the second side may be adjacent to, but not in physical
contact with, the first longitudinal member and the third side may
be adjacent to, but not in physical contact with, the second
longitudinal member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, one of
the sides of the plate may be adjacent to, but not in physical
contact with one of the members of the jig. When the plate is
coupled to the jig, two of the sides of the plate may be adjacent
to, but not in physical contact with, two of the members of the
jig.
[0296] The jig may include an indicator. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour, the indicator
may register to a location on the surface of the bone for
initiating an access hole for accessing the target site. A distance
between the location and the target site may correspond to a length
of the implant.
[0297] The jig may include a first indicator and a second
indicator. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily
against the surface contour, the first indicator may register to a
first location on the surface of the bone for initiating a first
access hole for accessing the target site, and the second indicator
may register to a second location on the surface of the bone for
initiating a second access hole for accessing the target site. A
distance between the first location and the target site may
correspond to a first implant length. A distance between the second
location and the target site may correspond to a second implant
length. The first implant length may be different from the second
implant length.
[0298] The plate may include an indicator. When the plate is
coupled to the jig and the bottom surface is seated complementarily
against the surface contour, the indicator may register to a
location on the surface of the bone for initiating an access hole
for accessing the target site. A distance between the location and
the target site may correspond to a length of the implant.
[0299] The plate may include a first indicator and a second
indicator. When the plate is coupled to the jig and the bottom
surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the
first indicator may register to a first location on the surface of
the bone for initiating a first access hole for accessing the
target site, and the second indicator may register to a second
location on the surface of the bone for initiating a second access
hole for accessing the target site. A distance between the first
location and the target site may correspond to a first implant
length. A distance between the second location and the target site
may correspond to a second implant length. The first implant length
may be different from the second implant length.
[0300] The plurality of holes defined by the jig may include a
first hole and a second hole. The first hole may point in a first
direction. The second hole may point in a second direction. The
first direction may be divergent from the second direction.
[0301] The plurality of holes defined by the jig may include a
first hole and a second hole. The first hole may point in a first
direction. The second hole may point in a second direction. The
first direction may be convergent with the second direction.
[0302] The plurality of holes defined by the jig may include a
first hole and a second hole. The first hole may point in a first
direction. The second hole may point in a second direction. The
first direction may be non-parallel to the second direction.
[0303] The bone may be any suitable bone. The bone may be a
proximal humerus bone. The target site may be a center of a head of
the proximal humerus bone. The surface contour may include a
greater tuberosity. The surface contour may include a deltoid
insertion.
[0304] The jig may include a positioning hole. When the bone is a
proximal humerus bone, when the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, the positioning hole
may point in a direction tangent to a top of a greater
tuberosity.
[0305] The jig may include suturing holes.
[0306] The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may
involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of
a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may
include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a
surface of the bone between two or more points at different
elevations from the longitudinal axis.
[0307] The apparatus may include a first jig. The first jig may
have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate
disclosed herein. The first jig may include a bottom surface. The
first jig may define a plurality of holes. The first jig may define
a target hole. The bottom surface may complement the surface
contour.
[0308] The apparatus may include a second jig. The second jig may
have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate
disclosed herein. The second jig may be configured to be releasably
coupled to the first jig. The second jig may define an opening.
[0309] When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against
the surface contour and the first jig is releasably coupled to the
second jig, each of the plurality of holes may point into the
interior, but not into a volume occupied by the implant in the
interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and
radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour and the first
jig is releasably coupled to the second jig, the target hole may
point to the target site. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour and the first jig is
releasably coupled to the second jig, the opening may define an
area on the surface of the bone for preparing an access hole for
accessing the target site.
[0310] The second jig may include a guide. The guide may extend
away from the bone surface and away from the opening.
[0311] The apparatus may further include an insert configured to be
inserted into the guide. The guide may include a guide inner
cylindrical surface. The guide may define a guide central axis. The
insert may include an insert outer cylindrical surface and an
insert inner cylindrical surface. The insert outer cylindrical
surface may define an insert outer central axis. The insert inner
cylindrical surface may define an insert inner central axis. The
guide central axis may be parallel to the insert outer central axis
and the guide central axis may not be parallel to the insert inner
central axis. The guide central axis may be parallel to the insert
outer central axis and the guide central axis may be parallel to
the insert inner central axis.
[0312] The apparatus may further include the plate configured to be
releasably coupled to a bottom surface of the second jig. The plate
may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate
disclosed herein. the bottom surface of the second jig may define a
recessed area. The plate may be positioned in the recessed
area.
[0313] The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may
involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of
a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The longitudinal
axis may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend
along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different
elevations from the longitudinal axis.
[0314] The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may have one
or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed
herein.
[0315] The plate may be thinner than a conventional plate. For
example, for a given bone, a plate in accordance with the invention
may be half as thick, two thirds as thick, or otherwise thinner
than a conventional plate used for the given bone. A portion of the
plate used for a proximal humerus may have a thickness of less than
2 mm, whereas a conventional plate may have a thickness of 4-6 mm.
The thickness of the plate may vary along the length of the
plate.
[0316] The plate may include a bottom surface. The bottom surface
may complement the surface contour.
[0317] The plate may define first holes sized for receiving screws
(may be referred to herein as "screw holes"). A screw received by a
screw hole defined by the plate may be a compression screw, a
lagging screw, or a locking screw. A head of a compression or
lagging screw may not fully engage the plate, but may apply a
compressional force to the plate. A head of a locking screw may
fully engage the plate.
[0318] The plate may define second holes sized for receiving
fixation elements.
[0319] The plate may define an opening. The opening may be sized
for providing passage of the implant in a non-expanded state
through the plate. When the bottom surface of the plate is seated
complementarily on a surface contour of a bone, the opening defined
by the plate may include an access position. When a bottom surface
of the plate is seated complementarily on a surface contour of a
bone, the opening may be positioned on the bone surface for
providing passage of the implant through the plate. When a bottom
surface of the plate is seated complementarily on a surface contour
of a bone, the opening may be positioned for providing passage of
the implant to the site.
[0320] The opening may be tapered.
[0321] The opening defined by the plate may have a width. The width
may be at least twice as wide as a diameter defined by the screw
holes. The width may be one and a half times as wide as a diameter
defined by the first holes. The width may range from 6 mm to 8 mm.
The width may range from 6 mm to 12 mm. The plate may have a
longitudinal axis. The width may be perpendicular to the
longitudinal axis. The opening may define a length. The length may
have any suitable size. The length of the opening may range from 6
mm to 8 mm. The length of the opening may range from 6 mm to 12
mm.
[0322] The opening may be sized to provide clearance for the
implant in the non-expanded state. The implant, in the non-expanded
state, may have a diameter. The diameter may be any suitable
diameter. The diameter may be 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, or any other
suitable diameter.
[0323] The plate may define a plate longitudinal axis. When the
bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface
contour, the longitudinal axis may be aligned with a longitudinal
axis of the bone. The opening may be elongated along the plate
longitudinal axis. The plate may also define a short axis. The
short axis may be transverse to the longitudinal axis.
[0324] When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against
the surface contour, the first holes may point into the interior
and into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the
implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to
form a mesh cage. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily
against the surface contour, the second holes may point into the
interior and not into the volume. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, the opening may be
positioned for providing passage of the implant to the site.
[0325] One or more of the first holes sized for receiving screws
may not be threaded. One or more of the first holes sized for
receiving screws may be internally threaded. A hole sized for
receiving a screw may be referred to herein as a "screw hole."
Holes sized for receiving screws may be referred to herein as
"screw holes." A threaded screw hole may receive an externally
threaded bushing. A threaded screw hole may be sized to receive a
screw and a bushing inserted into the screw hole.
[0326] A screw hole may have a diameter. The diameter may be any
suitable size. The diameter may range from 3 mm to 5 mm. The
diameter may range from 2 mm to 6 mm. The diameter may range from 1
mm to 6 mm. The diameter may range from 0.035 of an inch to 6 mm or
more. The largest diameter of a screw hole defined by the plate may
be smaller than a diameter of a head of a screw received by the
plate. This may enable the screw to engage the plate without
passing through the plate. The screw may be a compression screw.
The screw may be a locking screw.
[0327] The plate may define third holes sized for receiving screws.
The third holes may have one or more features in common with the
first holes. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily
against the surface contour, the third holes may point into the
interior and not into the volume. The plate may include a first end
and a second end. The third holes may include a first third hole
and a second third hole. The first third hold may be positioned at
the first end. The second third hole may be positioned at the
second end. The third holes may include a first third hole and two
or more second third holes. The first third hold may be positioned
at the first end. The two or more second third holes may be
positioned at the second end.
[0328] The first holes may include a first screw hole and a second
screw hole. The first screw hole may point in a first direction.
The second screw hole may point in a second direction. The first
direction may diverge from the second direction. The first
direction may converge with the second direction. The first
direction may be oblique with the second direction. The first
direction may be parallel to the second direction.
[0329] The first screw hole may be spaced apart from a plate
longitudinal axis by a first distance. The second screw hole may be
spaced apart from the plate longitudinal axis by a second distance.
The first distance may be equal to the second distance. The first
distance may be greater than or less than the second distance. The
plate may define a plate short axis. The plate short access may be
perpendicular to the plate longitudinal axis. A plate short axis
may transect the first screw hole and the second screw hole.
[0330] The plate may include a locking slot. The locking slot may
be defined by the plate. The locking slot may be partially defined
by the plate and extend into the opening. The locking slot may
include a plurality of slots. The locking slot may include slots
that are not perpendicular to a surface of the bone. One or more of
the slots may engage a head of a screw. A head of a screw advanced
through the locking slot may engage one of the slots. The slots may
act as a locking feature for a screw.
[0331] The locking slot may define a locking slot longitudinal
axis. The plate may define a plate longitudinal axis. The locking
slot longitudinal axis may be parallel to the plate longitudinal
axis. The locking slot longitudinal axis may be coaxial with the
plate longitudinal axis.
[0332] The locking slot may include a slanted side. The slanted
side may be positioned perpendicular to a plate longitudinal axis.
The slanted side may slant in a direction perpendicular to an axis
of the implant when the bottom surface of the plate is seated
complementarily on the surface contour and the implant is implanted
in the bone surface.
[0333] The implant, when expanded, may form a mesh cage with
interconnected cells.
[0334] When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against
the surface contour, the opening may define an area on the surface
for preparing an access hole for accessing the target site.
[0335] The opening may have a width. The width may be at least
twice as wide as a diameter defined by the first holes. The width
may be at least one and a half times as wide as a diameter defined
by the first holes. The width may extend along at least half of a
plate short axis. The width may extend along at least two thirds of
a plate short axis. The first holes may define a diameter ranging
from 3 mm to 5 mm and the opening may define a width ranging from 6
mm to 8 mm. The opening may be sized to provide clearance for the
implant. The implant may have a diameter, in a non-expanded state,
ranging from 6 mm to 12 mm.
[0336] The opening may have a length. The length may be elongated
along a length longitudinal axis. The plate may have a plate
longitudinal axis. The length longitudinal axis may be parallel or
coaxial with a plate longitudinal axis and the width may be
perpendicular to the plate longitudinal axis. The length
longitudinal axis may be oblique to the plate longitudinal axis and
the width may be oblique to the plate longitudinal axis. The length
longitudinal axis may be perpendicular to the plate longitudinal
axis and the width may be parallel to the plate longitudinal
axis.
[0337] The length of the opening may be longer than a diameter of
an implant tail. The length may of the opening may be longer than
the diameter of an implant shaft. The length may be sized to
facilitate deployment of the implant through the plate at an angle
oblique to the plate longitudinal axis. The length may be sized to
facilitate deployment of the implant through the bone at an angle
oblique to the bone longitudinal axis. The implant may be deployed
through the plate at a 30.degree. angle from a plate longitudinal
axis. The implant may be deployed through the plate at a
45.degree., 44.degree., 43.degree., 42.degree., 41.degree.,
40.degree., 39.degree., 38.degree., 37.degree., 36.degree.,
35.degree., 34.degree., 33.degree., 32.degree., 31.degree.,
30.degree., 29.degree., 28.degree., 27.degree., 26.degree.,
25.degree., 24.degree., 23.degree., 22.degree., 21.degree.,
20.degree., 19.degree., 18.degree., 17.degree., 16.degree. or
15.degree. angle, or at any angle in any range defined by any two
of the foregoing angles, from a plate longitudinal axis. The length
may be sized to facilitate deployment of the implant through the
plate at two or more angles relative to a bone longitudinal axis.
The length may be sized to facilitate deployment of the implant
through the bone at two or more angles relative to a bone
longitudinal axis.
[0338] The opening may be tapered. The opening may transect the
plate at an angle oblique to a plate longitudinal axis. The width
of the opening may be constant along the length of the opening. The
width of the opening may vary along the length of the opening.
[0339] The plate may include a target hole. The target hole may be
sized to receive a fixation element. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour, the target hole
may point to the target site.
[0340] The plate may include a positioning hole. The positioning
hole may be sized to receive a fixation element. When the bottom
surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the
positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to the bone
surface.
[0341] The bone may be any suitable bone. When the bone is a
proximal humerus bone, when bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the landmark, the positioning hole may
point in a direction tangent to a greater tuberosity.
[0342] The plate may define a plate longitudinal axis. The opening
may be elongated along the plate longitudinal axis. The plate
longitudinal axis may be aligned with a longitudinal axis of the
bone when the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the
surface contour. The plate may also define a short axis. The short
axis may be transverse to the longitudinal axis. The short axis may
be transverse to the plate longitudinal axis.
[0343] The plate may include holes having a diameter sized for
suturing.
[0344] The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may be configured
to be releasably coupled to the plate. The plate may define a top
face. The jig may define a jig bottom surface. The jig bottom
surface may be shaped to be positioned on at least a portion of the
top face. The jig may be positioned on the plate when the jig
bottom surface is seated on the at least a portion of the top face.
The jig bottom surface may be seated on some of the top face. The
jig bottom surface may be seated on all of the top face.
[0345] The jig bottom surface may be a first jig bottom surface.
The jig may include a second jig bottom surface. When the first jig
bottom surface is positioned on the plate, the second jig bottom
surface may extend away from the plate. The second jig bottom
surface may include a positioning hole. The second bottom surface
may include one, two or more holes for receiving a fixation
element. The second bottom surface may not conform to the
plate.
[0346] The opening may be a plate opening. The jig may define a jig
opening. When the jig is coupled to the plate, the jig opening may
be positioned above the plate opening. The plate opening may define
a plate opening central axis. The jig opening may define a jig
opening central axis. The plate opening central axis may be coaxial
with the jig opening central axis.
[0347] The plate may define a threaded plate bore. The jig may
define a threaded jig bore. When the jig is positioned on the
plate, the threaded jig bore may be positioned above the threaded
plate bore. Driving a screw through the threaded jig bore and into
the threaded plate bore may releasably couple the jig to the
plate.
[0348] The jig may define third holes sized for receiving screws.
Holes defined by the jig for receiving screws may be threaded. A
threaded screw hole defined by the jig may receive an externally
threaded bushing. A threaded screw hole may be sized to receive a
screw and a bushing inserted into the screw hole. The largest
diameter of a screw hole defined by the jig may be larger than a
diameter of a head of a screw. This may enable the screw to pass
through the screw hole defined by the jig without engaging the
jig.
[0349] The jig may define fourth holes sized for receiving fixation
elements. Fixation element holes defined by the jig may have one or
more features in common with fixation element holes defined by the
plate.
[0350] When the jig is coupled to the plate and the bottom surface
is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the third
holes may point into the interior and into the volume. When the jig
is coupled to the plate and the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, the fourth holes may
point into the interior and not into the volume. When the jig is
coupled to the plate, the third holes may be positioned above the
first holes. When the jig is coupled to the plate, the fourth holes
may be positioned above the second holes.
[0351] The jig may include a guide leading to the opening. The
guide may be sized for providing passage of the implant in a
non-expanded state through the opening.
[0352] The third holes may include a first third hole and a second
third hole. The first third hole may point in a first direction.
The second third hole may point in a second direction. The first
direction may diverge from the second direction. The first
direction may converge with the second direction. The first
direction may be parallel to the second direction. The first
direction may be oblique to the second direction.
[0353] The first third hole may be spaced apart from the second
third hole along the jig longitudinal axis. The first third hole
may be spaced apart from the jig longitudinal axis by a first
distance. The second third hole may be spaced apart from the jig
longitudinal axis by a second distance. The first distance may be
equal to the second distance. The first distance may be greater
than or less than the second distance. The jig may define a plate
short axis. The jig short access may be perpendicular to the jig
longitudinal axis. A jig short axis may transect the first third
hole and the second third hole.
[0354] The jig may have a perimeter. The perimeter may define a
channel. The channel may be an open channel. When the jig is
coupled to the plate, a surface of the channel may be tangent to a
hole defined by the plate. The hole defined by the plate may be one
of the second holes. When a fixation element is advanced through
the channel, the fixation element may define a fixation element
central axis that is coaxial with a central axis of the hole. The
channel may be an open channel that has an arcuate cross section.
The second holes may include a fixation element hole. When the jig
is coupled to the plate, the channel may be positioned above the
fixation element hole. The channel may guide a fixation element
into the fixation element hole. The channel may be used by a
practitioner to guide a fixation element into a bone.
[0355] The jig may include an aperture. The aperture may extend
through a thickness of the jig. The aperture may be sized to
receive a first bushing. The aperture may also be sized to receive
a second bushing. The aperture may include a first threaded opening
sized to receive the first bushing. The aperture may include a
second threaded opening sized to receive the second bushing. The
first threaded opening may have an arcuate cross section. The
second threaded opening may have an arcuate cross section.
[0356] The jig may include a positioning hole. When the jig is
coupled to the plate and the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, the positioning hole
may point in a direction tangent to the bone surface. When the bone
is a proximal humerus bone, when the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour and the jig is coupled
to the plate, the positioning hole may define a direction tangent
to a greater tuberosity.
[0357] When the jig includes a guide, the guide may include an
aperture positioned on an outer face of the guide. The aperture may
extend through a thickness of the guide. The aperture may be used
by a practitioner to pass a threaded fixation element coupled to a
nut through the guide and into a bone fragment. The nut may be
seated on a top surface of the aperture. The nut may be used to
provide compressional force to the bone fragment.
[0358] When the jig includes a guide, the guide may include a slot.
The slot may be positioned on a guide opening. The guide opening
may be configured to receive a bushing. The slot may be configured
to engage a portion of a bushing inserted into the guide.
[0359] When a bottom surface of the jig conforms to a top surface
of the plate and the jig is configured to be releasably coupled to
the plate, a jig screw hole may define a jig screw hole central
axis and a plate screw hole may define a plate screw hole central
axis. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, the jig
screw hole may be positioned above the plate screw hole. When the
jig is releasably coupled to the plate, the jig screw hole central
axis may extend along the plate screw hole central axis.
[0360] When a bottom surface of the jig conforms to a top surface
of the plate and the jig is configured to be releasably coupled to
the plate, each jig screw hole may define a jig screw hole central
axis and each plate screw hole may define a plate screw hole
central axis. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, each
jig screw hole may be positioned above a plate screw hole. When the
jig is releasably coupled to the plate, each jig screw hole may
define a jig screw hole central axis that lies along a screw hole
central axis defined by a screw hole positioned underneath each jig
screw hole.
[0361] When a bottom surface of the jig conforms to a top surface
of the plate and the jig is configured to be releasably coupled to
the plate, one of the jig plurality of holes may define a jig hole
central axis and a plate hole may define a plate hole central axis.
When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, the jig hole
central axis be positioned above the plate hole. When the jig is
releasably coupled to the plate, the jig hole central axis may
extend along the plate hole central axis.
[0362] When a bottom surface of the jig conforms to a top surface
of the plate and the jig is configured to be releasably coupled to
the plate, each of the jig plurality of holes may define a jig hole
central axis. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, some
or all of the jig plurality of holes may be positioned above plate
holes. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, some or all
of the jig plurality of holes may define a jig hole central axis
that extends along a plate hole central axis defined by a plate
hole positioned underneath each of the some or all of the jig
plurality of holes.
[0363] The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may
involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of
a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may
include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a
surface of the bone between two or more points at different
elevations from the longitudinal axis.
[0364] The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may have one or
more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed
herein. The jig may be configured to be releasably coupled to the
plate. The plate may have one or more features in common with any
other jig or plate disclosed herein. The plate may include a plate
bottom surface. The plate bottom surface may complement the surface
contour. The jig may include a jig bottom surface. The jig bottom
surface may be shaped to conform to a top surface of the plate.
[0365] The jig may define a plurality of holes sized for receiving
fixation elements. The jig may define screw holes sized for
receiving screws. The jig may define an opening for passage of the
implant in a non-expanded state through the jig and to the target
site. The passage may be along a straight path oblique to a
longitudinal axis of the jig.
[0366] When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate and the
plate bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface
contour, the plurality of holes may point into the interior and
into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the
implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to
form a mesh cage. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate
and the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily against the
surface contour, the screw holes may point into the interior and
not into the volume. When the jig is releasably coupled to the
plate and the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily
against the surface contour, the opening may be positioned for
providing passage of the implant to the site.
[0367] The screw holes may be jig screw holes. The plate may define
plate fixation element holes sized for receiving fixation elements
and plate screw holes sized for receiving screws. When the jig is
coupled to the plate, the plurality of holes may be positioned
above the plate screw holes and the jig screw holes may be
positioned above the plate screw holes.
[0368] The jig may include a guide. The guide may extend away from
the opening. The guide may have an inner lumen. The inner lumen may
define a central axis collinear with the path.
[0369] The jig bottom surface may be a first jig bottom surface.
The jig may include a second jig bottom surface. The second jig
bottom surface may include a positioning hole. When the jig is
releasably coupled to the plate, the first jig bottom surface may
be positioned on the plate and the second jig bottom surface may
extend away from the plate. When the jig is releasably coupled to
the plate and the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily
against the surface contour, the positioning hole may point in a
direction tangent to the bone surface.
[0370] The plate may define a threaded plate bore. The jig may
define a threaded jig bore. When the bottom surface of the jig is
positioned on the plate, the threaded jig bore may be positioned
above the threaded plate bore. Driving a screw through the threaded
jig bore and into the threaded plate bore may releasably couple the
jig to the plate.
[0371] The screw holes may include a first screw hole and a second
screw hole. The first screw hole may point in a first direction.
The second screw hole may point in a second direction. The first
direction may diverge from the second direction. The first
direction may converge with the second direction. The first
direction may be parallel to the second direction. The first
direction may be oblique to the second direction.
[0372] The jig may have a perimeter that defines a channel. When
the jig is coupled to the plate, a surface of the channel may be
tangent to a hole defined by the plate. The hole defined by the
plate may be one of the second holes. When a fixation element is
advanced through the channel, the fixation element may define a
fixation element central axis that is coaxial with a central axis
of the hole. The channel may be an open channel that has an arcuate
cross section. The second holes may include a fixation element
hole. When the jig is coupled to the plate, the channel may be
positioned above the fixation element hole. The channel may guide a
fixation element into the fixation element hole.
[0373] The jig may define an aperture. The aperture may be sized to
receive a first bushing. The aperture may be sized to receive a
second bushing. The aperture may include a first threaded opening
sized to receive a first bushing. The aperture may include a second
threaded opening sized to receive the second bushing. The first
threaded opening and the second threaded opening may both be open
channels that each have an arcuate cross section.
[0374] The jig may include a positioning hole. When the jig is
coupled to the plate and the plate bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, the positioning hole
may point in a direction tangent to the bone surface. When the bone
is a proximal humerus bone, when the plate bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour and the jig is coupled
to the plate, the positioning hole may point in a direction tangent
to a greater tuberosity.
[0375] When the jig includes a guide, the guide may include an
aperture. The aperture may be positioned on an outer face of the
guide. The aperture may extend through a thickness of the
guide.
[0376] When the jig includes a guide, the guide may include a slot.
The slot may be positioned on a guide opening. The guide opening
may be configured to receive a bushing. The slot may be configured
to engage a portion of a bushing inserted into the guide.
[0377] The opening may be a jig opening. The plate may include a
plate opening. The plate opening may be an opening for passage of
the implant in a non-expanded state through the jig and to the
target site. The passage may be along a straight path oblique to a
longitudinal axis of the jig. When the jig is coupled to the plate,
the jig opening may be positioned above the plate opening. When the
jig is coupled to the plate, a central axis defined by the jig
opening may be coaxial with a central axis defined by the plate
opening.
[0378] The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may
involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of
a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may
include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a
surface of the bone between two or more points at different
elevations from the longitudinal axis.
[0379] The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may have one
or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed
herein. The plate may include a bottom surface. The bottom surface
may complement the surface contour. The plate may define a
positioning hole. The plate may define first holes sized for
receiving screws. The plate may define second holes sized for
receiving fixation elements. The plate may define an opening sized
for providing passage of the implant in a non-expanded state
through the plate.
[0380] When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against
the surface contour, the positioning hole may point in a direction
tangent to the surface. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, the first holes may
point toward a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when
the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded
to form a mesh cage. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, the second holes may
point away from the volume. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, the opening may be
positioned for providing passage of the implant through the plate
and to the site.
[0381] The bone may be any suitable bone. When the bone is a
proximal humerus bone, the surface contour may include a greater
tuberosity and the plate may be aligned with the greater tuberosity
when the positioning hole points in a direction tangent to the
greater tuberosity.
[0382] The plate may include a target hole.
[0383] The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may
involve, implanting the implant at a target site in an interior of
a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may
include a surface contour that extends along a surface of the bone
between two or more points at different elevations from the
longitudinal axis.
[0384] The apparatus may include a first plate. The first plate may
have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate
disclosed herein. The first plate may include a bottom surface. The
bottom surface may complement the surface contour. The plate may
define first holes sized for receiving screws. The plate may define
second holes sized for receiving fixation elements. The plate may
define a first opening.
[0385] The apparatus may include a second plate. The second plate
may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate
disclosed herein. The second plate may be shaped to be positioned
in the first opening. The second plate may be configured to be
anchored to the first plate. The second implant may be configured
to be anchored to the implant when the second plate is positioned
on the bone surface and the implant is implanted at the target
site.
[0386] The second plate may define a second opening. The second
opening may be sized for receiving a tail of the implant when the
implant is implanted in the target site. The second opening may
define a second opening circumference. The second opening
circumference may be larger than an outer circumference defined by
the tail of the implant.
[0387] When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against
the surface contour, the first holes may point into the volume
occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is
positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh
cage. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the
surface contour, the second holes may point into the interior and
not into the volume.
[0388] The bottom surface may be a first bottom surface. The second
plate may define a second bottom surface. The second bottom surface
may conform to the surface contour.
[0389] The apparatus may include apparatus supporting the implant
when the implant is implanted at a target site in an interior of a
bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include
a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface
of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from
the longitudinal axis.
[0390] The apparatus may include a first plate. The first plate may
have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate
disclosed herein. The first plate may include a first plate bottom
surface. The first plate bottom surface may complement the surface
contour. The first plate may define first holes sized for receiving
screws. The first plate may define second holes sized for receiving
fixation elements. The first plate may define a first opening.
[0391] The apparatus may include a second plate. The second plate
may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate
disclosed herein. The second plate may be configured to be
positioned on top of the first plate. The second plate may be
configured to be releasably coupled to the first plate. The second
plate may be configured to be anchored to the first plate. The
second plate may include a screw hole for receiving an anchoring
screw. The first plate may include a bore for receiving a screw.
The anchoring screw may be advanced through the screw hole and into
the bore to anchor the second plate to the first plate.
[0392] The second plate may include a second bottom surface
conforming to a contour of a portion of a top surface of the first
plate. The second plate may include a second opening. When the
second plate is positioned on the first plate, the second opening
may be positioned on top of the first opening. When the second
plate is positioned on the first plate, a first opening central
axis may be coaxial with a second opening central axis.
[0393] The second plate may include a tube. The tube may extend
through the second opening at an angle oblique to a central axis of
the second plate. When the second plate is positioned on the first
plate and the first bottom surface is seated on the surface
contour, the tube may extend through the second opening and the
first opening and into the interior. The tube may extend into the
interior at an angle oblique to a central axis of the second plate.
The tube may extend into the interior at an angle oblique to a
central axis of the first plate.
[0394] The tube may be sized for coaxially mounting to a tail of
the implant when the implant is implanted in the target site. The
tube may define an inner lumen. The inner lumen may have an inner
lumen circumference. The inner lumen circumference may be larger
than an outer circumference of the tail of the implant.
[0395] When the first bottom surface is seated complementarily
against the surface contour, the first holes may point into a
volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is
positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh
cage. When the first bottom surface is seated complementarily
against the surface contour, the second holes may point into the
interior and not into the volume.
[0396] The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may
involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of
a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may
include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a
surface of the bone between two or more points at different
elevations from the longitudinal axis.
[0397] The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may have one or
more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed
herein. The jig may include a bottom surface. The bottom surface
may complement the surface contour. The jig may define a plurality
of holes.
[0398] The jig may define a positioning hole. When the bottom
surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the
positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to the bone
surface.
[0399] The jig may define an opening for passage of the implant in
a non-expanded state through the jig and to the target site. The
passage may be a passage along a straight path oblique to a
longitudinal axis of the jig.
[0400] The jig may include a guide. The guide may extend away from
the bone surface and the opening. The guide may have an inner
surface. The inner surface may define a central axis collinear with
the path.
[0401] When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against
the surface contour, each of the plurality of holes may point into
the interior but not a volume occupied by the implant in the
interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and
radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour, the opening may
define an area on the surface for preparing an access hole for
accessing the target site.
[0402] The jig may define a target hole. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour, the target hole
may point to the target site.
[0403] The bone may be any suitable bone. When the bone is a
proximal humerus bone, the direction may be tangent to a greater
tuberosity. When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the surface
contour may include an intertubercular groove.
[0404] The apparatus may further include an insert. The insert may
be configured to be inserted into the guide. The guide may include
a guide inner cylindrical surface and defines a guide central axis.
The insert may include an insert outer cylindrical surface and an
insert inner cylindrical surface. The insert outer cylindrical
surface may define an insert outer central axis. The insert inner
cylindrical surface may define an insert inner central axis. The
guide central axis may be parallel to the insert outer central axis
and the guide central axis may not be parallel to the insert inner
central axis. The guide central axis may be parallel to the insert
outer central axis and the insert inner central axis.
[0405] The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may have one
or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed
herein. The plate may be configured to be releasably coupled to a
bottom surface of the jig. The bottom surface of the jig may define
a recessed area. The recessed area may be configured to receive the
plate. The plate may be configured to be positioned in the recessed
area. The recessed area may conform to a contour of a top face of
the plate. The recessed area may conform to a contour of a
perimeter of the plate.
[0406] The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may
involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of
a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may
include a surface contour that extends along a surface of the bone
between two or more points at different elevations from the
longitudinal axis.
[0407] The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may have one
or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed
herein. The plate may include a plate bottom surface. The plate
bottom surface may complement a first portion of the surface
contour. The plate may define an opening.
[0408] The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may have one or
more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed
herein. The jig may be configured to be releasably coupled to an
end of the plate. The jig may include a jig bottom surface. The jig
may define a plurality of holes. The jig bottom surface may
complement a second portion of the surface contour.
[0409] When the jig bottom surface is seated complementarily
against the second portion of the surface contour, each of the
plurality of holes may point into the interior but not into a
volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is
positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh
cage. When the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily
against the first portion of the surface contour, the opening may
define an area on the surface for preparing an access hole
accessing the target site.
[0410] The jig may define a target hole.
[0411] The jig may define a positioning hole. When the bone is a
proximal humerus bone, the second portion of the surface contour
may include a greater tuberosity and, when the jig bottom surface
is seated complementarily against the greater tuberosity, the
positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to the greater
tuberosity.
[0412] The jig bottom surface may be a first jig bottom surface.
The jig may include a second jig bottom surface. The second jig
bottom surface may be configured to be positioned on a portion of a
top surface of the plate. The second jig bottom surface may conform
to a surface contour of the portion of the top surface of the
plate.
[0413] When the jig is a first jig and the end is a first end, the
apparatus may further include a second jig. The second jig may be
configured to be releasably coupled to a second end of the plate.
The second jig may include a guide. The guide may extend away from
the opening.
[0414] The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may
involve, repairing a bone defining a longitudinal axis. The bone
may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface
contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the bone
between two or more points at different elevations from the
longitudinal axis.
[0415] The apparatus may include the implant. The implant may be
implanted at a target site in an interior of the bone. The implant
may have an implant tail and an implant head. A portion of the
implant tail may have a tubular shape. The implant head may include
an expandable mesh cage.
[0416] The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may have one
or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed
herein. The plate may include a bottom surface. The plate may
include a tube extending away from the bottom surface. The tube may
define a central axis. The central axis may be oblique to a
longitudinal axis of the plate. The tube may be configured to be
coaxially mounted on the implant tail.
[0417] The bottom surface may complement the surface contour. When
the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface
contour, the central axis may point to the target site.
[0418] The tube may have an outer diameter. The outer diameter may
be lesser than a diameter of an access hole. The outer diameter may
be large enough for passage of the implant in a non-expanded
state.
[0419] The tube may have an inner diameter. The inner diameter may
be greater than an outer diameter of the implant tail. The inner
diameter may be large enough for passage of the implant in a
non-expanded state. In operation, when the implant is implanted in
the bone and the bottom surface of the plate abuts a surface of the
bone, the tube may be coaxially mounted on the implant tail.
[0420] The plate may define a hole sized to receive a screw. The
screw may be a screw for anchoring the plate to the implant. The
hole sized to receive the screw may point in a direction. When the
implant is implanted in the bone and the bottom surface of the
plate abuts a surface of the bone, the direction may point to a
bore defined by the implant tail. The bone may be sized to receive
the screw. When the implant is implanted and expanded in the bone
and the bottom surface of the plate abuts a surface of the bone,
the direction may point to the implant head.
[0421] The plate may define a first screw hole and a second screw
hole. The first screw hole may point in a first direction and the
second screw hole may point in a second direction. When the implant
is implanted in the bone and the bottom surface of the plate abuts
a surface of the bone, the first direction may point to a bore
defined by the implant tail. The bone may be sized to receive the
screw. When the implant is implanted and expanded in the bone and
the bottom surface of the plate abuts a surface of the bone, the
first direction may point to the implant head. When the implant is
implanted and expanded in the bone and the bottom surface of the
plate abuts a surface of the bone, the second direction may point
into an interior of the bone but not into a volume occupied by the
implant in the interior.
[0422] The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may
involve, implanting the implant in an interior of a bone. The
apparatus may include apparatus for supporting the implant after
implantation. The implant may be implanted at a target site in the
interior.
[0423] The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may
include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a
surface of the bone between two or more points at different
elevations from the longitudinal axis.
[0424] The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may have one
or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed
herein. The plate may define an internally threaded hole. The hole
may point in a direction that is oblique to a longitudinal axis of
the plate. The direction may be defined by a hole central axis.
[0425] The plate may include a bottom surface. The bottom surface
may complement the surface contour. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour, the hole may
define an area on the surface for preparing an access hole for
accessing the target site. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, the direction may
point to the target site.
[0426] The apparatus may include a first externally threaded tube.
The first externally threaded tube may be configured to mate with
the internally threaded hole. When the first tube mates with the
hole, the first tube may extend away from a surface of the
bone.
[0427] The apparatus may include a second externally threaded tube.
The second externally threaded tube may be configured to mate with
the internally threaded hole. When the second tube mates with the
hole the second tube may extend into the interior.
[0428] The first tube may define a first inner diameter. The first
inner diameter may be greater than a diameter of the implant in a
non-expanded state. In operation, the implant may be advanced
through the first tube and towards the target site.
[0429] The second tube may define a second inner diameter. The
second inner diameter may be greater than an outer diameter of a
tail of the implant. In operation, when the implant is implanted in
the bone, the first tube may be removed from the plate. In
operation, when the implant is implanted in the bone, the second
tube may be configured to be coaxially mounted on the tail. In
operation, when the implant is implanted in the bone, the second
tube may be coaxially mounted on the tail.
[0430] The plate may define holes sized for receiving screws. The
plate may define holes sized for receiving fixation elements.
[0431] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve,
apparatus for delivery of an implant at a target site in an
interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The
bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend
along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different
elevations from the longitudinal axis.
[0432] The apparatus may include means for aligning the apparatus
with the surface contour when the apparatus is in direct contact
with the bone surface. Apparatus may be in direct contact with the
bone surface when there is no intervening apparatus between the
apparatus and the bone surface.
[0433] The apparatus may include means for guiding fixation
elements into a bone interior. The guiding may provide clearance
for expanding the implant inside the bone. The apparatus may
include means for guiding a target wire toward the target site in
the bone interior.
[0434] The bone may be a proximal humerus bone. The surface contour
may include a first anatomical landmark. The first anatomical
landmark may be a bicipital groove.
[0435] The surface contour may include a second anatomical
landmark. The apparatus may include means for aligning the
apparatus with the second anatomical landmark when the apparatus is
in direct contact with the bone. The second anatomical landmark may
be a greater tuberosity.
[0436] The means for guiding fixation elements may include a first
means and a second means. The first means and the second means may
be spaced apart from each other. The first means and the second
means may guide the fixation elements along non-parallel paths. The
first means and second means may guide the fixation elements along
convergent paths. The first means and second means may guide the
fixation elements along divergent paths. The first means and the
second means may guide the fixation elements along parallel
paths.
[0437] The apparatus may include means for identifying a location
on the bone surface suitable for inserting the implant so that the
head of the implant will be disposed at the target site.
[0438] The apparatus may include means for identifying an area on
the surface of the bone that includes an access position.
[0439] The apparatus may include means for identifying a plurality
of locations on the bone surface. Each of the plurality of
locations may be suitable for inserting the implant having a length
so that the head of the implant will be disposed at the target
site.
[0440] The apparatus may include positioning means for positioning
the apparatus relative to an anatomical landmark defined by the
bone.
[0441] When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the apparatus may
include means for guiding a wire over a top of a greater
tuberosity.
[0442] When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the target site
may be a center region in a head of the proximal humerus bone.
[0443] The apparatus may include means for guiding one or more
devices into a bone interior at an acute angle relative to a
longitudinal axis of the bone.
[0444] The apparatus may include means for guiding a drill into a
bone interior at an acute angle relative to a longitudinal axis of
the bone.
[0445] The apparatus may include means for guiding a cavity
preparation device into a bone interior at an acute angle relative
to a longitudinal axis of the bone.
[0446] The apparatus may include means for guiding the implant into
a bone interior at an acute angle relative to a longitudinal axis
of the bone.
[0447] The apparatus may include means for receiving anchoring
members. The anchoring members may be configured to anchor the
apparatus to the bone. The means for receiving the anchoring
members may include means for guiding a fixation element into a
head of the implant.
[0448] The means for receiving anchoring members may include means
for guiding a fixation element into a tail of the implant. The
means for receiving anchoring members may include means for guiding
a fixation element into the bone.
[0449] The apparatus may include means for receiving the plate. The
plate may define a hole for passage of the implant into the bone
interior. The apparatus may include means for removably coupling
the plate to the apparatus.
[0450] The apparatus may include means for receiving the jig. The
jig may define a hole for passage of the implant into the bone
interior. The apparatus may include means for removably coupling
the jig to the apparatus.
[0451] The apparatus may include means for providing passage of the
implant through the apparatus and into the bone interior.
[0452] The apparatus may include means for defining an area on the
bone surface. The area on the bone surface may be for initiating an
access hole. The implant may be deployed through the access
hole.
[0453] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve,
apparatus for delivery of an implant at a target site in an
interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The
bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend
along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different
elevations from the longitudinal axis.
[0454] The apparatus may include an implant delivery base. The
implant delivery base may have a base bottom surface.
[0455] The base bottom surface may complement the surface
contour.
[0456] The base bottom surface may be shaped to nest in an opening
of the plate. A portion of the base bottom surface may be shaped to
nest in an opening of the plate.
[0457] The implant delivery base may have a base top surface. The
base top surface may be flat. The base top surface may be curved.
The base top surface may include a flat portion. The base top
surface may include a curved portion.
[0458] The implant delivery base may define a channel. The channel
may extend through an interior of the implant delivery base. The
channel may extend away from the base bottom surface in a
direction. The direction may define an angle oblique to the bottom
surface. The channel may be sized to provide passage of the
implant. The channel may be configured to receive a bushing. When
the bottom surface is seated complementarily on the surface
contour, a central axis of the channel may point towards the target
site.
[0459] The base bottom surface may be shaped to nest in an opening
of the plate. A portion of the base bottom surface may be shaped to
nest in an opening of the plate. A bottom surface of the plate may
complement the surface contour. When the implant delivery base is
nested in an opening of the plate and the plate bottom surface is
seated complementarily on the surface contour, a central axis of
the channel may point towards the target site. The opening may
define an area on the surface of the bone for preparing an access
hole for accessing the target site.
[0460] The apparatus may include a post. The post may be supported
by the implant delivery base. The post may extend away from the
base top surface. The post may be releasably coupled to the implant
delivery base. The post may be fixedly attached to the implant
delivery base. The post may be cannulated. The cannula may be sized
to receive a screw. The post may define a surface shaped to receive
a reduction device.
[0461] The apparatus may include the reduction device. The
reduction device may be configured to be slidingly coupled to the
post. The reduction device may be releasably coupled to the post.
The reduction device may be configured to slide along the post so
that, in operation, a bottom surface of the reduction device is
positioned on skin covering the bone.
[0462] The reduction device may be configured to be snapped onto
the post. The reduction device may define an opening sized to be
removably coupled to the post. The opening may be sized to fit on
the surface defined by the post for receiving the reduction device.
The opening may be sized to be coupled to an outer face of the
post.
[0463] The apparatus may include the plate. The base bottom surface
may be configured to releasably interconnect with the plate. The
plate may define an opening. The opening may be sized for passage
of an implant. A plate bottom surface may complement the surface
contour. The base bottom surface may conform to a top face of the
plate. The base bottom surface may conform to a portion of a top
face of the plate. The base bottom surface may be shaped to nest in
the opening of the plate. A first portion of the base bottom
surface may be contoured to nest in the opening of the plate. A
second portion of the base bottom surface may be contoured to
seated on a top face of the plate. The base bottom surface may be
shaped to be seated on a top face of the plate.
[0464] When the implant delivery base is coupled to the plate, the
channel may extend away from the opening. When the plate bottom
surface is seated complementarily on the surface contour and the
implant delivery base is coupled to the plate, a central axis
defined by the channel may point to the target site. The opening
may define an area on the surface of the bone for preparing an
access hole for accessing the target site.
[0465] The plate may define screw holes sized to receive screws.
The screw holes may receive a bushing. The bushing may be sized to
receive a screw. The bushing may be sized to receive a fixation
element. When the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily
against the surface contour, the screw holes may point into the
interior, but not into a volume occupied by the implant in the
interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and
radially expanded to form a mesh cage.
[0466] The reduction device may define a plurality of holes. The
plurality of holes may be sized for receiving fixation elements.
Each of the plurality of holes may transect the reduction device at
a right angle. When the base bottom surface is seated
complementarily on the surface contour, each of the plurality of
holes may point into the interior and not into a volume occupied by
the implant when the implant is positioned at the target site and
expanded to form a cage. Fixation elements driven through the
plurality of holes and into the interior may provide clearance for
the implant.
[0467] The implant may be a first implant. The reduction device may
define a first plurality of holes and a second plurality of holes.
The first plurality of holes may be positioned at a first distance
away from a central axis of the reduction device. The first
plurality of holes may point into the interior of the bone and not
into a volume occupied by the first implant in the interior when
the first implant is positioned at the target site and radially
expanded to form a mesh cage. The first plurality of holes may
include a first hole and a second hole. The first hole may be
spaced apart from the second hole along a direction oblique to the
central axis of the reduction device. The first hole may be spaced
apart from the second hole along a direction perpendicular to the
central axis of the reduction device. Each of the second plurality
of holes may be displaced a second distance away from the central
axis of the reduction device. The second plurality of holes may
point into the interior of the bone and not into a volume occupied
by a second implant in the interior when the second implant is
positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh
cage. The second plurality of holes may include a third hole and a
fourth hole. The third hole may be spaced apart from the fourth
hole along a direction perpendicular to the central axis of the
reduction device. The third hole may be spaced apart from the
fourth hole along a direction oblique to the central axis of the
reduction device. The first volume may be different from the second
volume. The second distance may be different from the first
distance.
[0468] The reduction device may define a screw hole sized to
receive a screw. The apparatus may include a bushing. The screw
hole may be configured to receive the bushing.
[0469] The reduction device may define a plurality of holes. The
holes may be sized for receiving fixation elements. The holes may
be sized for receiving bushings. The holes may be sized for
receiving screws. A top face of the reduction device may be flat. A
top face of the reduction device may be curved.
[0470] When the base bottom surface is seated complementarily on
the surface contour, the screw hole may point to a volume in the
interior of the bone occupied by the implant in the interior when
the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded
to form a mesh cage.
[0471] The base bottom surface may be configured to releasably
interconnect with the plate. The plate may define a plate screw
hole sized to receive the screw. The plate may define a bottom
surface complementing the surface contour. The reduction device may
define a reduction device screw hole. When the implant delivery
base is releasably coupled to the plate, a central axis defined by
the reduction device screw hole may be coaxial with a central axis
defined by the plate screw hole. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily on the surface contour and the implant delivery
base is interconnected with the plate, the plate screw hole and the
reduction device screw hole may point to a volume. The volume may
be a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the
implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to
form a mesh cage.
[0472] The base bottom surface may be configured to releasably
interconnect with the plate. The plate may define a slot configured
to engage a head of the screw. The plate may define a plate bottom
surface complementing the surface contour. When the implant
delivery base is interconnected with the plate, a central axis
defined by the screw hole may pass through the slot. When the
bottom surface of the plate is seated complementarily on the
surface contour and the implant delivery base is interconnected
with the plate, the screw hole may point to a volume. The volume
may be a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the
implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to
form a mesh cage.
[0473] The reduction device may define an aperture sized for
receiving screws. The reduction device may define an aperture sized
for receiving a fixation element. The aperture may extend along a
longitudinal central axis of the reduction device. The base bottom
surface may be configured to releasably interconnect with the
plate. The plate may define a screw hole configured to engage a
screw. The plate may define a plate bottom surface complementing
the surface contour. When the implant delivery base is
interconnected with the plate, a central axis defined by the screw
hole may pass through the aperture without transecting the
aperture. When the bottom surface of the plate is seated
complementarily on the surface contour and the implant delivery
base is interconnected with the plate, the screw hole may point to
a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant
is positioned at the target site and expanded to form a cage.
[0474] The base bottom surface may be configured to releasably
interconnect with the plate. The plate may define a slot configured
to engage a head of a screw. The plate may define a plate bottom
surface complementing the surface contour. When the bottom surface
of the plate is seated complementarily on the surface contour and
the implant delivery base is interconnected with the plate, a bore
central axis of a bore defined by an implant tail of the implant,
when the implant is positioned at the target site, may extend
through the slot without transecting the slot. The bore central
axis may extend through the aperture and transects a central
longitudinal axis of the aperture.
[0475] The implant delivery base may define a first bore. The first
bore may be positioned on the base top surface. The first bore may
extend through the implant delivery base at an angle oblique to the
base bottom surface. The implant delivery base may define a second
bore. The second bore may be positioned on the base top surface.
The second bore may extend through the base at an angle oblique to
the base bottom surface. The first bore may be spaced apart from
the second bore along a direction transverse to an implant delivery
base bottom-surface longitudinal axis. The first bore may be spaced
apart from the second bore along a direction perpendicular to a
longitudinal axis of a bottom surface of the implant delivery base.
The first bore and the second bore may both be sized to receive a
fixation element.
[0476] When the top surface includes a curved portion, the first
bore may extend thought the implant delivery base and form a notch
on a shoulder defined by an outer surface of the channel. The top
surface may include the shoulder. The implant delivery base may
include a second bore having the same geometrical properties as the
first bore disposed on an opposite side of the shoulder.
[0477] The implant delivery base may define a third bore. The third
bore may be positioned on the base top surface. When the top
surface includes a curved portion, the third bore may form a notch
on the shoulder. The third bore may define a direction
perpendicular to the implant delivery base central axis. The
implant delivery base may define a fourth bore. The fourth bore may
be positioned on the base top surface. When the top surface is
curved, the fourth bore may be positioned on the shoulder. The
fourth bore may have the same geometrical properties as the third
bore and be disposed on an opposite side of the shoulder.
[0478] When the base bottom surface is seated complementarily on
the surface contour, the first bore and the second bore may point
into the interior, but not into a volume occupied by the implant in
the interior, when the implant is positioned at the target site and
radially expanded to form a mesh cage.
[0479] The post may define an inner lumen. The inner lumen may be
sized for advancing a screw through the inner lumen. When the
bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface
contour and the implant is implanted in the bone, the inner lumen
may define an inner lumen central axis. The inner lumen central
axis may be coaxial with a central axis of a bore defined by a tail
of the implant.
[0480] The implant delivery base may include a longitudinal member.
The longitudinal member may extend away from the channel. The
longitudinal member may extend away from the channel along a
longitudinal axis defined by the bottom surface.
[0481] A bottom face of the longitudinal member may include the
base bottom surface. When the base bottom surface is seated
complementarily on the surface contour, the longitudinal member may
extend along the longitudinal axis of the bone.
[0482] The longitudinal member may define a screw hole sized for
receiving a screw. The longitudinal member may define a slot sized
for receiving a screw. The longitudinal member may include a recess
for engaging the plate.
[0483] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve,
apparatus for positioning an implant in an implantation region
inside a fractured bone. The apparatus may include an elongated
base member. The apparatus may include an elongated targeting
member. The apparatus may include a first swing arm. The first
swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the base member. The first
swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the targeting member.
[0484] The apparatus may include a second swing arm. The second
swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the base member. The second
swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the targeting member.
[0485] The base member may define a longitudinal axis. The first
swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the base member at a first
position along the longitudinal axis of the base member. The second
swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the base member at a second
position along the longitudinal axis of the base member. The first
position along the longitudinal axis of the base member may be
spaced apart from the second position along the longitudinal axis
of the base member.
[0486] The targeting member may define a longitudinal axis. The
first swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the targeting member at
a first position along the longitudinal axis of the targeting
member. The second swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the
targeting member at a second position along the longitudinal axis
of the targeting member. The first position along the longitudinal
axis of the targeting member may be spaced apart from the second
position along the longitudinal axis of the targeting member.
[0487] A first distance spacing the first position along the
longitudinal axis of the base member apart from the second position
along the longitudinal axis of the base member may be equal to, or
substantially equal to, a second distance spacing the first
position along the longitudinal axis of the targeting member apart
from the second position along the longitudinal axis of the
targeting member.
[0488] The first and second swing arms may be pivotally affixed to
the base member and pivotally affixed to the targeting member. The
first and second swing arms may be pivotally affixed to the base
member and to the targeting member such that the first and second
swing arms are maintained parallel to each other. The first and
second swing arms may be pivotally affixed to the base member and
to the targeting member such that the base member and the targeting
member are maintained parallel to each other.
[0489] The base member may define a receptacle. The receptacle may
extend along a longitudinal axis of the base member. The receptacle
may be sized to receive a fixation element. The receptacle may
receive the fixation element at a position on the fixation element
that is operatively external to the bone. The receptacle may be
sized such that the base member fits snugly over the fixation
element. For example, the fixation element may be a K-wire. The
receptacle may be sized to receive a length of a shaft of the
K-wire.
[0490] A tip of the fixation element may be positioned inside a
bone. The tip may identify a target site inside the bone. The
fixation element may be referred to herein as a target wire. The
bone may be any suitable bone. For example, the bone may be a
radius, a humerus or any other bone shown below in FIG. 3. When the
bone is a humerus, the tip may be positioned in a head of the
humerus.
[0491] The base member may include a set screw. The set screw may
be configured to lock the base member to the fixation element when
a tip of the fixation element is in the bone and a shaft of the
fixation element that is operatively outside the bone is positioned
within the receptacle.
[0492] When the fixation element is positioned within the
receptacle, the targeting member, in operation, may move along a
circumference of a circle centered at the tip of the fixation
element that is within the bone. The tip of the fixation element
may identify a distal end of a target site for the implant inside
the bone. A distal end of the targeting member may move along the
circumference.
[0493] When the targeting member, in operation, moves along the
circumference, the targeting member may indicate an access
position. The targeting member may indicate the access position at
an intersection of the circumference and an outer surface of the
bone. The targeting member may indicate the access position
regardless of an angle between a longitudinal axis of the fixation
element and a longitudinal axis of the bone.
[0494] The tip of the fixation element (when positioned in the
bone) and the access position may define a longitudinal axis. The
longitudinal axis defined by the tip of the fixation element and
the access position may correspond to a longitudinal axis of an
implantation region inside the bone. The longitudinal axis of an
implantation region may define an angle, with respect to a
longitudinal axis of the bone, at which an implant may be
positioned inside the bone.
[0495] The targeting member may include an indicator. The indicator
may be positioned at an end of the targeting member. In operation,
the indicator may be positioned at a distal end of the targeting
member. The indicator may be positioned at an end of the targeting
member that, in operation, is configured to intersect an outer
surface of the bone.
[0496] The receptacle defined by the base member may be configured
to position the base member with respect to the fixation element.
The receptacle may be configured to position the base member with
respect to the fixation element such that, in operation, an
indicator of the targeting member is positioned on a circumference
of a circle centered at the tip of the fixation element.
[0497] A position of the indicator with respect to a tip of the
fixation element (when the tip is positioned inside the bone) may
define a radius of the circle. The radius of a circle centered at a
tip of the fixation element may correspond to a length of an
implant inserted into the bone. The position of the indicator may
be determined by a position of the base member with respect to the
fixation element. The position of the indicator may be determined
by a length of the receptacle along a longitudinal axis of the base
member. Apparatus may be adjustable to identify an appropriate
access position for different size implants. For example, a length
of the receptacle may be adjustable.
[0498] The first and second swing arms may space the base member
apart from the targeting member. The first and second swing arms
may position an indicator of the targeting member on a
circumference of the circle centered about the tip of the bone
penetrating member.
[0499] When a fixation element is positioned within the receptacle,
the targeting member may be positioned with respect to the bone
such that when, in operation, the targeting member contacts an
outer surface of the bone, the targeting member defines an access
position on the outer surface of the bone.
[0500] The access position may be a location on the outer surface
of the bone where an access hole may be initiated. The access hole
may be formed by drilling at the access position. The access
position may define a length of an implantation region inside the
bone. For example, a maximum length of an implantation region may
extend from a tip of a fixation element positioned inside the bone
to the access position on the outer surface of the bone. The access
position may define a longitudinal axis that extends from a
proximal end of the implantation region to a distal end of the
implantation region. The distal end of the implantation region may
correspond to a target site inside the bone. The target site may
correspond to a tip of a fixation element positioned inside the
bone. The proximal end of the implantation region may correspond to
the access position.
[0501] The targeting member may include a first concave surface.
The first concave surface may be configured to guide a drill into
the bone at the access position. The first concave surface may be
configured to guide a drill into the bone such that the drill is
oriented substantially perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the
bone.
[0502] The targeting member may include a second concave surface.
The second concave surface may be configured to guide a drill into
the bone. The second concave surface may be configured to guide a
drill into the bone at the access position. The second concave
surface may be configured to guide a drill into the bone at the
access position such that the drill is oriented at an oblique angle
to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The angle may be less than 90
degrees and greater than 5 degrees. The angle may define a
longitudinal axis of an implantation region.
[0503] The first swing arm may include an elongated body. The first
swing arm may include a clevis. The first swing arm may be
pivotally affixed to the base member by a pin that passes through
the clevis and through the base member. The base member may include
a clearance holes for receiving the pin.
[0504] The targeting member may include a channel. The channel may
have a longitudinal axis. The first swing arm may be pivotally
affixed within the channel by a pin that passes through the first
swing arm and passes perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the
channel. The targeting member may include a pair of clearance
holes. A first clearance hole may be on a first side of the
channel. A second clearance hole may be on a first side of the
channel. The first and second clearance holes may be positioned
such that the pin inserted into the first and second clearance
holes traverses the channel. The pin may pass through the first
clearance hole, pass through a clearance hole in the first swing
arm and pass through the second clearance hole.
[0505] A targeting member may include a gripper. A gripper may be
affixed to the targeting member. A gripper may be affixed to a
distal end of the targeting member. The gripper may be configured
to stabilize the targeting member on an outside surface of the
bone. The gripper may be configured to stabilize the targeting
member on an outside surface of the bone when, in operation, the
fixation element is positioned inside the receptacle and the
targeting member contacts the outside surface of the bone.
[0506] The gripper may include a first projection. The gripper may
include a second projection. The first projection may be spaced
apart from the second projection by a distance. The distance may be
greater than a width of the targeting member. The distance may be
less than or equal to a width of the bone. The distance may be
configured to stabilize the targeting member against an anatomical
landmark of a bone. For example, the distance may be determined
based on a width of a tuberosity on the bone. The distance may be
greater than a width of the tuberosity. The anatomical landmark may
be on an outer surface of the bone.
[0507] The first projection may be substantially parallel to the
second projection. The gripper may be pivotally affixed to the
targeting member. The gripper may be rigidly affixed to the
targeting member.
[0508] When the bone is a humerus, the gripper may be configured to
stabilize the targeting member on a humeral shaft of the humerus.
In operation, when the targeting member contacts the outside
surface of the bone, the first projection and the second projection
may be aligned with a longitudinal axis of the implantation region.
Being aligned may include being parallel or substantially
parallel.
[0509] A targeting member may include a guide channel. The guide
channel may be pivotally affixed to the targeting member. The guide
channel may be pivotally affixed to a distal end of the targeting
member. The guide channel may include an elongated concave surface.
The guide channel may define a longitudinal axis. The guide channel
may be configured such that when, in operation, the targeting
member contacts an outer surface of the bone, the guide channel
defines a longitudinal axis of the implantation region.
[0510] In operation, when the targeting member contacts an outer
surface of the bone, the guide channel may define an angle between
a longitudinal axis of the bone and the longitudinal axis of the
implantation region. The angle may be any suitable angle. For
example, the angle may be oblique with respect to the longitudinal
axis of the bone. The angle may be perpendicular to a longitudinal
axis of the bone.
[0511] A targeting member may include an angular stopping member.
The angular stopping member may be pivotally affixed to the guide
channel. The angular stopping member may be pivotally affixed to a
swing arm. For example, the angular stopping member may be
pivotally affixed to the second swing arm.
[0512] In operation, when the targeting member contacts an outside
surface of the bone, the angular stopping member may be configured
to support the guide channel. The angular stopping member may
support the guide channel with respect to the access position. When
the targeting member contacts the outside surface of the bone, the
angular stopping member may be configured to support the guide
channel along a longitudinal axis that is defined by the access
position and a target site inside the bone. The target site may
correspond to a tip of a target wire inserted into the bone. The
guide channel may define a longitudinal axis of the implantation
region.
[0513] When, in operation, the targeting member contacts an outside
surface of the bone, the angular stopping member may be configured
to support the guide channel at an angle to a longitudinal axis of
the bone. The angle may be oblique. The angle may correspond to an
angle between the longitudinal axis of the bone and a longitudinal
axis of the implantation region. For example, the angle may be less
than 90 degrees and greater than 5 degrees.
[0514] The angular stopping member may include a pair of opposing
slots. A swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the angular stopping
member by a pin that passes through the swing arm and into the pair
of opposing slots. The pin may translate within the opposition
slots. In operation, when the targeting member contacts the outer
surface of the bone, movement of the pin in the opposing slots may
adjust an angle between the guide channel and the longitudinal axis
of the bone.
[0515] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve,
apparatus for identifying an access position on an outer surface of
a bone. The apparatus may include a base member. The base member
may be elongated. The base member may include a first sleeve. The
first sleeve may be configured to slide over a length of a fixation
element that is operational external to the bone. The fixation
element may be a target wire. The base member may include a second
sleeve. The second sleeve may be positioned at a proximal end of
the base member. The apparatus may include a curved member. The
curved member may be slidably mounted in the second sleeve.
[0516] When the first sleeve is positioned over the fixation
element, the curved member may be configured to indicate the access
position. When a tip of the fixation element is positioned inside
the bone, an end of the curved member may be positioned on a
circumference of a circle centered at the tip.
[0517] The fixation element may be inserted into the bone in a
direction that, with respect to the bone, is lateral to medial. An
end of the curved member may include a guide. The guide, when
positioned at the at the access position, may indicate an angular
direction for inserting an implant into the bone.
[0518] The angular direction may be aligned along a diameter of the
circle centered at the tip of the target wire. A radius of the
circle centered at the tip of the target wire may correspond to a
length of the implant. The access position may lie on a
circumference of the circle centered about the tip of the target
wire when the tip is operationally inside the bone.
[0519] The curved member may be configured to indicate an access
position on the circumference independent of a position of the base
member with respect to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The curved
member may be configured to indicate the access position
independent of an angle between a longitudinal axis of the fixation
element (when a tip of the fixation element is operatively inside
the bone) and a longitudinal axis of the bone.
[0520] When the first sleeve is positioned over a portion of the
fixation element that is operatively external to the bone, a
longitudinal axis of the first sleeve may be positioned
substantially perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the bone.
When the first sleeve is positioned over a portion of the fixation
element that is operatively external to the bone, a longitudinal
axis of the first sleeve may be positioned at an oblique angle to a
longitudinal axis of the bone. When the bone is a humerus, a
longitudinal axis of the implantation region passes through a head
of the humerus.
[0521] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve,
apparatus for a guide for directing a fixation element into a tail
of an implant. A fixation element may be a K-wire, anchor, screw or
any suitable fixation device. The implant may be positioned inside
a bone. The bone may be any suitable bone. For example, the bone
may be any of the bones show below in FIG. 3. The tail may define a
hole for clearance of a fixation element. The guide may include a
guide tube. The guide may include a collar. The guide may include a
bracket. The bracket may include a first end that holds the collar.
The bracket may include a second end that holds the guide tube. The
bracket may orient a longitudinal axis of the collar substantially
perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the guide tube.
[0522] The guide may be configured to cooperate with a shaft of an
implant. The shaft may be tubular. The shaft may be elongated. The
shaft may be configured to slide concentrically into the collar of
the guide. The shaft may include a first end that is configured to
engage the tail of the implant. The shaft may include a second end
that is configured to engage the collar of the guide. When the
first end of the shaft is engaged with the tail and the second end
of the shaft is engaged with the collar, the guide tube may be
aligned with the hole defined by the tail of the implant.
[0523] When the guide tube is aligned with the hole defined by the
tail, the guide tube may direct an anchor through the bone and
through the clearance hole defined by the tail. When the implant is
deployed in the bone, the clearance hole may be positioned below an
outer surface of the bone. When the implant is deployed in the
bone, the clearance hole may not be visible from a vantage point
outside the bone.
[0524] The hole may be a first hole. The tail may define a second
hole. The first and second holes may define an emplacement axis.
When the tail is circular, the emplacement axis may correspond to a
diameter of the tail. A longitudinal axis of a fixation element
positioned within the first and second holes may be aligned with
the emplacement axis. When a first end of the implant shaft is
engaged with the tail and a second end of the elongated implant
shaft is engaged with the collar of the guide, a longitudinal axis
of the guide tube may be aligned along the emplacement axis.
[0525] The second end of the bracket may include a passageway. The
passageway may hold the guide tube. The passageway may orient the
guide tube relative to the collar.
[0526] The passageway may define a longitudinal axis. The guide
tube may be slidable in the passageway along the longitudinal axis.
When the collar is engaged with the implant shaft, the guide tube
may be slidable within the passageway between the bracket and the
bone.
[0527] The guide tube may include a first flanged end. The guide
tube may include a second flanges end. The first flanged end and
the second flanged end may be spaced apart from each other along a
longitudinal axis of the guide tube. The first and second flanged
ends may prevent the guide tube from sliding out of the
passageway.
[0528] The second end of the bracket may include a gasket. The
gasket may be positioned in the bracket such that the gasket
surrounds the guide tube when the guide tube in positioned in the
passageway. The gasket may provide a friction fit that holds the
guide tube at a position along a longitudinal axis of the
passageway.
[0529] When the implant shaft is engaged with the collar, the guide
tube may define a longitudinal axis that is substantially
perpendicular to the implant shaft.
[0530] The guide tube may be a first guide tube. The second end of
the bracket may hold a second guide tube. The second end of the
bracket may include a first passageway and a second passageway. The
first guide tube may be slidably mounted in the first passageway.
The second guide tube may be slidably mounted in the second
passageway.
[0531] A first end of the elongated implant shaft may engage a tail
of the implant. A second end of the implant shaft may engage the
collar. A clearance hole may be defined by the tail. The clearance
hole may be a first hole. The bracket may align a first guide tube
with the first hole defined by the tail. The bracket may align the
second guide tube with a second hole defined by the tail.
[0532] The collar may include a key. The implant shaft may include
a keyseat. The key may be configured to be releasably seated in the
keyseat. The key may be configured to be releasably seated in the
keyseat when the implant shaft is inserted into the collar. When
the key is seated in the keyseat, the implant shaft may be axially
and rotationally locked with respect to the collar.
[0533] The key may be a releasable key. The collar may include a
static key. The implant shaft may include a slot that is configured
to receive the static key. Engagement of the static key and the
slot may be configured to align the releasable key with the
keyseat. When the implant shaft is engaged with the tail of the
implant, seating the key of the collar in the keyseat of the
implant shaft may align the longitudinal axis of the guide tube
with a clearance hole and/or an emplacement axis of the tail.
[0534] The implant shaft may include a first keyseat. The implant
shaft may include a second keyseat. Seating a key of the collar in
the first keyseat may space the collar a first distance apart from
an end of the implant shaft. Seating a key of the collar in the
second keyseat may space the collar a second distance from an end
of the implant shaft. The end of the implant shaft may be the first
end that is configured to engage the tail.
[0535] Apparatus are provided for directing fixation element from
outside a bone, through the bone and into a volume defined by an
implant positioned inside the bone. The volume maybe defined by an
expandable web (alternatively referred to herein as expandable mesh
or cage) of the implant. The implant may be positioned inside the
bone. Apparatus may include an implant shaft. The implant shaft may
be tubular. The implant shaft may define a longitudinal axis. The
implant shaft may be configured to engage an implant positioned
inside the bone. The implant shaft may engage a tail of the
implant. The implant shaft may extend outside the bone.
[0536] Apparatus may include a collar that is configured to
slidably engage the implant shaft. The collar may slide over the
implant shaft. The collar may slidably engage the implant shaft at
a position on the implant shaft that is operatively outside the
bone.
[0537] The apparatus may include a boom. The boom may include an
elongated passageway;
[0538] The apparatus may include a neck. The neck may include a
first end. The first end of the neck may be fixed to the collar.
The neck may include a second end. The second end of the neck may
be fixed to the boom. When the collar is slidably engaged with the
implant shaft, the elongated passageway may be positioned to direct
a fixation element from outside the bone, through the bone and into
the volume defined by the implant.
[0539] The boom may be positioned on the neck such that that the
fixation element does not contact a central axis member of the
implant. For example, the neck may position the boom to be "off
center" with respect to a central longitudinal axis of the implant.
The neck may position the boom such that the passageway is spaced
apart from the central axis member of the implant.
[0540] When the collar is slidably engaged with the implant shaft,
the elongated passageway maybe positioned substantially parallel to
the implant shaft. The elongated passageway may be configured to
direct a fixation element into the volume defined by the implant.
When the collar is slidably engaged with the implant shaft, the
elongated passageway may be configured to direct a fixation element
into the volume defined by the implant at or near a center
longitudinal axis of the implant.
[0541] When the collar is slidably engaged with the implant shaft,
the elongated passageway maybe configured to direct a fixation
element into the volume defined by the implant such that the
fixation element is deflected by a center axis member of the
implant.
[0542] The collar may be rotatable about the implant shaft.
Rotating the collar about the implant shaft may position the
elongated passageway about an outer perimeter of the volume defined
by the implant.
[0543] The boom may be pivotally affixed to the neck. The boom may
be pivotally affixed to the neck such that a longitudinal axis
defined by the passageway is oriented at an oblique angle with a
longitudinal axis defined by the implant shaft.
[0544] When a fixation element passes through the elongated
passageway and into the bone, the boom may be configured to pivot
such that fixation element is no longer within the elongated
passageway (without removing the fixation element from the bone).
After pivoting the boom, the collar may be rotatable at least 180
degrees about the implant shaft. After pivoting the boom, the
collar may be rotatable 360 degrees about the implant shaft.
[0545] The collar may include a pair of kerfs. The pair of kerfs
may separate a first trough from a second trough. When the collar
is sildably engaged with the implant shaft, the first and second
troughs may be spread apart by the implant shaft. When the collar
is sildably engaged with the implant shaft, the first and second
troughs may apply pressure to an outer surface of the implant
shaft. The pressure applied by the first and second troughs may
provide a friction fit that holds the collar in a position about
the longitudinal axis of the implant shaft.
[0546] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a
washer. The washer may be a surgical washer that is implantable in
a human body. The washer may define a central aperture. The central
aperture may have a circumference. The washer may define an offset
aperture. The offset aperture may be spaced apart from the central
aperture at a position with respect to the circumference of the
central aperture.
[0547] The central aperture may have a diameter that is larger than
a diameter of the offset aperture. The washer may include solid
material that joins the offset aperture to the central aperture.
The washer may include a second offset aperture. The washer may
include two or more offset apertures. The second offset aperture
may be spaced apart from the central aperture and spaced apart from
the first offset aperture. The central aperture and an offset
aperture form a figure eight shape.
[0548] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a
suturable washer. The suturable washer may include an inner
circumference that defines a central aperture. The suturable washer
may include an outer perimeter that encloses the inner
circumference. The outer perimeter may define a non-circular shape.
The suturable washer may include solid material between the inner
circumference and the outer perimeter. The suturable washer may
include an offset circumference that is enclosed by the outer
perimeter. The offset circumference may define an offset
aperture.
[0549] The suturable washer may include solid material between an
arc length of the offset circumference and a corresponding length
of the outer perimeter covering the arc length. The solid material
may vary in thickness between the arc length of the offset
circumference and the length of the outer perimeter covering the
arc length.
[0550] The suturable washer may include a first thickness of solid
material between a first arc length of the offset circumference and
a corresponding first length of the outer perimeter covering the
first arc length. The suturable washer may include a second
thickness of solid material between a second arc length of the
offset circumference and an arc length of the inner circumference
opposing the second arc length. The second thickness may be greater
than the first thickness.
[0551] The suturable washer may include a uniform thickness of
solid material between a first arc length of the offset
circumference and a corresponding length of the outer perimeter
covering the first arc length. The suturable washer may include a
variable thickness of solid material between a second arc length of
the offset circumference and an arc length of the inner
circumference convexly opposing the second arc length.
[0552] An offset circumference may be a first offset circumference.
The suturable washer may include a second offset circumference that
is enclosed by the outer perimeter. The second offset circumference
may define a second offset aperture. The first offset circumference
may be equal in length to the second offset circumference.
[0553] The suturable washer may include a first segment of solid
material between a first arc length of the first offset
circumference and a corresponding length of the outer perimeter
covering the first arc length. The suturable washer may include a
second segment of solid material between a second arc length of the
second offset circumference and a corresponding second length of
the outer perimeter covering the second arc length.
[0554] The first segment of solid material may be spaced apart from
the second segment of solid material. The spacing may be defined by
the outer perimeter. The first arc length may be positioned
convexly opposing the second arc length. A distance spacing the
first segment of solid material apart from the second segment of
solid material may vary along the convexly opposing first and
second arc lengths. A distance spacing the first segment of solid
material apart from the second segment of solid material may vary
along the outer perimeter.
[0555] The suturable washer may include a first arc length of the
first offset circumference that is positioned convexly opposing a
second arc length of the inner circumference. The suturable washer
may include a third arc length of the second offset circumference
that is positioned convexly opposing a fourth arc length of the
inner circumference.
[0556] The suturable washer may include solid material between an
arc length of the offset circumference and an arc length of the
inner circumference convexly opposing the arc length of the offset
circumference. Solid material may vary in thickness between an arc
length of the offset circumference and a convexly opposing arc
length of the inner circumference.
[0557] The suturable washer may include an offset aperture that is
moveable about an axis. The axis may be tangential to an inner
circumference that defines the central aperture and tangential to
an offset circumference. The axis may be a longitudinal axis that
passes between an inner circumference and an offset circumference.
An offset aperture may be bent to allow for sutures to be threaded
through the offset aperture. The offset aperture may be bent after
a fixation element is inserted into the central aperture. A
fixation element inserted into the central aperture may engage the
bone and affix the washer to the bone.
[0558] An inner circumference that defines central aperture may
also define a first plane. An outer perimeter of a washer may
define a second plane. The first plane may be spaced apart from the
second plane. The first plane may be substantially parallel to the
second plane.
[0559] In operation, when the washer is positioned on an outside
surface of a bone, the outer perimeter of the washer may be
positioned closer to the bone than a central aperture of the
washer. A distance spacing the outer perimeter apart from the
central aperture may correspond to a distance spacing the first
plane apart from the second plane.
[0560] In operation, when a washer is positioned on an outside
surface of a bone, a central aperture of the washer may be
positioned closer to the bone than the outside perimeter of the
washer. A distance spacing the outer perimeter apart from the
central aperture may correspond to a distance spacing the first
plane apart from the second plane.
[0561] In operation, when suturable washer is positioned on an
outside surface of a bone, the outer perimeter may be positioned
closer to the bone than the central aperture. A distance spacing
the outer perimeter apart from the central aperture may correspond
to a distance spacing the first plane apart from the second
plane.
[0562] An inner circumference that defines the central aperture may
also define a first plane. An offset circumference may define a
second plane. The first plane may be positioned at an oblique angle
to the second plane.
[0563] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, an
implantable, suturable washer. The washer may define a central
aperture. The central aperture may include a central circumference.
The washer may define an offset aperture. An offset aperture may
include an offset circumference. The offset aperture may be fixed
at a position along the central circumference.
[0564] The offset aperture may be a first offset aperture. The
position may be a first position. The washer may define a second
offset aperture. The second aperture may be fixed at a second
position along the central circumference.
[0565] The central circumference of the washer may define a central
plane. The offset circumference of the offset aperture may define
an offset plane. The offset aperture may be moveable with respect
to the central aperture. The offset aperture may be moveable with
respect to the central aperture when the central aperture is fixed
to the bone. The offset aperture may be moveable with respect to
the central aperture such that movement of the offset aperture
changes an angle between the central plane and the offset plane.
The offset aperture may be moveable with respect to the central
aperture such that movement of the offset aperture does not change
the position of the offset aperture with respect to the central
circumference.
[0566] First and second offset apertures may each be independently
moveable with respect to the central aperture. A washer may include
two or more offset apertures. Each of the offset apertures may be
moveable with respect to the central aperture.
[0567] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, an
implantable, suturable washer. The washer may include a central
aperture that defines a central plane. The central aperture may be
defined by a central circumference. The washer may include a
flanged outer skirt. The flanged outer skirt may encircle the
central aperture. The flanged outer skirt may define an outer
plane.
[0568] The washer may include a mid-section. The mid-section may
extend between the central aperture and the flanged outer skirt.
The mid-section may space the central plane apart from the outer
plane. The mid-section may define a surface. A slope of the surface
may vary between the central plane and the outer plane.
[0569] The washer may include a plurality of offset apertures. The
plurality of offset apertures may be distributed circumferentially
around the central aperture. Each of the plurality of offset
apertures may include an offset circumference. The mid-section of
the washer may include a first arc length of the offset
circumference. The flanged outer skirt of the washer may include a
second arc length of the offset circumference.
[0570] A washer may include a rim surrounding the central aperture.
In operation, when a fixation element, such as an anchor, is driven
through the central aperture into a bone, the rim may be pressed
against the bone by a head of the anchor.
[0571] In operation, when an anchor is driven through the central
aperture into a bone, the flanged outer skirt and the mid-section
of the washer may space the rim apart from the bone. In operation,
when an anchor is driven through the central aperture of the washer
into a bone, the mid-section of the washer may be positioned
concavely facing an outer surface of the bone.
[0572] In operation, when an anchor is driven through the central
aperture of the washer into a bone, the mid-section of the washer
may be positioned convexly facing an outer surface of the bone.
When the mid-section is convexly facing the outer surface of the
bone, an offset aperture of the washer may be spaced apart from the
bone.
[0573] Apparatus for coupling an implant positioned inside a bone
to a tool positioned outside the bone is provided. The apparatus
may include a tail of the implant. The tail may include an
internally threaded segment. The tail may include a beveled
segment.
[0574] The apparatus may include an implant shaft. The implant
shaft may be a hollow implant shaft. The implant shaft may include
a beveled segment. The beveled segment of the implant shaft may be
configured to mate with the beveled segment of the tail. The
implant shaft may include a flange positioned inside the implant
shaft. The flange may define an aperture.
[0575] The apparatus may include a locking screw. The locking screw
may be cannulated. The locking screw may include a threaded
segment. The threaded segment may slide past the flange inside the
hollow tube when the locking screw is inserted into the hollow
implant shaft. For example, the major diameter of the threaded
segment of the locking screw may be less than a diameter of the
aperture defined by the flange.
[0576] The locking screw may include a shoulder. The shoulder may
abut the flange when the locking screw is inserted into the implant
shaft. When the locking screw is inserted into the implant shaft
and the threaded segment of the locking screw engages the
internally threaded segment of the tail, the locking screw may
axially lock the implant shaft to the tail.
[0577] The implant shaft may include one or more fingers protruding
from the beveled segment of the implant shaft. The tail may include
one or more indentations that are configured to mate with the one
or more fingers of the implant shaft. When the locking screw
threadedly engages the tail, the one or more fingers may mate with
the one or more indentations. When the one or more fingers mate
with the one or more indentations, the implant shaft may be
rotational fixed with respect to the tail.
[0578] Apparatus and methods for repairing a bone are provided. The
bone may be fractured. Apparatus and methods may be used to repair
the fracture. For example, apparatus and methods may be used to
reduce the fracture. Apparatus and methods may be used to maintain
a reduction of fracture.
[0579] Apparatus may include the implant. The implant may include
the implant tail. The implant may include the implant head. The
tail may be expandable. The tail may be configured to self-expand.
The tail may be non-expandable.
[0580] The implant may have a collapsed state. In the collapsed
stated, the implant may have a uniform diameter. The head may be
expandable. The head may be configured to self-expand. The head may
not be expandable.
[0581] The head may be configured to expand, inside the bone from a
collapsed state into an expanded state.
[0582] Apparatus may include an intramedullary rod. The rod may
define a central longitudinal rod axis. The rod may define an outer
surface. The outer surface may be any suitable surface.
[0583] The rod may define a cylindrical outer surface. The rod may
define a conical outer surface. The rod may include a first segment
that defines a cylindrical outer surface and a second segment that
defines a conical outer surface.
[0584] The rod may include a guide segment. The guide segment may
be configured to guide an implant head into the bone. The guide
segment may be configured to support the implant tail. The guide
segment may support the implant tail after the implant head is
positioned inside the bone.
[0585] The rod may include an elongated extension member. The
elongated extension member may be spaced radially apart from the
central longitudinal rod axis. The elongated extension member may
be configured to provide clearance, with respect to an outer
surface of the rod, for tools inserted into the bone. Without the
clearance provided by dimensions of the elongated members, the
tools would be obstructed by an outer surface of the rod. Exemplary
tools may include a drill, implant, wire, anchor, reamer, guide
tube or any other suitable tool may be inserted into the bone to
repair the bone.
[0586] For example, the elongated extension member may provide
clearance for the implant head as the implant head is advanced, in
the collapsed state, through the guide segment into the bone. The
elongated member may provide clearance that allows the implant head
to be positioned inside the bone without being obstructed by an
outer surface of the rod.
[0587] The elongated extension member may provide clearance for the
implant head in the expanded state. The elongated member may allow
the implant head to expand without being obstructed by an outer
surface of the rod.
[0588] The rod further may include a ring-shaped segment. The
ring-shaped segment may bridge between the guide segment and the
elongated extension member. The central longitudinal rod axis may
pass through the ring-shaped segment. The central longitudinal axis
may pass through an aperture of the ringed-shaped segment. The
ringed-shaped segment may be part of the guide segment.
[0589] The rod may define a cylindrical volume.
[0590] The guide segment may be defined by a conical-shaped volume
subtracted or removed from the cylindrical volume. A diameter of a
base of the conical-shaped volume may have a diameter that is less
than a diameter of the cylindrical volume.
[0591] The implant tail may include a first anchor receiving
feature. The guide segment may include a guide surface defining a
central longitudinal guide axis. The guide segment may include a
second anchor receiving feature. The second anchor receiving
feature may define a central longitudinal anchor axis. The central
longitudinal anchor axis of the second anchor receiving feature may
be perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular to, the central
longitudinal guide axis.
[0592] In operation, the implant tail may be supported by the guide
surface. The implant tail may be supported by the guide surface
such that the first anchor receiving feature and the second anchor
receiving feature are aligned to receive the same anchor. Targeting
tools positioned outside the bone may direct the anchor into the
first anchor receiving feature and into the second anchor receiving
feature.
[0593] The rod may include an outer surface. The outer surface may
define a cylindrical surface. The outer surface may define a
conical surface.
[0594] The rod may include a first body segment. The first body
segment may extend along a first length of the central longitudinal
rod axis. The first body segment may define a uniform diameter
along the first length. The rod may include a second body segment.
The second body segment may extend along a second length of the
central longitudinal rod axis. The second body segment may define a
diameter that varies along the second length.
[0595] The guide segment may include an inner radius. The guide
segment may include an outer radius. The guide segment may include
a guide surface. The guide surface may be defined by a thickness
between the inner and outer radii. The guide surface may be defined
by a cylindrical surface that intersects the guide segment.
[0596] The cylindrical guide surface may be an oblique, cylindrical
surface. The cylindrical guide surface may have a diameter greater
than a maximum diameter defined by the guide segment. The
cylindrical guide surface may have a diameter smaller than a
maximum diameter defined by the guide segment.
[0597] A length of the rod may be cannulated. A cannulated length
of the rod may be threaded. The guide segment may have a length. A
length of the guide segment may extend along the central
longitudinal rod axis. A length of the guide segment may be
cannulated. A length of the guide segment may be threaded.
[0598] The rod may include a first cannulated length. The rod may
include a second cannulated length. The second cannulated length
may be threaded. The second cannulated length may be spaced apart
from the first length, along the central longitudinal rod axis, by
a third length. The elongated extension member may extend along the
third length.
[0599] The central longitudinal rod axis may intersect the central
longitudinal guide axis at an angle. The angle of intersection may
define a slope of the guide surface. For example, if the angle of
intersection is .theta., the slope of the guide surface may be
defined as tan(.theta.). The angle of intersection may be any
suitable value. For example, the angle of intersection may be less
than 90 degrees. The angle of intersection may be between 45 and 15
degrees.
[0600] An outer surface of the rod may define a cylindrical
surface. The cylindrical surface may be a first cylindrical
surface. The implant, in the collapsed state, may define a second
cylindrical surface. A diameter of the second cylindrical surface
may be smaller than a diameter of the first cylindrical
surface.
[0601] The guide segment may define a cylindrical outer surface.
The elongated extension member may include the cylindrical outer
surface. The elongated extension member may include an outer arc
length. The outer arc length may be less than a maximum
circumference of the cylindrical outer surface. The arc length may
be less than half of the maximum circumference. The elongated
extension member may have a thickness. The thickness may be less
than a radius of the cylindrical outer surface.
[0602] The elongated extension member may define a length along the
central longitudinal rod axis. The elongated extension member may
define an outer surface area. The outer surface area defined by the
elongated extension member may be less than an outer surface area
of the length of the guide segment along the central longitudinal
axis.
[0603] The elongated extension member may include a first mating
feature. The first mating feature may be configured to mate with a
second mating feature. The rod may be a first rod. A second rod may
include the second mating feature. The first rod may be inserted
into the bone. The second rod may extend from inside the bone
outside the bone. Mating of the first and second mating features
may allow force to be transferred the first rod.
[0604] The force may be applied to the second rod. The force may be
transferred from the second rod to the first rod. The force may be
transferred from the second rod to the first rod via the elongated
extension member of the first rod. The force may be transferred
from the second rod to the first rod along a central longitudinal
rod axis of the first rod. The force may be transferred to the
first rod without deforming the first rod. In operation the force
transferred to the first rod may be sufficient to drive the first
rod into the bone.
[0605] A mating feature may define a depression. The depression may
be defined relative to an outer surface of a rod. A first mating
feature may include a first depression. The first mating feature
may include a second depression. The second depression may be
spaced apart from the first depression. The second depression may
be spaced apart from the first depression along a central
longitudinal axis of the rod.
[0606] The elongated extension member may include an anchor
receiving feature. The first depression may be spaced apart from
the second depression by a diameter of the anchor receiving
feature. The anchor receiving feature may be threaded.
[0607] A mating feature may include a depression and an edge of the
elongated extension member. The edge of the elongated extension may
be an end of the rod. A mating feature may define an aperture in
the elongated extension member. A mating feature may include a
protrusion. The protrusion may extend from an outer surface of the
rod.
[0608] The rod may include a third mating feature. The third mating
feature may be configured to mate with a tool positioned outside
the rod.
[0609] The rod may include a tapered segment. The tapered segment
may be configured to displace tissue inside the bone. In operation,
as the rod is inserted into the bone, the tapered segment may
displace tissue inside the bone. A guide segment of the rod may
define a longitudinal guide axis. The longitudinal guide axis may
be oblique to a central longitudinal axis of the rod. The elongated
extension member may define a longitudinal extension axis. The
longitudinal extension axis may be parallel to, or substantially
parallel to, the central longitudinal rod axis.
[0610] The rod may include a plurality of anchor receiving
features. The plurality of anchor receiving features may include a
first anchor receiving feature. The first anchor receiving feature
may define a first longitudinal axis. The first longitudinal axis
may be oblique to a central longitudinal rod axis.
[0611] The plurality of anchor receiving features may include a
second anchor receiving feature. The second anchor receiving
feature may define a second longitudinal axis. The second
longitudinal axis may be oblique to the central longitudinal rod
axis.
[0612] The first longitudinal axis (defined by the first anchor
receiving feature) may be positioned in a first plane. The first
plane may be perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular to,
the central longitudinal rod axis. The second longitudinal axis
(defined by the second anchor receiving feature) may be positioned
in a second plane. The second plane may be parallel to, or
substantially parallel to, the first plane and perpendicular to, or
substantially perpendicular to, the central longitudinal rod
axis.
[0613] The first longitudinal axis (defined by the first anchor
receiving feature) may intersect the second longitudinal axis
(defined by the second anchor receiving feature).
[0614] The plurality of anchor receiving features may include a
third anchor receiving feature. The third anchor receiving feature
may define a third longitudinal axis. The third longitudinal axis
may be oblique to the central longitudinal rod axis and transverse
to the first and second planes.
[0615] Methods for repairing a bone are provided. The repairing may
include reducing a fracture in the bone. The methods may include
maintaining a reduction of the fracture and promoting healing of
the fracture.
[0616] Methods may include positioning a first rod perpendicular
to, or substantially perpendicular to, a longitudinal axis of a
second rod. Methods may include locking the first rod to the second
rod. The locking may include driving an anchor, guided by a
cannulated segment of the second rod, into a threaded anchor
receiving feature of the first rod. The first rod may be locked to
second rod outside the bone.
[0617] Methods may include inserting the first rod into an
intramedullary cavity of the bone. Methods may include inserting
the first rod into the bone though an articular surface-region of
the bone. Methods may include inserting the first rod into the bone
through any desirable accessible region of the bone.
[0618] Inserting the first rod into the bone may include applying a
force to the second rod. The second rod may be locked to the first
rod such that the force drives the first rod into the bone without
deforming the first rod. The mating of the first and second mating
features may reduce likelihood that the force applied to the second
rod deforms the first rod.
[0619] The inserting may include driving the first rod into a femur
along a femoral-shaft axis of the femur. The inserting may include
driving the first rod into a humerus along a longitudinal axis
defined by the humerus.
[0620] Methods may include securing targeting tools to the second
rod. Methods may include using the targeting tools, securing the
first rod to the bone.
[0621] Methods may include using one or more apertures in the
targeting tools and positioning an anchor in a receiving feature of
the first rod. The positioning may include mating a first mating
feature of the first rod with a second mating feature of the second
rod. The mating may include fitting the first mating feature into
the second mating feature. The mating may include fitting the
second mating feature into the first mating feature.
[0622] Methods may include positioning a joint linking the first
rod to the second rod inside the bone. Methods may include affixing
the targeting tools to the second rod outside the bone. Methods may
include using the targeting tools, guiding a drill into the bone.
Methods may include using a guide surface of the first rod, guiding
the drill into the bone.
[0623] Methods may include using the targeting tools, guiding a
reamer into the bone. Methods may include using a guide surface of
the first rod, guiding the reamer into the bone.
[0624] Methods may include using the targeting tools guiding an
anchor into an anchor receiving feature of the first rod that is
obscured by an outside surface of the bone.
[0625] Methods may include positioning the implant inside the bone.
Methods may include expanding the implant inside the bone. Methods
may include using the targeting tools, securing the expandable
implant to the bone.
[0626] Methods may include using a guide surface of the first rod,
positioning the implant inside the bone. Methods may include
securing the implant to the first rod. The implant may be secured
to the first by driving an anchor from an outside on the bone, into
the bone through the implant and through the first rod. The anchor
may be guided into the bone, implant and rod using the targeting
tools secured to the second rod.
[0627] The bone may be any suitable bone Si (see Table 5, below).
For, example, the bone may be a humerus. The bone may be a femur.
Methods may include securing the implant to a humerus such that a
central longitudinal axis of the implant is positioned, relative to
a central longitudinal axis of the first rod, at an angle that
conforms to an angle of inclination of the humerus.
[0628] Methods may include securing the implant to a humerus such
that a central longitudinal axis of the implant is positioned,
relative to a central longitudinal axis of the humerus, at an angle
that conforms to an angle of inclination of the humerus.
[0629] Methods may include expanding the implant within a head
region of a bone. For example, methods may include expanding the
implant within a head region of humerus. Methods may include
expanding the implant within a head region of femur.
[0630] The bone may be a femur. Methods may include securing the
implant to a femur such that a central longitudinal axis of the
implant is positioned, relative to a central longitudinal axis of
the rod, at an angle that conforms to an angle of inclination of
the femur. Methods may include securing the implant to a femur such
that a central longitudinal axis of the implant is positioned,
relative to a central longitudinal axis of the femur, at an angle
that conforms to an angle of inclination of the femur.
[0631] Methods may include affixing a third rod to the first rod.
The third rod may be affixed to the first rod such that a central
longitudinal axis of the first rod is parallel to, or substantially
parallel to, a central longitudinal axis of the third rod. Methods
may include securing targeting tools to the third rod. The
targeting tools may be secured to the third rod outside the bone. A
joint linking the first rod to the third rod may be positioned
inside the bone.
[0632] Methods may include removing the targeting tools after the
first rod is secured to the bone. Methods may include removing the
second rod after the first rod is secured to the bone. Methods may
include removing the second rod and the targeting tools after the
first rod and the implant are secured to the bone.
[0633] Methods may include using a guide surface of the first rod,
inserting the implant into the bone. The implant may be inserted
into the bone using an access hole in cortical bone. A practitioner
may provide access to the guide surface after the first rod is
inserted into the bone by drilling the access hole. A drill used to
form the access hole may be guided by a guide surface of the
targeting tools secured to the second rod.
[0634] The targeting tools may be secured to the second rod by
aligning a cut-out in the targeting tools with a rib that protrudes
from an outer surface of the second rod. The targeting tools may be
secured to the second rod by positioning a set screw of the
targeting tools into a cut-out in the rib.
[0635] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, an
elongated member. The elongated member may be configured to be
coupled to the implant. The implant may include the implant
tail.
[0636] The elongated member may include a sleeve. The sleeve may
have a sleeve longitudinal axis. The apparatus may include an
anchoring base. The anchoring base may be fixed to, and extend away
from, the sleeve. The apparatus may include a threaded member. The
threaded member may be fixed to the anchoring base and extend along
the sleeve longitudinal axis. The threaded member may be spaced
radially apart from the sleeve to define an annular space for
receiving the implant tail.
[0637] The elongated member may not include a threaded member. The
sleeve may be configured to be coupled to the implant tail using a
snap-fit mechanism. The sleeve may define an inner threaded surface
for screwing onto an outer threaded surface of the implant tail.
The sleeve may be configured to be coupled to the implant tail by
driving a screw through a hole defined by the sleeve and into a
hole defined by the implant tail, the implant tail hole being
coaxial with the sleeve hole.
[0638] The sleeve may define, transverse to the longitudinal axis,
a constant outside diameter. The sleeve may define, transverse to
the longitudinal axis, an outside diameter that varies along a
length of the sleeve.
[0639] The anchoring base may define, transverse to an anchoring
base longitudinal axis, a constant outside diameter. The anchoring
base may define, transverse to an anchoring base longitudinal axis,
an outside diameter that varies along a length of the anchoring
base. The outside diameter may decrease along the length. A largest
value of the outside diameter may be adjacent the sleeve.
[0640] The sleeve may define a first outside diameter transverse to
the longitudinal axis. The anchoring base may define a second
outside diameter, equal to the first outside diameter, transverse
to the longitudinal axis.
[0641] The anchoring base may include a hollow mesh structure
defining a plurality of openings. The anchoring base may define a
base longitudinal axis. The mesh structure may extend
circumferentially around the longitudinal axis. The mesh structure
may have a first outside diameter transverse to a mesh longitudinal
axis along a first portion of a length of the mesh structure and a
second outside diameter, different from the first outside diameter,
transverse to a mesh longitudinal axis along a second portion of
the length of the mesh structure. The mesh structure may include a
plurality of struts. The plurality of openings may be defined by
the struts.
[0642] The anchoring base may include a first end. The anchoring
base may include a second end, opposite the first end. The hollow
mesh structure may be disposed between the first end and the second
end. The sleeve may extend away from the first end. The second end
may be tapered.
[0643] The anchoring base may define a hole. The hole may be a
screw hole. A cross-section of the hole, transverse to a central
axis of the hole, may be circular. The hole may have a first
diameter parallel to an anchoring base longitudinal axis and a
second diameter extending circumferentially about the anchoring
base longitudinal axis, wherein the first length is at least double
the second length. The hole may be a slot. The slot may be sized to
receive an anchor. The anchor may be a screw.
[0644] The hole may be a first hole. The anchoring base may define
a second hole, the second hole being spaced apart from the first
hole along a longitudinal axis of the anchoring base. The first
hole may have a first central axis pointing in a first direction.
The second hole may have a second central axis pointing in a second
direction different from the first direction. The second hole may
have a second central axis pointing in a second direction
perpendicular to the first direction. The second hole may have a
second central axis pointing in a second direction parallel to the
first direction.
[0645] The hole may be a first hole. The anchoring base may define
a plurality of holes, the plurality of holes including the first
hole. Each hole may be spaced apart from an adjacent hole along a
longitudinal axis of the anchoring base.
[0646] The hole may be a first hole. The anchoring base may define
a second hole extending through the anchoring base. The second hole
may be spaced circumferentially apart, about an anchoring base
longitudinal axis, from the first hole. A central axis extending
through the first hole may transect a central axis extending
through the second hole.
[0647] The anchoring base may include a first end and a second end
opposite the first end. The anchoring base may include a plurality
of longitudinal struts. Each strut may be coupled to, and extend
between, the first and second end. Each strut may be and spaced
apart from an adjacent strut circumferentially about an anchoring
base longitudinal axis.
[0648] The apparatus may include the implant. The implant may
include the implant head and the implant tail. The implant tail may
include an inner threaded portion. The implant may include the
implant base. The implant base may be positioned between the head
and the tail. The implant tail may be sized to be seated in the
annular space. The inner threaded portion may be threaded to mate
with the threaded member. An inner face of the sleeve may have a
circumference. An outer face of the implant tail may have the
circumference. An outer face of the implant tail may have a
circumference slightly smaller than the circumference.
[0649] In operation, the implant may be coupled to the elongated
member, the implant tail may be seated in the annular space and the
threaded member may engage the inner threaded portion. In
operation, the implant may be coupled to the elongated member, the
implant tail and a portion of the implant base may be seated in the
annular space and the threaded member may engage the inner threaded
portion. In operation, the implant may be coupled to the elongated
member, the implant tail and the implant base may be seated in the
annular space and the threaded member may engage the inner threaded
portion.
[0650] The implant tail may be cylindrical. In operation, the
implant may be coupled to the elongated member and the implant may
fill the annular space. In operation, the implant may be coupled to
the elongated member and the implant may fill a portion of the
annular space.
[0651] The implant tail may have an angled face oblique to an
implant tail longitudinal axis. In operation, the implant may be
coupled to the elongated member and the implant may fill a portion
of the annular space.
[0652] The implant tail may define a first hole and a second hole
opposite the first hole across an implant tail longitudinal axis.
The sleeve may define a third hole and a fourth hole across the
sleeve longitudinal axis. In operation, the implant may be coupled
to the elongated member and the first, second, third and fourth
hole may be coaxial.
[0653] The sleeve and anchoring base, together, may be monolithic.
The sleeve, threaded member and anchoring base, together, may be
monolithic. The anchoring base and threaded member, together, may
be monolithic.
[0654] The anchoring base may not define an opening.
[0655] The sleeve longitudinal axis may be coaxial with an
anchoring base longitudinal axis. The sleeve longitudinal axis may
be oblique to an anchoring base longitudinal axis.
[0656] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a
first expandable implant and a second expandable implant. The first
expandable implant may be the implant. The second expandable
implant may be the implant.
[0657] The first expandable implant may include a first base
coupled to a first implant head. The first head, when expanded, may
form a first mesh cage. The second expandable implant may include a
second base coupled to a second implant head. The second head, when
expanded, may form a second mesh cage. The first base may be
configured to be coupled to the second base such that an outer face
of the first base is positioned within an inner face of the second
base.
[0658] In operation, the outer face of the first base may be
positioned within the inner face of the second base and the first
base may be coupled to the second base. An outer face of the first
base may be threaded.
[0659] An inner face of the second base may be threaded to mate
with the threads on the first base.
[0660] An inner face of the second base may be sized to receive an
outer face of the first base.
[0661] The first base may define a protrusion. The second base may
define a window. In operation, the outer face of the first base may
be positioned within the inner face of the second base and the
protrusion may extend through the window to couple the first base
to the second base.
[0662] The second base may define a protrusion. The first base may
define an opening. In operation, the outer face of the first base
may be positioned within the inner face of the second base and the
protrusion may extend through the opening to couple the first base
to the second base.
[0663] In operation, the first base may be coupled to the second
base, the first cage may define a first central axis and the second
cage may define a second central axis coaxial with the first
central axis. In operation, the first base may be coupled to the
second base, the first cage may define a first central axis, and
the second cage may define a second central axis oblique to the
first central axis.
[0664] In operation, the first base may be coupled to the second
base. The first head, when expanded, may define a first volume and
the second head, when expanded, may define a second volume that is
greater than the first volume. The first head, when expanded, may
define a first volume and the second head, when expanded, may
define a second volume that is different from the first volume.
[0665] The first implant may include a first shaft extending away
from the first base. The second base may include a second shaft
extending away from the second base. The first shaft may be
configured to be coupled to the second shaft such that an outer
face of the first shaft is positioned within an inner face of the
second shaft.
[0666] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, the
implant base having a first end and, opposite the first end, a
second end. The apparatus may include a first mesh cage fixed to,
and extending away from, the first end. The apparatus may include a
second mesh cage fixed to, and extending away from, the second end.
The first mesh cage may be expandable. The second mesh cage may be
expandable.
[0667] The first mesh cage may be the implant head. The second mesh
cage may be the implant head.
[0668] The base, the first and the second cage may together be
formed from a monolithic laser-cut tube. The base and the first
cage may together be formed from a first laser-cut tube. The second
cage may be formed from a second laser-cut tube.
[0669] The first cage may define a first central axis. The second
cage may define a second central axis coaxial with the first
central axis. The second cage may define a second central axis
oblique to the first central axis.
[0670] The implant base may define a hole. The hole may be a screw
hole. The screw hole may be a first screw hole. The implant base
may define a second screw hole.
[0671] The implant base may be cylindrical. The implant base may
have an outside diameter perpendicular to a base longitudinal axis.
The outside diameter may vary along a length of the base.
[0672] The first mesh cage may define a first volume. The second
mesh cage may define the first volume. The second mesh cage may
define a second volume different from the first volume.
[0673] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a
first mesh cage having a first hub and a first base. The apparatus
may include a second mesh cage having a second hub and a second
base. The apparatus may include a first elongated member extending
between the first base and the second hub. The apparatus may
include a second elongated member coupled to, and extending away
from, the second base.
[0674] The first mesh cage may be expandable between a collapsed
configuration and an expanded configuration. The second mesh cage
may be expandable between a collapsed configuration and an expanded
configuration.
[0675] The first mesh cage may be the implant head. The second mesh
cage may be the implant head.
[0676] The first mesh cage may define a first central axis. The
second mesh cage may define a second central axis. The first
elongated member may define a third central axis. The second
elongated member may define a fourth central axis. The first,
second, third and fourth central axis may be coaxial.
[0677] The first elongated member may define a hole sized for
receiving an anchor, such as a screw. The second elongated member
may define a hole sized for receiving an anchor, such as a screw.
The first elongated member may define a plurality of holes. The
holes may be screw holes. The second elongated member may define a
plurality of holes. The holes may be screw holes.
[0678] The first elongated member may include a hollow cylindrical
mesh structure extending along a length of the first member. The
mesh structure may extend circumferentially about a central axis of
the first member. The second elongated member may include a hollow
cylindrical mesh structure extending along a length of the second
member. The mesh structure may extend circumferentially about a
central axis of the second member.
[0679] The first mesh cage may define a first volume. The second
mesh cage may define a second volume greater than the first volume.
The second mesh cage may define the first volume.
[0680] The apparatus may include an intramedullary rod. The second
elongated member may extend through a bore defined by the
intramedullary rod.
[0681] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having
an interior. The method may include selecting a first implant
having a first expandable mesh head and a first base. The method
may include selecting a second implant having a second expandable
mesh head and a second base. The method may include coupling the
first base to the second base. The method may also include
positioning the first and second implants in the interior.
[0682] The first implant may be the implant. The second implant may
be the implant.
[0683] The positioning may be performed after the coupling. The
positioning may be performed before the coupling.
[0684] The coupling may include threadingly engaging threads
defined on an outer face of the first base with threads defined on
an inner face of the second base. The coupling may include
inserting the first base into the second base. The coupling may
include advancing an inner face of the first base along an outer
face of the second base.
[0685] The method may include, prior to the inserting, expanding
the first expandable cage. The method may include, prior to the
inserting, expanding the second expandable cage.
[0686] The method may include, after the inserting, expanding the
first expandable cage. The method may include, after the inserting,
expanding the second expandable cage.
[0687] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a
first intramedullary rod defining a screw hole having a central
axis. The apparatus may include a second intramedullary rod
configured to be coupled to the first rod. The apparatus may
include the implant. The implant may be configured to be coupled to
an end of the second rod. The implant may include the implant head
that, when expanded, defines a volume. In operation, the second rod
may be coupled to the first rod, the implant may be coupled to the
second rod, the implant head may be in an expanded state and the
central axis may point to the volume.
[0688] The hole may be a first hole and the central axis may be a
first central axis. The first rod may define a second hole. The
second hole may define a second central axis oblique to the first
central axis. In operation, the second rod may be coupled to the
first rod, the implant may be coupled to the second rod, the
implant head may be in an expanded state and the second central
axis may point to the volume. The first central axis may be
parallel to the second central axis. The first central axis may be
oblique to the second central axis.
[0689] The implant may include the implant base. The implant base
may extend away from the implant head.
[0690] The end of the second rod may define an opening sized to
receive the implant base.
[0691] An inner face of the implant base may include threads. An
outer face of the end of the second rod may include threads
configured to threadingly engage the threads on the inner face of
the implant base.
[0692] An outer face of the implant base may include threads. The
end of the second rod may define a threaded opening configured to
threadingly engage the threads on the outer face of the implant
base.
[0693] The implant may be a first implant. The expandable head may
be a first expandable head. The apparatus may include a second
implant. The second implant may include a second expandable head.
The second implant may be configured to be coupled to an end of the
second rod.
[0694] The second implant may include a base extending away from
the second head. The end of the second rod may define an opening
sized to receive the second implant base. The base may include
threads, and the end of the second rod may be configured to
threadingly engage the threads.
[0695] The end of the second rod may be a first end. The apparatus
may include a third implant. The third implant may include a third
expandable head. The third expandable head may be configured to be
coupled to a second end of the second rod.
[0696] The third implant may include a base extending away from the
third head. The second end of the second rod may define an opening
sized to receive the third base. The base may include threads, and
the second end of the second rod may be configured to threadingly
engage the threads.
[0697] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a
cannulated intramedullary rod having a first end and a second end
opposite the first end and the implant. The implant may be
configured to be coupled to the first end. The implant may include
the implant head, the implant tail and the implant base extending
between the head and the tail. The apparatus may include an end cap
configured to be coupled to the second end. The implant may be
configured to be coupled to the first end such that the implant
head extends away from the first end and the implant tail is seated
in an interior of the rod.
[0698] The apparatus may include a threaded member coupled to, and
extending away from, the end cap along a central axis of the end
cap. An inner face of the implant tail may be threaded. The
threaded member may be threaded to mate with the implant tail. In
operation, the threaded member may extend through an interior of
the rod, along a longitudinal axis of the rod, and may be engaged
with the implant threaded surface.
[0699] The implant base may be a portion of the implant tail.
[0700] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include a method for repairing a bone. The
bone may have a surface and an interior. The bone may have an
elongated portion, a head including an articular surface, and a
neck positioned between the elongated portion and the head.
[0701] The method may include placing a first intramedullary rod
and the implant including a mesh cage coupled to an end of the
first rod in the interior such that at least a portion of the mesh
cage is positioned in the head. The method may include placing a
second intramedullary rod in the interior such that the second rod
extends along a length of the elongated portion. The placing may
include coupling the second rod to the first rod.
[0702] The method may include advancing a screw through a hole
defined by the second intramedullary rod. The method may include
anchoring a distal end of the screw in the head of the articular
surface. The anchoring may include driving the distal end into the
mesh cage.
[0703] The method may include coupling the first rod to the
implant. The implant may include a base extending away from the
mesh cage. The base may include threads. The coupling of the mesh
cage to the first rod may include threadingly engaging the base
with a threaded portion of the first rod.
[0704] The method may include coupling the first rod to the
implant. The implant may include a base extending away from the
mesh cage. The coupling of the first rod to the implant may include
positioning the base in an opening defined by the first rod.
[0705] The method may include threadingly engaging threads on a
face of the hub with threads on a face of the rod. The method may
include threadingly engaging threads on a face of the base with
threads on a face of the rod.
[0706] When the mesh cage is an expandable mesh cage the method may
include expanding the mesh cage. After the expanding, and before
the placing of the first rod, the method may include coupling the
mesh cage to the first rod.
[0707] When the mesh cage is an expandable mesh cage the method may
include, after the positioning of the first rod and the implant in
the head of the bone, expanding the mesh cage. The first rod may be
cannulated. The implant may include an implant tail coupled to the
mesh cage. Expanding the mesh cage may include advancing a threaded
member along an interior of the first rod and engaging the threaded
member with threads in an inner surface of the implant tail.
[0708] The method may include, after the expanding of the mesh
cage, placing an end cap on a second end of the first rod, the
second end being opposite the first end.
[0709] When the mesh cage is an expandable mesh cage the method may
include expanding the mesh cage from a first volume to a second
volume.
[0710] The coupling of the second rod to the first rod may include
positioning the first rod in an opening defined by the second rod.
The coupling of the second rod to the first rod may include
positioning the second rod in an opening defined by the first
rod.
[0711] When the screw is a first screw, the implant is a first
implant, the mesh cage is a first mesh cage, and an end of the
second rod is coupled to a second implant including a second mesh
cage, the method may include advancing a second screw through the
surface and into the second cage.
[0712] When the end of the second rod is a first end and a second
end of the second rod is coupled to a third mesh cage, the method
may include advancing a third screw through the surface and into
the third cage
[0713] When the screw is a first screw and the hole is a first
hole, the method may include driving a second screw through a
second hole defined by the second intramedullary rod. The method
may also include anchoring a distal end of the second screw in the
head. The anchoring may comprise driving the distal end of the
second screw into the mesh cage.
[0714] The first screw may be advanced through the first hole along
a first axis. The second screw may be advanced through the second
hole along a second axis. The first axis may be parallel to the
second axis. The first axis may be oblique to the second axis.
[0715] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include a method for repairing a bone having
a surface and an interior. The bone may have an elongated portion,
a head including an articular surface, and a neck positioned
between the elongated portion and the head.
[0716] The method may include placing an intramedullary rod coupled
to a mesh cage at an end of the rod in the interior such that at
least a portion of a mesh cage is positioned in the head. The mesh
cage may be the implant head. The method may include placing a
plate on the surface. The placing may include coupling the plate to
the rod. The method may include driving a screw through a hole
defined by the plate. The method may also include anchoring a
distal end of the screw in the head. The anchoring may comprise
driving the distal end into the mesh cage.
[0717] The method may include, before the placing of the rod,
coupling the mesh cage to the rod. The method may include, before
the placing of the rod and the coupling of the plate to the rod,
expanding the mesh cage. The method may include expanding the mesh
cage in the interior.
[0718] The end of the rod may be a first end. The coupling of the
plate and the rod may include placing a second end of the rod
inside an opening defined by the plate. The second end may be
opposite the first end.
[0719] When the screw is a first screw and the hole is a first
hole, the method may include driving a second screw through a
second hole defined by the plate. The method may also include
anchoring a distal end of the second screw in the head, the
anchoring comprising driving the distal end of the second screw
into the mesh cage.
[0720] The first screw may be advanced through the first hole along
a first axis. The second screw may be advanced through the second
hole along a second axis. The first axis may be parallel to the
second axis. The first axis may be oblique to the second axis.
[0721] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include a method for repairing a bone having
a surface and an interior. The method may include placing an
intramedullary rod in the interior. The method may include
advancing an expandable implant through a lumen defined by an
interior of the rod. The method may include positioning the
expandable implant in the interior such that a head of the implant
is in the interior. The method may include expanding the head to
form a mesh cage. The method may include anchoring the rod to the
bone. The anchoring may include driving a first screw through the
surface and into the mesh cage.
[0722] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include a method for implanting an expandable
implant in an interior of a calcaneus bone having a bone surface.
The method may include making an incision in soft tissue covering a
posterior facet of the bone below a termination point, on the bone,
of an Achilles' Tendon. The method may include providing, through
the incision, an access hole on the bone surface. The method may
include advancing the expandable implant through the access hole
and into the interior. The method may include positioning a distal
end of the implant in the interior. The method may include
expanding the implant in the interior to form a mesh cage. The
implant may be expanded such that such that a first portion of the
mesh cage is adjacent a sinus tarsi space and a second portion of
the mesh cage is adjacent a distal facet of the bone.
[0723] When the incision is a first incision the method may include
making a second incision in soft tissue covering a lateral side of
the posterior facet of the calcaneus. The method may include
visualizing a position of a sinus space relative to a talus bone
through the second incision.
[0724] The method may include, after the expanding, anchoring a
distal end of a screw in the interior. The anchoring may include
driving the screw through the bone surface and advancing a distal
tip of the screw into the mesh cage.
[0725] The method may include positioning a plate on the posterior
facet of the bone. The method may include, after the expanding,
driving a screw through a hole defined by the plate and into the
mesh cage.
[0726] The positioning of the plate may be performed after the
advancing the expandable implant into the interior. The positioning
of the plate may be performed before the advancing of the
expandable implant into the interior. The advancing may be
performed through an opening in the plate.
[0727] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include a method for implanting an expandable
implant in an interior of a calcaneus bone having a bone surface.
The method may include forming a split in an Achille's tendon
extending along a posterior facet of the bone. The method may
include making an incision, through the split, in soft tissue
covering the posterior portion facet. The method may include
providing, through the incision, an access hole on the bone
surface. The method may include advancing the expandable implant
through the access hole and into the interior. The method may
include positioning a distal end of the implant in the interior.
The method may include expanding the implant in the interior to
form a mesh cage such that a portion of the mesh cage is adjacent a
distal facet of the calcaneus.
[0728] When the incision is a first incision the method may include
making a second incision in soft tissue covering a lateral side of
the posterior facet of the calcaneus. The method may include
visualizing a position of a sinus tarsi space relative to a talus
bone through the second incision.
[0729] The method may include, after the expanding, anchoring a
distal end of a screw in the interior. The anchoring may include
driving the screw through the bone surface. The anchoring may
include advancing a distal tip of the screw into the expandable
implant.
[0730] The method may include positioning a plate on the posterior
facet. The method may include driving a screw through a hole
defined by the plate and into the implant.
[0731] The positioning of the plate may be performed after the
advancing the expandable implant. The positioning of the plate may
be performed before the advancing the expandable implant. The
advancing may be performed through an opening in the plate.
[0732] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include a method for implanting an expandable
implant in an interior of a calcaneus bone having a bone surface.
The method may include making an incision in soft tissue covering a
distal facet of the bone. The method may include providing, through
the incision, an access hole on the bone surface. The method may
include advancing the expandable implant through the access hole
and into the interior. The method may include positioning a distal
end of the implant in the interior and perpendicular to, or
substantially perpendicular to, a longitudinal axis extending along
a length of the bone. The method may include expanding the implant
in the interior to form a mesh cage such that a hub of the implant
is adjacent the talus.
[0733] When the incision is a first incision the method may include
making a second incision in soft tissue covering a lateral side of
a posterior facet of the calcaneus. The method may include
visualizing a position of a sinus space relative to a talus bone
through the second incision.
[0734] The method may include, after the expanding, anchoring a
distal end of a screw in the interior. The anchoring may include
driving the screw through the bone surface. The method may include
advancing a distal tip of the screw into the expandable
implant.
[0735] The method may include positioning a plate on the distal
facet. The method may include driving a screw through a hole
defined by the plate and into the implant.
[0736] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a
first mesh that defines a longitudinal axis and is expandable about
the axis and a second mesh that is expandable about the axis
between the axis and the first mesh. Each of the first and second
mesh may be configured to be longitudinally fixed to a central axis
member that lies along the axis. The first mesh may have a first
stress-strain modulus corresponding to compression of the first
mesh along a direction not parallel to the axis. The second mesh
may have a second stress-strain modulus corresponding to
compression of the second mesh along the direction. "Modulus" may
be an "effective modulus," in that it may be an extrinsic property
of the mesh, and may depend on one or more parameters, such as one
or more of those shown in Table 3, or any other suitable
parameters.
TABLE-US-00003 TABLE 3 Illustrative modulus parameters Illustrative
modulus parameters Mesh thickness (wall thickness of tube, if mesh
is made from a tube) Mesh axial length (expanded state) Mesh radius
(expanded state) Mesh void fraction (percent of mesh surface
corresponding to void) Mesh cell density
[0737] The second modulus may be greater than the first modulus.
The second modulus may be 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6,
6.6, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11, 11.5, 12, 12.15, 13,
13.15 or 14 times greater than the first modulus
[0738] The first mesh may have a first thickness. The second mesh
may have a second thickness. The second thickness may be greater
than the first thickness.
[0739] The first mesh may be formed from a first material having a
first stress-strain modulus corresponding to compression of the
first mesh along a direction not parallel to the axis. The second
mesh may be formed from a second material having a second
stress-strain modulus corresponding to compression of the second
mesh along the direction. The second modulus may be greater than
the first modulus.
[0740] The first material may be formed from super elastic
materials including nitinol, NiTiCu, titanium alloys, nickel
alloys, spring steel alloys, carbon fiber composites,
carbon-graphene, shape-memory polymers, polyisoprene-based
polymers, calcium iron arsenide CaFe.sub.2As.sub.2 and similar
materials. The second material may be formed from super elastic
materials different from the first material including nitinol,
NiTiCu, titanium alloys, nickel alloys, spring steel alloys, carbon
fiber composites, carbon-graphene, shape-memory polymers,
polyisoprene-based polymers, calcium iron arsenide
CaFe.sub.2As.sub.2 and similar materials.
[0741] The first thickness may be in the range 0.010 in. to 0.020
in. The second thickness may be in the range 0.015 in. to 0.040
in.
[0742] Table 4 shows selected illustrative first and second
thickness ranges.
TABLE-US-00004 TABLE 4 Selected illustrative first and second
thickness ranges. Illustrative thickness ranges (lower and upper
limits, inclusive) (in.) First thickness Second thickness Lower
Upper Lower Upper <0.010 0.011 <0.015 0.015 0.011 0.012 0.015
0.016 0.012 0.013 0.016 0.017 0.013 0.014 0.017 0.018 0.014 0.015
0.018 0.019 0.015 0.016 0.019 0.02 0.016 0.017 0.02 0.021 0.017
0.018 0.021 0.022 0.018 0.019 0.022 0.023 0.019 0.020 0.023 0.024
0.020 >0.020 0.024 0.025 0.025 0.026 0.026 0.027 0.027 0.028
0.028 0.029 0.029 0.03 0.03 0.031 0.031 0.032 0.032 0.033 0.033
0.034 0.034 0.035 0.035 0.036 0.036 0.037 0.037 0.038 0.038 0.039
0.039 0.04 0.040 >0.04
[0743] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, the
implant head that includes a mesh anchoring substrate that is
expandable away from a longitudinal axis of the substrate, and the
base. The base may define an opening for receiving along the axis
an elongated support having a catch.
[0744] The apparatus may include the support. The support may be
configured to engage a hub at an end of the substrate that is
opposite the base. The apparatus may also include a latch extending
from the base in a direction away from the substrate. The latch may
be configured to engage the catch to prevent withdrawal of the
elongated support from the base.
[0745] The latch may include an arm and a protrusion from the arm.
The latch may be configured to insert the protrusion into a recess
in the elongated support when the protrusion is positioned at the
recess. The catch may define a limit of the recess.
[0746] The base may define a cylindrical outer surface at a first
radius from the axis. The arm may have a length that is disposed at
the first radius in a state in which the protrusion is in the
recess. The length may be disposed at second radius that is greater
than the first radius in a state in which the protrusion is in
contact with the elongated member at a location outside the
recess.
[0747] The elongated support may define a recess. The recess may
include the catch.
[0748] The anchoring substrate may be pretreated to induce
contraction of the substrate along the axis. The contraction may
collapse the anchoring substrate. The contraction may increase
frictional engagement between the latch and the wall.
[0749] The support may include a threaded member. The threaded
member may be configured to reduce a length of the support by
threaded engagement with an internally threaded cannulated member.
Reduction of the length may expand the anchoring substrate.
[0750] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, the
implant that includes a mesh anchoring substrate that is expandable
away from a longitudinal axis of the substrate and the tail at an
end of the substrate. The tail may be configured for sliding
engagement in a slot of the plate. The slot in operation may fix
the implant relative to the plate axially along the axis,
rotationally about the axis, and rotationally about the plate.
[0751] The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may be keyed
to a groove in the tail. The plate may define a clearance opening
having a first width, and the slot, the slot having a second width
that is less that the first width. The first width may be greater
than a diameter of the tail. The second width may be less than the
diameter. The second width may be greater than a thickness of the
tail at the groove.
[0752] The groove may be a plurality of grooves. The grooves may
define a sliding direction along which the plate is configured to
slide for insertion of the tail in the slot. In operation the
sliding direction may be oblique to the axis.
[0753] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, the
implant head that includes a mesh anchoring substrate that is
expandable away from an elongated central support and the support.
The support may define a transverse bore that in operation is
disposed between a first end of the substrate and a second end of
the substrate.
[0754] The bore may be sized for clearance of a screw that is
configured for penetration and engagement of the substrate. The
bore may have a diameter that is 0.0005''-0.001'' smaller than a
thread diameter of a screw that is configured for penetration and
engagement of the substrate. The thread diameter may be a largest
thread diameter on the screw.
[0755] An inner face of the bore may include threads for
threadingly engaging a screw that is configured for penetration and
engagement of the substrate.
[0756] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having a
bone surface and a bone interior. The method may include one or
more steps from any other method disclosed herein.
[0757] The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may
include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along the
bone surface between two or more points at different elevations
from the longitudinal axis.
[0758] The method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a
bone interior may include making an incision in soft tissue
covering the bone surface. The method may include placing a jig in
direct contact with the bone surface. The placing may include
seating a bottom surface of the jig complementarily against the
surface contour. The bottom surface of the jig may complement the
surface contour.
[0759] Direct contact with the bone surface may encompass a method
in which there is no apparatus intervening between the jig or the
plate and the bone surface.
[0760] After placing the jig on the bone surface, the method may
include driving a first fixation element through a first hole
defined by the jig and into a first fragment of the bone. After
placing the jig on the bone surface, the method may also include
driving a second fixation element through a second hole defined by
the jig and into a second fragment of the bone.
[0761] The method may include removing the jig from the bone
surface prior to closing the incision.
[0762] The method may include providing an access hole on the bone
surface. The method may include inserting an implant through the
access hole and into the bone interior.
[0763] The method may include closing the incision.
[0764] The bone may be a humerus bone. A portion of the bone being
treated may include a proximal portion of the humerus bone. Making
the incision may include making a deltopectoral incision. Making
the incision may include making a deltoid split incision.
[0765] When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the surface
contour may include a greater tuberosity. The surface contour may
include an intertubercular groove. The surface contour may include
a deltoid insertion. The placing the jig may include aligning a
first portion of the bottom surface of the jig with the greater
tuberosity. The placing the jig may include aligning a second
portion of the bottom surface of the jig with the intertubercular
groove. The placing the jig may include aligning a third portion of
the bottom surface of the jig with the deltoid insertion.
[0766] When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the placing the
jig may include palpitating a location of a lateral condyle. The
placing the jig may include determining a position on the bone
surface along a longitudinal axis of the humerus bone. The position
may be a predetermined distance from the lateral condyle. The
placing the jig may include aligning a member of the jig with the
position.
[0767] When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the placing the
jig may include radiographically aligning a member of the jig with
a surgical neck of the humerus bone. The surgical neck may be
located at a base of a head of a proximal portion of the humerus
bone.
[0768] The method may include releasably anchoring the jig to the
bone.
[0769] The first hole and the second hole may be included in a
plurality of holes. The plurality of holes may be defined by the
jig. The method may include providing a plurality of fixation
elements. The method may include guiding each of the fixation
elements through one of the plurality of holes and into the bone
interior.
[0770] The first hole may be spaced apart from the second hole. The
guiding may include guiding the first fixation element and the
second fixation element into the bone interior along convergent
paths. The guiding may include guiding the first fixation element
and the second fixation element into the bone interior along
divergent paths. The guiding may include guiding the first fixation
element and the second fixation element into the bone interior
along parallel paths.
[0771] The method may include radially expanding the implant in the
bone interior to form a mesh cage. The expanded implant may occupy
a volume in the bone interior. The guiding the fixation elements
may provide clearance for the volume.
[0772] The method may include radially expanding the implant in the
bone interior to form a mesh cage. The expanded implant may occupy
a region. The region may not be intersected by the fixation
elements.
[0773] The method may include, when the bone is a proximal humerus
bone, driving a target wire through a targeting hole defined by the
jig and toward a center of an interior of a head of the proximal
humerus bone. The method may include positioning a tip of the
target wire in the center of the interior of the head.
[0774] The method may include, when the bone is a proximal humerus
bone, driving a target wire through a targeting hole defined by the
jig and tangent to a top of a greater tuberosity of the proximal
humerus bone.
[0775] The placing the jig may include, when the bone is a proximal
humerus bone, positioning a target defined by the jig. The target
hole defined by jig may be positioned to point in a direction that
intersects with a center region on a head of the proximal humerus
bone.
[0776] The method may include driving a target wire through a
target hole defined by the jig.
[0777] The providing the access hole may include advancing a
fixation element through the bone surface toward a space in the
bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. The tip of
the target wire may be at least partially retracted prior to
advancing the fixation element.
[0778] The providing the access hole may include selecting a
location on the bone adjacent a demarcation point included on the
jig. The providing the access hole may include advancing a fixation
element through the selected location toward a space in the bone
that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire.
[0779] The providing the access hole may include selecting a
demarcation point included on the jig from a plurality of
demarcation points. Each demarcation point may correspond to an
implant having a length. The providing the access hole may also
include advancing a fixation element through a location on the
surface of the bone adjacent the selected demarcation point and
toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the
target wire. The implant inserted in the bone interior may have a
length associated with the selected demarcation point.
[0780] The providing the access hole may include coupling a
targeting apparatus to the target wire. The providing the access
hole may include guiding a pointer included in the targeting
apparatus onto a location the bone surface. The providing the
access hole may include advancing a fixation element through the
location and toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a
tip of the target wire.
[0781] The providing the access hole may include coupling a
targeting apparatus to the target wire. The providing the access
hole may include guiding a pointer included in the targeting
apparatus onto a location on the bone surface. The providing the
access hole may include identifying an angle relative to the bone
surface at which the pointer abuts the bone surface and extends
away from the bone surface. The providing the access hole may
include advancing a fixation element through the location, at the
identified angle, and toward a space in the bone that was
penetrated by a tip of the target wire.
[0782] The providing the access hole may include removing a
fixation element extending through the bone surface, wherein a tip
of the fixation element is positioned adjacent a tip of the target
wire. The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill
through an opening on the bone surface initiated by the fixation
element and advancing the drill towards the tip of the target wire.
The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill through
an opening on the bone surface initiated by the fixation element
and advancing the drill towards the target site.
[0783] The providing the access hole may include inserting a
cannulated drill over a fixation element, wherein a tip of the
fixation element is positioned adjacent a tip of the target wire.
The providing the access hole may include advancing the drill along
the fixation element and towards an end of the fixation element
positioned adjacent the target site. The providing the access hole
may include advancing the drill along the fixation element and
towards the target site.
[0784] The method may include providing a cavity in the bone
interior. The cavity may extend away from the access hole. The
implant may be inserted through the access hole and into the
cavity.
[0785] The providing the cavity may include advancing a cannulated
drill over the fixation element and towards the target site. The
providing the cavity may include inserting a cavity preparation
device through the access hole. The providing the cavity may
include expanding the cavity preparation device. The providing the
cavity may include rotating the cavity preparation device to cut
material in the bone interior.
[0786] The method may include inserting an implant through the
access hole. The method may include advancing an end of the implant
to the target site. The method may include radially expanding the
implant in the cavity. The method may include positioning an end of
the implant disposed in the interior at the target site. The method
may include radially expanding the implant in the cavity to form a
mesh cage. The method may include rotating the implant in the
cavity.
[0787] The method may include decoupling a first handle from an
implant shaft. The method may include coupling a second handle to
the implant shaft. The method may include rotating the implant
within the cavity. The rotating may be driven by rotation of the
second handle.
[0788] The method may include anchoring the implant to the bone.
The anchoring may include coupling an anchoring jig onto a shaft of
the implant. The anchoring may include guiding a screw through the
anchoring jig. The anchoring may include guiding a screw through
the bone surface. The anchoring may include guiding a screw into a
tail of the implant.
[0789] The anchoring jig may be a first jig. The anchoring may
include decoupling the first anchoring jig from the shaft. The
anchoring may include coupling a second anchoring jig onto the
shaft. The anchoring may include guiding a plurality of fixation
elements through an elongated passageway defined by the second
anchoring jig and into a head of the implant.
[0790] The method may include driving cannulated screws over the
fixation elements and into the head of the implant. The method may
include decoupling the shaft from the tail of the implant.
[0791] The anchoring may include placing the plate in direct
contact with a bone surface. The placing may include positioning
the plate so that a shaft of the implant extends through an opening
defined by the plate. The anchoring may include coupling an
anchoring jig onto the shaft. The anchoring may include guiding a
screw through the anchoring jig, through the bone surface and into
a tail of the implant.
[0792] The method may include anchoring the implant and the plate
to the bone.
[0793] The anchoring may include placing the plate in direct
contact with the bone surface. The placing may include positioning
the plate so that a shaft of the implant extends through an opening
defined by the plate. The anchoring may include coupling an
anchoring jig onto the shaft. The anchoring may include fastening
the plate to the tail of the implant by guiding a screw through the
anchoring jig, through the plate and into a tail of the
implant.
[0794] The anchoring may be a first anchoring jig. The method may
include coupling a second anchoring jig to the shaft. The method
may include guiding a plurality of fixation elements through a
space defined by the second anchoring jig and into the head of the
implant. The method may include driving cannulated screws over the
fixation elements and into the head of the implant. The method may
include decoupling the shaft from the tail of the implant.
[0795] The method may include driving a screw through a hole
defined by the plate and into the head of the implant. The method
may include driving a screw through a hole defined by the plate and
into the bone interior. The method may include coupling a bushing
to the hole. The method may include driving a screw through the
bushing and into the hole.
[0796] The anchoring may include placing the plate in direct
contact with the bone surface. The placing may include positioning
the plate so that a shaft of the implant extends through an opening
defined by the plate. The anchoring may include coupling an
anchoring jig onto the shaft. The anchoring may include guiding a
screw through the anchoring jig and into a tail of the implant. The
anchoring may include driving a screw through the plate and into
the tail of the implant.
[0797] The method may include sliding a tube over a shaft attached
to a tail of the implant until the plate abuts the bone surface.
The tube may extend away from the plate at an oblique angle
relative to a bottom surface of the plate. When the plate abuts the
bone surface, the tube may be coaxially mounted on a tail of the
implant. When the plate abuts the bone surface, the tube may be
positioned in the bone interior. The method may include anchoring
the plate to the implant.
[0798] The plate may be a first plate. The anchoring may include
sliding a tube over a shaft attached to a tail of the implant until
a second plate abuts the bone surface. The tube may extend away
from the second plate at an oblique angle relative to a bottom
surface of the second plate. When the second plate abuts the bone
surface, the tube may be coaxially mounted on the tail of the
implant and positioned in the bone interior. The anchoring may also
include anchoring the second plate to the first plate.
[0799] The plate may be a first plate. Anchoring may include
placing a second plate on the first plate. The placing the second
plate may include positioning the second plate so that a shaft of
the implant extends through an opening defined by the second plate.
The anchoring may also include anchoring the second plate to the
first plate.
[0800] The method may include placing the plate in direct contact
with the bone surface. The plate may include a plate opening. The
providing the access hole may be performed on a surface of the bone
defined by the plate opening.
[0801] The plate may include a bottom surface. The bottom surface
may complement the surface contour. The placing the plate may
include seating a plate bottom surface complementarily on surface
contour.
[0802] The jig may define a recess. The placing the plate may
include placing the plate in the recess.
[0803] The placing the plate may include placing a first edge of
the plate adjacent to a longitudinally extending leg of the jig.
The placing the plate may include placing a second edge of the
plate adjacent to a transverse leg of the jig.
[0804] The placing the plate may include placing a portion of a
bottom surface of the plate in physical contact with a portion of a
top surface of the jig. The placing the plate may include placing a
top surface of the plate in physical contact with a portion of a
bottom surface of the jig.
[0805] The method may include coupling the plate to the jig.
[0806] The method may include driving a target wire through a
target hole defined by the jig. The method may include driving a
fixation element through a positioning hole defined by the jig.
[0807] The method may include identifying a location on the bone
for preparation of an access hole. The location on the bone may be
defined by the plate opening. The method may include advancing a
fixation element through the location and toward a space in the
bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire.
[0808] The identifying may include coupling a targeting apparatus
to the target wire. The identifying may also include guiding a
pointer included in the targeting apparatus onto the bone surface
defined by the plate opening.
[0809] The identifying may include selecting a location on the bone
adjacent a demarcation point included on the plate and defined by
the plate opening. The identifying may also include advancing a
fixation element through the selected location toward a space in
the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire.
[0810] The method may include providing an access hole. The method
may include providing a cavity in the bone interior. The cavity may
extend away from the access hole. The providing the cavity may
include inserting a cavity preparation device through the access
hole. The providing the cavity may include expanding the cavity
preparation device. The providing the cavity may include rotating
the cavity preparation device to cut material in the bone
interior.
[0811] The method may include inserting an implant into the cavity.
The method may include radially expanding the implant in the cavity
to form a mesh cage.
[0812] The method may include removing the plate from the bone
surface. The method may include anchoring the implant to the
bone.
[0813] The method may include anchoring the plate and the implant
to the bone. The anchoring may include driving a screw through the
plate and into a head of the implant. The anchoring may include
driving a screw through the plate and into a tail of the implant.
The anchoring may include driving a screw through the plate and
into the bone interior.
[0814] The method may include attaching a washer to one or more of
the screws before using the screw for anchoring.
[0815] The jig may be a first jig. The method may include removably
coupling a second jig to the plate. The second jig may include a
guide extending away from the bone surface and extending away from
the plate opening.
[0816] The method may include removably coupling the second jig to
the first jig.
[0817] The method may include providing an access hole on the bone
surface. The providing the access hole may include inserting a
drill through the guide. The providing the access hole may include
drilling an access hole through the bone surface.
[0818] The method may include inserting a cavity preparation device
through the guide and the access hole and into the bone interior.
The method may include preparing a cavity in the bone interior. The
method may include inserting an implant through the guide and the
access hole into the cavity. The method may include radially
expanding the implant in the cavity to form a mesh cage.
[0819] The method may include providing an access hole on the bone
surface. The providing may include inserting an insert into the
guide. The providing may include inserting a drill through the
insert. The providing may include drilling an access hole through
the bone surface. A central axis of the insert may not be parallel
to a central axis of the guide. A central axis of the insert may be
parallel to a central axis of the guide.
[0820] The method may include inserting a cavity preparation device
through the insert and the access hole and into the bone interior.
The method may include preparing a cavity in the bone interior. The
method may include inserting an implant through the insert and the
access hole into the cavity. The method may include radially
expanding the implant in the cavity to form a mesh cage.
[0821] The method may include decoupling the second jig from the
plate. The method may include removing the second jig from the
plate. The method may include anchoring the plate and the implant
to the bone.
[0822] The method may include removing the plate from the bone
surface. The method may include anchoring the implant to the
bone.
[0823] The jig may be a first jig. The method may include placing a
second jig in direct contact with the bone surface. A portion of
the second jig may abut the first jig. The second jig may include a
guide extending away from the bone surface. The method may include
removably coupling the second jig to the first jig.
[0824] The method may include providing an access hole on the bone
surface. The providing may include inserting a drill through the
guide and into the bone interior.
[0825] The method may include inserting a cavity preparation device
through the guide and access hole and into the bone interior. The
method may include expanding and rotating the cavity preparation
device in the bone interior to create a cavity. The method may
include inserting an implant through the guide and the access hole.
The method may include positioning the implant in the cavity. The
method may include radially expanding the implant in the cavity to
form a mesh cage.
[0826] The method may include providing an access hole on the bone
surface. The providing the access hole may include inserting an
insert into the guide. The providing the access hole may include
inserting a drill through the insert. The providing the access hole
may include drilling an access hole through the bone surface. A
central axis of the insert may not be parallel to a central axis of
the guide. A central axis of the insert may be parallel to a
central axis of the guide.
[0827] The method may include selecting an access angle for
drilling into the bone. The access angle may be different from an
access angle defined by the guide. The access angle defined by the
guide may be a central axis of the guide. The method may include
inserting an insert into the guide. A central axis of the insert
may define the selected angle.
[0828] The method may include decoupling the second jig from the
first jig. The method may include removing the second jig from the
bone surface. The method may include anchoring the implant to the
bone.
[0829] The method may include placing the plate on the bone
surface, a tail of the implant being positioned in a plate opening.
After placing the plate on the bone surface, the method may include
anchoring the plate and the implant to the bone.
[0830] The method may include placing the plate in direct contact
with the bone surface. The plate may include a threaded hole. The
method may include screwing a first bushing into the threaded hole.
The first bushing may extend away from the bone surface. The method
may include providing an access hole on the bone surface. The
providing may include inserting a drill through the first bushing.
The method may include implanting an implant through the first
bushing into the bone interior.
[0831] The method may include radially expanding the implant to
form a mesh cage. The method may include decoupling an implant
shaft from an implant tail. The method may include unscrewing the
first bushing from the threaded hole. The method may include
screwing a second bushing into the threaded hole. Screwing the
second bushing into the threaded hole may advance the second
bushing into the bone interior. Screwing the second bushing into
the threaded hole may coaxially mount the second bushing onto the
tail of the implant.
[0832] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include methods for bone fracture repair. The
methods may include a method for treating a bone having a bone
surface and a bone interior. The method may include one or more
steps from any other method disclosed herein.
[0833] The method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a
bone interior may include providing an access hole on the bone
surface. The method may include inserting an implant through the
access hole. The method may include implanting the implant in the
bone interior. The method may include placing the plate in direct
contact with the bone surface. The placing may include positioning
the plate so that a shaft of the implant extends through an opening
defined by the plate. The method may include decoupling the implant
shaft from the implant tail.
[0834] The method may include anchoring the plate to the implant.
The anchoring may include driving a fixation element through the
plate and an implant head. The anchoring may include driving a
fixation element through the plate and an implant tail. The
anchoring may include driving a fixation element through the plate
and the bone surface.
[0835] The method may include radially expanding the implant in the
bone interior to form a mesh cage.
[0836] The plate may be a first plate. The method may include
sliding a tube over a shaft attached to the tail of the implant
until a second plate abuts the bone surface and abuts a recess
defined by the first plate. The tube may extend away from the
second plate at an oblique angle relative to a bottom surface of
the second plate. When the second plate abuts the bone surface, the
tube may be coaxially mounted on the tail of the implant and is
positioned in the bone interior. The method may include anchoring
the second plate to the first plate.
[0837] The anchoring may include placing a second plate in a recess
defined by the first plate. The placing the second plate may
include engaging the tail of the implant with the second plate. The
method may include anchoring the second plate to the first
plate.
[0838] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include methods for bone fracture repair. The
methods may include a method for treating a bone having a bone
surface and a bone interior.
[0839] The method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a
bone interior may include providing an access hole on the bone
surface. The method may include inserting an implant through the
access hole. The method may include implanting the implant in the
bone interior. The method may include radially expanding the
implant in the bone interior to form a mesh cage. The method may
include sliding a tube over a shaft attached to a tail of the
implant until the plate abuts the bone surface. The tube may extend
away from the plate at an oblique angle relative to a bottom
surface of the plate. When the plate abuts the bone surface, the
tube may be coaxially mounted on the tail of the implant and is
positioned in the bone interior.
[0840] The method may include anchoring the implant to the bone.
The method may include anchoring the plate to the bone. The method
may include anchoring the plate to the implant.
[0841] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having a
bone surface and a bone interior. The method may include one or
more steps from any other method disclosed herein.
[0842] The method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a
bone interior may include placing the plate in direct contact with
the bone surface. The plate may include a threaded hole. The method
may include screwing a first bushing into the threaded hole. The
first bushing may extend away from the bone surface. The method may
include providing an access hole on the bone surface. The providing
may include inserting a drill through the first bushing.
[0843] The method may include inserting an implant through the
first bushing. The method may include implanting the implant in the
bone interior.
[0844] The method may include radially expanding the implant to
form a mesh cage. The method may include decoupling an implant
shaft from a tail of the implant.
[0845] The method may include unscrewing the first bushing from the
threaded hole. The method may include screwing a second bushing
into the threaded hole. Screwing the second bushing into the
threaded hole may advance the second bushing into the bone
interior. Screwing the second bushing into the threaded hole may
coaxially mount the second bushing onto the tail of the
implant.
[0846] The method may include anchoring the implant to the bone.
The method may include anchoring the plate to the bone. The method
may include anchoring the plate to the implant.
[0847] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having a
bone surface and a bone interior. The method may include one or
more steps from any other method disclosed herein.
[0848] The method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a
bone interior may include placing the plate in direct contact with
the bone surface. The plate may include a plate opening.
[0849] The method may include providing an access hole on the bone
surface through the plate opening. The method may include inserting
an implant through the access hole and into the bone interior
through the plate opening. The implant may be an expandable mesh
cage. The method may include radially expanding the implant in the
interior to form a mesh cage.
[0850] The bone may be a proximal humerus bone. The method may
include making a deltopectoral incision in soft tissue covering the
bone. The method may include making a deltoid split incision in
soft tissue covering the bone.
[0851] The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may
include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along the
bone surface between two or more points at different elevations
from the longitudinal axis. A bottom surface of the plate may
complement the surface contour. The placing the plate may include
seating the bottom surface of the plate complementarily on the
surface contour.
[0852] When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the surface
contour may include a greater tuberosity. The surface contour may
include an intertubercular groove. The surface contour may include
a deltoid insertion. The placing the plate may include aligning a
first portion of the bottom surface of the plate with the greater
tuberosity. The placing the plate may include aligning a second
portion of the bottom surface of the plate with the intertubercular
groove. The placing the plate may include aligning a third portion
of the bottom surface of the plate with the deltoid insertion.
[0853] When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the placing the
plate may include palpitating a location of a lateral condyle. The
placing the plate may include determining a position on the bone
surface along a longitudinal axis of the humerus bone. The position
may be a predetermined distance from the lateral condyle. The
placing the plate may include aligning a member of the plate with
the position.
[0854] When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the placing the
plate may include radiographically aligning a member of the plate
with a surgical neck at a base of a head of the proximal humerus
bone.
[0855] The method may include releasably anchoring the plate to the
bone.
[0856] The method may include driving a fixation element through a
hole defined by the plate and into the bone interior.
[0857] The hole may be one of a plurality of holes. The method may
include providing a plurality of fixation elements. The method may
include guiding each of the fixation elements through one of the
plurality of holes and into the bone interior.
[0858] The hole may be a first hole. The fixation element may be a
first fixation element. The method may include providing a second
fixation element. The method may include guiding the first fixation
element through the first hole and into the bone interior. The
method may include guiding the second fixation element through a
second hole and into the bone interior. The first hole may be
spaced apart from the second hole. The guiding may include guiding
the first fixation element and the second fixation element into the
bone interior along convergent paths. The guiding may include
guiding the first fixation element and the second fixation element
into the bone interior along divergent paths.
[0859] The expanded implant may occupy an area in the bone
interior. The guiding the fixation elements may provide clearance
for the area. The expanded implant may occupy a region that is not
intersected by the fixation elements.
[0860] In the embodiments where the bone is a proximal humerus
bone, the method may include driving a target wire through a
targeting hole defined by the plate and toward a center of an
interior of a head of the proximal humerus bone. The method may
include positioning a tip of the target wire in the center of the
interior of the head. The method may include driving a target wire
through a positioning hole defined by the plate and tangent to a
top of a greater tuberosity.
[0861] In the embodiments where the bone is a proximal humerus
bone, the placing the plate may include positioning a targeting
defined by the plate to point in a direction that intersects with a
center region on a head of the proximal humerus bone.
[0862] The method may include driving a target wire through a
target hole defined by the plate.
[0863] The providing the access hole may include advancing a
fixation element through a location on the bone surface defined by
the plate opening and toward a space in the bone that was
penetrated by a tip of the target wire.
[0864] The providing the access hole may include selecting a
location on the bone adjacent a demarcation point included on the
plate. The location on the bone may be defined by the plate
opening. The providing the access hole may include advancing a
fixation element through the selected location toward a space in
the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire.
[0865] The providing the access hole may include selecting a
demarcation point included on the plate from a plurality of
demarcation points. Each demarcation point may correspond to an
implant of a corresponding length. The providing the access hole
may include advancing a fixation element through a location on the
bone adjacent the selected demarcation point and toward a space in
the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. The
location on the bone may be defined by the plate opening. The
implant may have a length equal to a length of an implant
corresponding to the selected demarcation point.
[0866] The providing the access hole may include coupling a
targeting apparatus to the target wire. The providing the access
hole may include guiding a pointer included in the targeting
apparatus onto a location the bone surface. The location on the
bone surface may be defined by the plate opening. The providing the
access hole may include advancing a fixation element through the
location and toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a
tip of the target wire.
[0867] The providing the access hole may include coupling a
targeting apparatus to the target wire. The providing the access
hole may include guiding a pointer included in the targeting
apparatus onto a location on the bone surface. The location on the
bone surface may be defined by the plate opening. The providing the
access hole may include identifying an angle relative to the bone
surface at which the pointer abuts the bone surface and extends
away from the bone surface. The providing the access hole may
include advancing a fixation element through the location, at the
identified angle, and toward a space in the bone that was
penetrated by a tip of the target wire.
[0868] The providing the access hole may include removing a
fixation element extending through the bone surface, wherein a tip
of the fixation element is positioned adjacent a tip of the target
wire. The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill
through an opening on the bone surface initiated by the fixation
element and advancing the drill towards the tip of the target wire.
The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill through
an opening on the bone surface initiated by the fixation element
and advancing the drill towards the target site.
[0869] The providing the access hole may include inserting a
cannulated drill over a fixation element, wherein a tip of the
fixation element is positioned adjacent a tip of the target wire.
The providing the access hole may include advancing the drill along
the fixation element and towards an end of the fixation element
positioned adjacent the target site. The providing the access hole
may include advancing the drill along the fixation element and
towards the target site.
[0870] The method may include providing a cavity in the bone
interior. The cavity may extend away from the access hole. The
implant may be inserted through the access hole and into the
cavity.
[0871] The providing the cavity may include inserting a cavity
preparation device through the access hole. The providing the
cavity may include expanding the cavity preparation device. The
providing the cavity may include rotating the cavity preparation
device to cut material in the bone interior.
[0872] The method may include radially expanding the implant in the
cavity.
[0873] The method may include decoupling a first handle from an
implant shaft. The method may include coupling a second handle to
the implant shaft. The method may include rotating the implant
within the cavity. The rotating may be driven by rotation of the
second handle.
[0874] The method may include removing the plate from the surface
of the bone. After removing the plate from the surface of the bone,
the method may include anchoring the implant to the bone.
[0875] The method may include anchoring the plate to the bone and
the implant.
[0876] The anchoring may include coupling an anchoring jig onto a
shaft of the implant. The anchoring may include guiding a screw
through the plate, through the bone surface and into a tail of the
implant.
[0877] The anchoring may include driving a screw through the plate
and into a head of the implant. The anchoring may include driving a
screw through the plate and into a tail of the implant. The
anchoring may include driving a screw through the plate and into
the bone interior.
[0878] The anchoring may include providing a plurality of screws.
The anchoring may include driving each of the plurality of screws
through a threaded hole defined by the plate. Each of the screws
may engage a head of the implant.
[0879] The anchoring jig may be a first anchoring jig. The
anchoring may include decoupling the first anchoring jig from the
shaft. The anchoring may include coupling a second anchoring jig
onto the shaft. The anchoring may include guiding a plurality of
fixation elements through a space defined by the second anchoring
jig and into a head of the implant. The method may include driving
cannulated screws over the fixation elements and into the head of
the implant. The method may include decoupling the shaft from the
tail of the implant.
[0880] The method may include sliding a washer onto a head of one
of the cannulated screws. The method may include bending an eyelit
of the washer to conform with the surface contour of the bone. The
method may include suturing soft tissue to the eyelit of the
washer.
[0881] When the plate is a first plate, the method may include
sliding a tube over a shaft attached to a tail of the implant until
a second plate abuts the bone surface. The tube may extend away
from the second plate at an oblique angle relative to a bottom
surface of the second plate. When the second plate abuts the bone
surface, the tube may be coaxially mounted on a tail of the implant
and positioned in the bone interior. The method may include
anchoring the second plate to the first plate.
[0882] When the plate is a first plate, the method may include
sliding a tube over a shaft attached to a tail of the implant until
a second plate abuts a recess defined by the second plate. The tube
may extend away from the second plate at an oblique angle relative
to a bottom surface of the second plate. When the second plate
abuts the recess surface, the tube may be coaxially mounted on a
tail of the implant. When the second plate abuts the recess
surface, the second plate may be positioned in the bone interior.
The method may also include anchoring the second plate to the first
plate.
[0883] When the plate is a first plate, the method may include
positioning a second plate in a recess defined by the first plate
so that a shaft of the implant extends through an opening defined
by the second plate. The method may include anchoring the second
plate to the first plate.
[0884] The method may include placing a jig on the plate. The
placing the jig may include positioning a portion of a bottom
surface of the jig on a top surface of the plate.
[0885] The method may include coupling the jig to the plate.
[0886] The method may include driving a target wire through a
targeting hole defined by the jig.
[0887] The method may include driving a fixation element through a
positioning hole defined by the jig.
[0888] The method may include providing a plurality of fixation
elements. The method may include driving each of the plurality of
fixation elements through a hole defined by the jig.
[0889] The method may include providing a bushing. The method may
include coupling the bushing to a threaded screw hole defined by
the jig. The method may include advancing a screw through the
bushing and into an implant head.
[0890] The method may include removing jig from the plate prior to
closing an incision.
[0891] The jig may be a first jig. The method may include placing a
second jig on the plate. The second jig may include a guide. The
guide may extend away from the plate opening. The providing the
access hole may include inserting a drill through the guide. The
inserting the implant through the access hole may include the
implant through the guide. The method may include removing the
first jig and the second jig from the plate prior to closing the
incision.
[0892] The method may include removably coupling a jig to the
plate. The jig may include a guide extending away from the bone
surface and extending away from the plate opening. The providing
the access hole may include inserting a drill through the guide.
The inserting the implant through the access hole may include
inserting the implant through the guide. The method may include
removing the jig from the plate prior to closing the incision. The
method may include removing the jig from the plate prior to
anchoring the plate to the bone.
[0893] The method may include anchoring the plate to the implant.
The anchoring may include driving a screw through a hole defined by
the jig, through a hole defined by the plate, and into the
implant.
[0894] The providing the access hole may include inserting an
insert into the guide. The providing the access hole may include
inserting a drill through the insert. The providing the access hole
may include drilling the access hole through the bone surface. A
central axis of the insert may not be parallel to a central axis of
the guide. A central axis of the insert may be parallel to a
central axis of the guide.
[0895] The providing the access hole may include inserting an
insert into the guide. The providing the access hole may include
inserting a drill through the insert. The providing the access hole
may include drilling the access hole through the bone surface.
Inserting the insert into the guide may dispose a central axis of
the insert parallel to a central axis of the guide. Inserting the
insert into the guide may dispose a central axis of the insert
oblique to a central axis of the guide.
[0896] The method may include inserting a cavity preparation device
through the guide and the access hole and into the bone interior.
The method may include preparing a cavity in the bone interior. The
method may include inserting an implant through the guide and into
the cavity. The method may include radially expanding the implant
in the cavity to form a mesh cage.
[0897] The method may include inserting a cavity preparation device
through the insert and the access hole and into the bone interior.
The method may include preparing a cavity in the bone interior. The
method may include inserting an implant through the insert and the
access hole into the cavity. The method may include radially
expanding the implant in the cavity to form a mesh cage.
[0898] The method may include driving a fixation element through a
hole defined by the jig and into the bone interior. The hole may be
one of a plurality of holes. The method may include providing a
plurality of fixation elements. The method may include guiding each
of the fixation elements through one of the plurality of holes
defined by the jig and into the bone interior. The expanded implant
may occupy a volume in the bone interior. The guiding the fixation
elements may provide clearance for the volume. The expanded implant
may occupy a region that is not intersected by the fixation
elements.
[0899] When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the method may
include driving a target wire through a target hole defined by the
jig and toward a center of an interior of a head of the proximal
humerus bone. The method may include positioning a tip of the
target wire in the center of the interior of the head. When the
bone is a proximal humerus bone, the method may include driving a
target wire through a positioning hole defined by the jig and
tangent to a top of a greater tuberosity.
[0900] When the bone is proximal humerus bone, the placing the
plate may include positioning a target hole defined by the plate to
define a direction that intersects with a center region on a head
of the proximal humerus bone.
[0901] The method may include driving a target wire through a
target hole defined by the jig.
[0902] The plate may include a guide. Providing the access hole may
include advancing a fixation element through the guide toward a
space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target
wire.
[0903] The method may include providing a cavity in the bone
interior. The cavity may extend away from the access hole. The
implant may be inserted through the guide, through the access hole
and into the cavity. The providing the cavity may include advancing
a cannulated drill over the fixation element, through the guide and
to the target site. The providing the cavity may include inserting
a cavity preparation device through the access hole. The providing
the cavity may include expanding the cavity preparation device. The
providing the cavity may include rotating the cavity preparation
device to cut material in the bone interior.
[0904] The method may include inserting an implant through guide
and through the access hole. The method may include advancing an
end of the implant to the target site. The method may include
radially expanding the implant in the cavity.
[0905] The method may include decoupling a first handle from an
implant shaft. The method may include coupling a second handle to
the implant shaft. The method may include rotating the implant
within the cavity. The rotation may be driven by rotation of the
second handle.
[0906] The method may include removing the plate and the jig from
the surface of the bone. The method may include anchoring the
implant to the bone after removing the plate and the jig from the
surface of the bone.
[0907] The method may include coupling a nested bushing to a
threaded screw hole defined by jig. The method may include driving
a fixation element through a first hole defined by the nested
bushing. The method may include removing a first portion of the
nested bushing. The method may include driving a cannulated drill
over the fixation element and through a second hole defined by the
nested bushing. The method may include removing the cannulated
drill and a second portion of the nested bushing. The method may
include driving a cannulated screw over the fixation element and
through a third hole defined by the nested bushing. The method may
include advancing the screw into the bone interior and into a head
of the implant such that the screw anchors the implant to the plate
and a head of the screw is engaged with the plate.
[0908] The anchoring may include driving a screw through the jig
and plate into a head of the implant. The anchoring may include
driving a screw through the jig and plate and into a tail of the
implant. The anchoring may include driving a screw through the jig
and plate and into the bone interior.
[0909] The anchoring may include providing a plurality of screws.
The anchoring may include driving each of the plurality of screws
through a threaded hole defined by the jig. Each of the screws may
engage the plate and a head of the implant.
[0910] The method may include sliding a washer onto a head of one
of the cannulated screws. The method may include bending an eyelit
of the washer to conform with the surface contour of the bone. The
method may include suturing soft tissue to the eyelit of the
washer.
[0911] The method may include decoupling an implant shaft from an
implant tail.
[0912] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having a
bone surface and a bone interior.
[0913] The method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a
bone interior may include making an incision in soft tissue
covering the bone surface. The method may include placing a jig in
direct contact with the bone surface. A bottom surface of the jig
may complement the surface contour.
[0914] The jig may include a jig opening. The jig may include a
guide extending away from the jig opening. The method may include
driving a fixation element through a hole defined by the jig and
into the bone interior. The method may include preparing an access
hole on the surface. An access position for preparing the access
hole may be defined by the jig opening.
[0915] The method may include inserting an implant through the
guide, through the access hole and into the bone interior. The
method may include radially expanding the implant to form a mesh
cage. The method may include removing the jig from the bone surface
prior to closing the incision. The method may include closing the
incision.
[0916] The placing the jig may include aligning the bottom surface
of the jig with the surface contour. The placing the jig may
include complementarily seating the bottom surface of the jig with
the surface contour.
[0917] The method may include inserting a drill through the guide
to provide the access hole. The method may include inserting a
cavity preparation device through the access hole. The method may
include preparing a cavity in the bone interior. The method may
include inserting the implant through the access hole and into the
cavity.
[0918] After removing the jig, the method may include anchoring the
implant to the bone. The anchoring may include driving screws
through the jig and into the implant. The driving the screws may
not anchor the jig to the bone.
[0919] After removing the jig from the bone, the method may include
placing the plate onto the bone surface. The placing the plate may
include positioning the plate so that a shaft of the implant
extends through an opening defined by the plate. The placing the
plate may include positioning the plate so that an opening defines
by the plate abuts a tail of the implant.
[0920] The method may include anchoring the plate to the implant.
The method may include decoupling the shaft from the implant prior
to closing the incision.
[0921] After removing the jig from the bone, the method may include
sliding a tube over a shaft attached to a tail of the implant until
the plate abuts the bone surface. The tube may extend away from the
plate at an oblique angle relative to a bottom surface of the
plate. When the plate abuts the bone surface, the tube may be
coaxially mounted on the tail of the implant. When the plate abuts
the bone surface, the tube may be positioned in the bone
interior.
[0922] The method may include anchoring the plate to the implant.
After anchoring the plate to the implant, the method may include
decoupling the shaft from the tail.
[0923] A method for identifying an access position on a bone is
provided. The access position may identify a location on an outer
surface of the bone for drilling a hole in the bone. The hole may
be utilized for delivery of an implant into an implantation region
inside the bone. The method may include positioning a tip of a
fixation element inside the bone. The fixation element may be a
target wire. The method may include sliding a base member over a
length of the fixation element that is operatively external to the
bone.
[0924] The method may include positioning a curved member that is
slidably affixed to the base member. The positioning may include
positioning the curved member such that an end of the curved member
rests on an outside surface of the bone, thereby identifying the
access position.
[0925] The fixation element may be inserted into the bone at an
angle to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The angle may be between
30 degrees and 150 degrees.
[0926] The method may include sliding the curved member within a
sleeve of the base member such that the end of the curved member
moves along a circumference of a circle centered about the tip of
the fixation element. The method may include sliding the curved
member such that the end of the curved member sweeps out an arc of
the circumference in a direction that is substantially proximal to
distal with respect to a longitudinal axis of the bone.
[0927] When the bone is a humerus, the method may include
positioning the tip of the fixation element inside a head of the
humerus. When the bone is a humerus, the method may include
inserting the fixation element into a head of the humerus in a
direction that, with respect to the bone, is lateral to medial.
When the bone is a humerus, the method may include comprising
inserting the tip of the fixation element at a proximal end of a
greater tuberosity of the humerus.
[0928] When the bone is a humerus, the method may include inserting
the tip of the fixation element into a head of the humerus in a
direction that, with respect to the bone, is lateral to medial.
When the bone is a humerus, the may include inserting the tip of a
fixation element into a head of the humerus in a direction that,
with respect to the bone, is anterior to posterior.
[0929] A method for securing an implant positioned inside a bone is
provided. The method may include driving a fixation element from
outside the bone into the bone and into an implant positioned
inside the bone. The method may include sliding a washer onto the
fixation element. The washer may include a central aperture and an
offset aperture.
[0930] The method may include sliding a cannulated bone anchor onto
the fixation element. The method may include driving the cannulated
anchor along the fixation element through the central aperture,
into the bone and into the implant.
[0931] The method may include suturing a muscle, a ligament and/or
a tendon to the washer. The method may include suturing a muscle, a
ligament and/or a tendon by passing, threading or weaving the
suture through one or more offset apertures of the washer.
[0932] The method may include bending the offset aperture of the
washer. After bending the offset aperture, the method may include
suturing a muscle, a ligament and/or a tendon to the washer. After
bending the offset aperture, the method may include passing,
threading or weaving the suture through one or more offset aperture
of the washer.
[0933] The washer may include a plurality of offset apertures. The
method may include passing, threading or weaving a surgical suture
through the plurality of apertures. The method may include tying a
suture to the washer. The washer may include an arcuate shaped
member that defines an arc of an outer perimeter of the offset
aperture. The method may include tying a surgical suture at a
position on the arcuate shaped member.
[0934] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having a
bone surface and a bone interior. The method may include one or
more steps from any other method disclosed herein.
[0935] The method may include making an incision in soft tissue
covering the bone surface. The method may include sliding an
implant delivery base through the incision.
[0936] The method may include seating a bottom surface of the
implant delivery base complementarily against a surface contour.
The bottom surface of the implant delivery base may complement the
surface contour. The bone may define a longitudinal axis and
include the surface contour. The surface contour may extend along
the bone surface between two or more points at different elevations
from the longitudinal axis.
[0937] After placing the implant delivery base on the bone surface,
the method may include seating a reduction device on skin located
around the incision. The seating may include sliding the reduction
device along a post supported by the implant delivery base. The
method may include driving a fixation element through the reduction
device and into the bone. The reduction device may be used to
attain reduction of the bone. The reduction device may be used to
maintain reduction of the bone.
[0938] The method may include implanting an implant through a
channel defined by the implant delivery base and into an interior
of the bone. The method may include expanding the implant to form a
mesh cage. The expanded implant may occupy a volume in the bone
interior. The driving the fixation element through the reduction
device may not transect the volume. The driving the fixation
element through the reduction device may provide clearance for the
expanded implant.
[0939] When the bone is a proximal humerus, the incision may be
made at a deltoid insertion on a lateral aspect of the humerus.
[0940] The method may include driving a first fixation element
through a first hole defined by the implant delivery base and into
a first fragment of the bone. The method may include driving a
second fixation element through a second hole defined by the
implant delivery base and into a second fragment of the bone. The
first fixation element and the second fixation element may not
transect the volume.
[0941] The method may include driving a plurality of fixation
elements through holes defined by the reduction device. Driving the
plurality of fixation elements may provide clearance for the
expanded implant in the bone interior.
[0942] The placing may include placing the bottom surface on the
bone surface at predetermined distance from an anatomical feature
defined by the bone. When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the
anatomical feature may include an articular surface of a greater
tuberosity.
[0943] The method may include identifying a target site within the
bone interior. Identifying the target site may include inserting a
bushing into the channel. Identifying the target site may include
driving a fixation element through the bushing and into the bone
interior. Identifying the target site may include verifying that a
tip of the fixation element is positioned at the target site.
[0944] The method may include removing the implant delivery base
from the bone surface prior to closing the incision.
[0945] The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and
described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having a
bone surface and a bone interior.
[0946] The method may include making an incision in soft tissue
covering the bone surface. The method may include sliding the plate
coupled to an implant delivery base through the incision. The
method may include seating a bottom surface of the plate
complementarily against a surface contour. The bottom surface of
the plate may complement the surface contour. The bone may define a
longitudinal axis. The bone may include the surface contour. The
surface contour may extend along the bone surface between two or
more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis.
[0947] After placing the plate on the bone surface, the method may
include seating a reduction device on skin located around the
incision. The seating may include sliding the reduction device
along a post supported by the implant delivery base. The method may
include driving a fixation element through the reduction device and
into the bone. The method may include driving a fixation element
through the reduction device and into the bone.
[0948] The method may include implanting an implant through a
channel defined by the implant delivery base and into an interior
of the bone. The method may include expanding the implant to form a
mesh cage. The expanded implant may occupy a volume in the bone
interior. The fixation element may not transect the volume. Driving
the fixation element may provide clearance for the expanded implant
in the bone interior.
[0949] When the bone is a proximal humerus, the incision may be
made at a deltoid insertion on a lateral aspect of the humerus.
[0950] The method may include driving a first fixation element
through a first hole defined by the implant delivery base and into
a first fragment of the bone. The method may include driving a
second fixation element through a second hole defined by the
implant delivery base and into a second fragment of the bone. The
first fixation element and the second fixation element may not
transect the volume.
[0951] The method may include driving a plurality of fixation
elements through holes defined by the reduction device. Driving the
plurality of fixation elements may provide clearance for the
expanded implant in the bone interior.
[0952] The placing may include placing the bottom surface on the
bone surface at predetermined distance from an anatomical feature
defined by the bone. When the bone is a proximal humerus, the
anatomical feature may include an articular surface of a greater
tuberosity.
[0953] The method may include identifying a target site. The
identifying may include inserting a bushing into the channel. The
identifying may include driving a fixation element through the
bushing and into the bone interior. The identifying may include
verifying that a tip of the fixation element is positioned in a
predetermined location within the bone interior.
[0954] The method may include anchoring the plate to the bone. The
anchoring may include inserting a bushing into a screw hole defined
by the reduction device. The anchoring may include advancing a
screw through the bushing and into a hole defined by the plate.
[0955] The method may include anchoring the plate to the bone. The
anchoring may include inserting a first bushing into a reduction
device screw hole. The anchoring may include advancing a fixation
element through the first bushing and into the plate screw hole.
The anchoring may include replacing the first bushing with a second
bushing. The anchoring may include advancing a cannulated screw
along the fixation element and into the plate screw hole.
[0956] The method may include decoupling the implant delivery base
from the plate prior to closing the incision.
[0957] The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve,
apparatus for directing a fixation element into a bone. The
apparatus may include a first bushing. The apparatus may include a
second bushing. The second bushing may be configured to nest within
the first bushing. The apparatus may include a third bushing. The
third bushing may be configured to nest within the second
busing.
[0958] The first bushing may include a cannulated longitudinal
segment. The cannulated longitudinal segment may be externally
threaded.
[0959] The second bushing may include a first cannulated
longitudinal segment. The first cannulated longitudinal segment may
have a first external diameter. The second bushing may include a
second cannulated longitudinal segment. The second cannulated
longitudinal segment may have a second external diameter. The
second diameter may be greater than the first diameter.
[0960] The first cannulated longitudinal segment of the second
bushing may be configured to fit within a cannulated longitudinal
segment of the first bushing.
[0961] The second bushing may include a key. The key may be
positioned between the first and second longitudinal segments of
the second bushing. The first bushing may include a key seat. The
key seat may be configured to receive the key when, in operation,
the first cannulated segment of the second bushing is nested within
the longitudinal segment of the first bushing.
[0962] In operation, when the key is seated in the key seat, the
second bushing may be rotational fixed, about its longitudinal
axis, with respect to the first bushing. The key may be hexagonally
shaped. The key may have any suitable geometric shape. The keyseat
may have a geometric shape that corresponds to the geometric shape
of the key.
[0963] The second bushing may include a third cannulated
longitudinal segment. The third cannulated segment may have a third
external diameter. The third external diameter may be greater than
the first or second external diameters.
[0964] The second bushing may include a longitudinal segment. The
longitudinal segment of the second bushing may include a pair of
kerfs. In operation, when a fixation element is inserted into the
second bushing, the pair of kerfs may allow the longitudinal
segment of the second bushing to expand about a central
longitudinal axis of the second bushing. Pressure applied by the
longitudinal segment may provide a friction fit that holds the
fixation element in a position along the longitudinal axis of the
second bushing.
[0965] The first bushing may be cannulated. The first bushing may
have a first internal diameter. The second bushing may be
cannulated. The second bushing may have a second internal diameter.
The third bushing may be cannulated. The third bushing may have a
third internal diameter. The first internal diameter may be greater
than the second internal diameter. The second internal diameter may
be greater than the third internal diameter.
[0966] The first bushing may be configured to receive a fixation
element. The fixation element may be threaded. The fixation element
maybe cannulated. For example, the fixation element may be a
cannulated screw. The internal diameter of the first bush may be
large enough to receive the cannulated screw. The internal diameter
of the first bushing may be sized to direct a screw along a
longitudinal axis defined by the first bushing.
[0967] The first bushing may include an externally threaded
longitudinal segment. The externally threaded longitudinal segment
of the first bushing may be configured to engage an internally
threaded screw hole defined by the plate. The plate may be any
suitable plate described herein. An external diameter of the first
bushing may be sized such that the externally threaded segment of
the first bushing may engage a screw hole defined by plates
described herein.
[0968] The second bushing may be configured to receive a surgical
drill. For example, the internal diameter of the second bushing may
be large enough to receive an 8-millimeter drill. The internal
diameter of the second bushing may be sized to direct a tool along
a longitudinal axis defined by the second bushing. An external
diameter of the second bushing may be sized such that the second
bushing may be nested within the first bushing.
[0969] The third bushing may be configured to receive a fixation
element. For example, an internal diameter of the third bushing may
be sized to receive an unthreaded K-wire. The internal diameter of
the third bushing may be sized to direct the fixation element along
a longitudinal axis defined by the third bushing.
[0970] The third bushing may include a first longitudinal segment.
The third bushing may include a second longitudinal segment. The
third bushing may include a based longitudinal segment. A pair of
kerfs may divide a length of the base longitudinal segment into the
first longitudinal segment and the second longitudinal segment. The
pair of kerfs may allow the first and second longitudinal segments
to expand about a central longitudinal axis of the third bushing.
The central longitudinal axis may be defined by the base
longitudinal segment.
[0971] The first longitudinal segment may include a first
semi-circular cross section. The second longitudinal segment may
include a second semi-circular cross section.
[0972] The first longitudinal segment may define a first
longitudinal axis. The second longitudinal segment may define a
second longitudinal axis. In a first state, the first longitudinal
axis may form a first angle with the central longitudinal axis. In
the first state, the second longitudinal axis may form a second
angle with the central longitudinal axis. The second angle may be
equal or substantially equal to the first angle.
[0973] In a second state, the first longitudinal axis may form a
third angle with the central longitudinal axis. In the second
state, the second longitudinal axis may form a fourth angle with
the central longitudinal axis. The fourth angle may be equal or
substantially equal to the third angle. The third angle may be
greater than the first angle. The fourth angle may be greater than
the second angle.
[0974] The first state may correspond to state, when in operation,
the third bushing is not nested within the second bushing. The
second state corresponds to when the third bushing is nested within
the second bushing. When the third bushing is not nested within the
second bushing, the first and second longitudinal segments may be
spaced from the central longitudinal axis by a greater distance
than when the third bushing is nested within the second bushing.
When the third bushing is nested within the second bushing, the
internal diameter of the second bushing may compress the first and
second longitudinal segments of the third bushing about a central
longitudinal axis of the third bushing.
[0975] The first state may correspond to when, in operation, the
third bushing is nested within the second bushing. The second state
may correspond to when, in operation, the third bushing is nested
within the second bushing and the first and second longitudinal
segments are further compressed about the central longitudinal axis
of the third bushing. For example, when the third bushing is nested
within the second bushing the first and second longitudinal
segments of the third bushing may apply outward pressure to the
second bushing. The outward pressure may provide a friction fit
that maintains the third bushing within the second bushing.
Compressing the first and second longitudinal segments may reduce
the pressure applied to the second bushing and allow the third
bushing to be more easily removed from the second bushing.
[0976] Methods for directing a tool from an outside of a bone into
the bone are provided. The tool may include a screw, K-wire, drill
or any other suitable tool. Methods may include positioning a
bushing with respect to the bone. The bushing may be positioned by
threadedly engaging the bushing with the plate. The plate may be
affixed to the bone.
[0977] Methods may include driving a first tool through the bushing
into the bone. The bushing may direct the first tool into the bone
along a longitudinal axis defined by the bushing. The first tool
may be a K-wire. Methods may include separating a first component
from the bushing. The first component may be separable from the
bushing without removing the first tool from the bone.
[0978] Methods may include driving a second tool though the bushing
into the bone. The bushing may direct the second tool into the bone
along a longitudinal axis defined by the bushing. Driving the
second tool through the bushing may expand a diameter of the second
component.
[0979] Methods may include driving the second tool over the first
tool. The second tool may include a drill. The second tool may be a
cannulated drill. The cannulated drill may fit over the first tool.
Methods may include separating a second component from the bushing.
The second component may be separable from the bushing without
removing the first tool from the bone.
[0980] Methods may include driving a third tool through the bushing
into the bone. The bushing may direct the third tool into the bone
along a longitudinal axis defined by the bushing. Methods may
include driving the third tool over the first tool. The third tool
may include a screw. The screw may be a cannulated screw. The
cannulated screw may be driven through the bushing and over the
first tool. Methods may include separating a third component of the
bushing from the plate affixed to the bone.
[0981] Methods may include applying pressure to the first component
before separating the first component from the bushing. The
pressure may compress first and second longitudinal segments of the
first component about a central longitudinal axis of the bushing.
The pressure may decrease a diameter of the first component.
[0982] An exemplary method may include applying the jig to a
surface of the bone. The jig may be applied while maintaining
provisional reduction of the bone. The provisional reduction of the
bone may be maintained manually. The provisional reduction may be
maintained with fixation elements. A fixation element may pass
through a positioning hole of the jig. The fixation element passing
through the positioning hole may be used to align the jig with an
anatomical landmark of the bone.
[0983] When the bone is a proximal humerus, a fixation element
passing through the positioning hole may be used to position the
jig with a top of a greater tuberosity. A fixation element may be
used to position an anterior jig leg over a bicipital groove. The
jig may include a transverse member and a longitudinal member
extending away from the transverse member. Positioning the jig
relative to the top of the greater tuberosity and/or the bicipital
groove may position a center of the jig frame on the bone just
lateral to an insertion of the pectoralis major tendon.
[0984] The method may include driving fixation elements through
fixation element holes defined by the jig and into the humeral
head. The method may include driving one or more temporary screws
through screw holes defined by the jig and into the humeral head. A
temporary screw may be non-locking. A temporary screw may have a
length longer than a screw. A temporary screw may have a length
longer than a locking screw. A temporary screw may be used to
capture a bone fragment. A temporary screw may be used to apply a
force to the captured bone fragment. A temporary screw may be used
to stabilize a bone or a bone fragment. A temporary screw may be
removed from the bone surface and replaced with a screw. A
temporary screw may be replaced with a locking screw.
[0985] Proper alignment of the humeral head to the humeral shaft
may be confirmed by a practitioner using fluoroscopy or any other
suitable method. Fixation elements may be placed through the jig
and into a humeral shaft. When proper alignment is confirmed, any
fixation element external to the jig may be removed to avoid
interfering with the preparation of bone interior for of the
implant. A target wire may be inserted through the jig. A tip of
the target wire may be advanced 3-5 mm from the articular surface
of the humeral head. When proper placement of the tip of the target
wire is confirmed, preparation of an access hole may commence.
EXAMPLE PROCEDURE
[0986] Set up operating room. Provide radiolucent fracture table or
other suitable C-arm/table combination such that anterior/posterior
("AP") and lateral images may be obtained without unnecessary
patient movement or provisional fixation disruption. C-arm may be
left in place during surgery. C-arm may be rotated to obtain AP and
lateral images.
[0987] This example, which may include one or more of activities
I-VII below, or one or more of their listed subactivies, or one or
more activities that are not listed, may employ apparatus and
methods shown in one or more of FIGS. 4-84 and 96-108. This example
is described using the jig. This example may be used with the plate
or a plate and jig combination described herein. [0988] I. FRACTURE
REDUCTION AND PROVISIONAL STABILIZATION [0989] Apply jig while
maintaining provisional reduction manually or with temporary
reduction wires. [0990] Use 0.062 in. K-wire to align jig with top
of greater tuberosity. Position anterior edge of jig adjacent to
biceps tendon groove such that the center of the jig aligns
slightly lateral to the pectoralis major insertion. [0991] Direct
the 0.062'' K-wire toward the center, in lateral view, of the
humeral head. [0992] Insert K-wires or temporary screws through jig
into humeral head. [0993] Radiographically confirm proper alignment
of humeral head to humeral shaft. [0994] Drill with 3 mm
non-cannulated drill and place screw through distal hole in plate
or insert K-wires through jig into humeral shaft. [0995] Remove any
K-wires that may be external to jig that may interfere with site
preparation and implant delivery. [0996] II. PROVIDE ACCESS [0997]
Place a bushing sized to receive a drill and a bushing sized to
receive a K-wire into a guide included in the jig, the K-wire
bushing being nested inside the drill bushing (see, for example,
FIG. 65). [0998] Drive 2.0 or 2.5 mm K-wire through the wire guide
bushing into humeral head. [0999] Radiographically confirm that tip
of K-wire is located centrally within the humeral head (target
site) in AP and lateral views. [1000] Remove wire guide bushing.
[1001] Place 8.0 mm cannulated drill through drill guide bushing
and advance drill slowly with spindle rotating at high speed to
reach target location. [1002] III. SITE PREPARATION [1003] Insert
the fully collapsed cavity preparation device into the drill guide
bushing and advance the instrument to the target location. [1004]
Radiographically confirm site preparation instrument position.
[1005] Rotate the entire site preparation instrument three times.
[1006] Slightly expand the site preparation instrument cutting
flutes by rotating the site preparation instrument expansion knob
clockwise 1/4 turn (one click). [1007] Rotate the entire site
preparation instrument three more times. [1008] Repeat: Expand
flutes by one click and rotate the entire site preparation
instrument three times until tactile or audible feedback is
received and/or until radiography indicates that the cutting flutes
are nearing the cortical wall. The site preparation instrument does
not need to be fully expanded; the implant is effective in a wide
range of diameters. [1009] Collapse the site preparation instrument
by rotating the expansion dial counter-clockwise until it stops.
[1010] Remove site preparation instrument from the access site.
[1011] K-wires that interfere with the instrument may be removed.
[1012] IV. CAGE IMPLANT DELIVERY, ROTATION, AND LOCKING [1013]
Advance implant through drill guide bushing and up to target
location. Deploy implant head by rotating delivery device knob
clockwise. [1014] Attach implant rotation instrument to implant
shaft. [1015] Manually rotate cage multiple times to properly seat
cage. [1016] Confirm that release lever of implant rotation
instrument is aligned with center of jig. [1017] Radiographically
confirm expansion of cage. [1018] Tighten cage-locking screw to
lock cage in expanded state. [1019] V DISTAL TARGETING/IMPLANT
FIXATION [1020] Attach distal targeting apparatus to implant shaft.
[1021] Confirm that cage-locking screw is fully advanced prior to
drilling. [1022] Drill bicortically using 3.0 mm non-cannulated
drill [1023] Measure length for screw using graduations on drill.
[1024] Insert 3.5 mm cannulated screw. [1025] VI. HUMERAL HEAD
SCREWS [1026] Thread a drill guide bushing sized to receive a drill
into a screw hole defined by the jig, the drill guide bushing
including a K-wire bushing nested within an inner lumen of the
drill guide bushing. [1027] Place 0.062'' K-wire through the K-wire
bushing. [1028] Remove K-wire bushing. [1029] Measure length for
screw using depth gauge. [1030] Drill near cortex with 2.9. mm
cannulated drill. [1031] Remove drill guide bushing. [1032] Place
3.5 mm cannulated screw. [1033] VII. PROXIMAL TARGETING/FRAGMENT
FIXATION [1034] Attach apparatus for directing fixation elements to
implant shaft. [1035] Insert 0.62'' K-wires for through the
apparatus for guiding cannulated screws into the implant head.
[1036] Measure for screw length using depth gauge. [1037] Drill
using 2.9 mm cannulated drill over K-wire. [1038] Insert 3.5 mm
cannulated screws over the K-wires and through the cage to secure
fragments. (Stacked suture washers may be used with any fragment
screw for buttress of poor quality bone or attachment of suture.
Two or more washers may be stacked.) Two bicortical screws across
the fracture line may enhance biomechanical integrity. One suture
per eyelet may be provided. [1039] Remove cage delivery tube
utilizing 5/32'' hex driver. [1040] VIII. DISTAL SCREWS AND CLOSURE
[1041] Drill, measure, and insert one or more distal 3.5 mm screws.
[1042] Remove K-wires. [1043] Repair cuff attaching suture to
suture washers and/or suture attachment points on optional plate.
[1044] Close incisions. [1045] Perform post-operative protocols for
surgical treatment of proximal humerus fractures.
[1046] The steps of illustrative methods may be performed in an
order other than the order shown and/or described herein. Some
embodiments may omit steps shown and/or described in connection
with the illustrative methods. Some embodiments may include steps
that are neither shown nor described in connection with the
illustrative methods. Illustrative method steps may be combined.
For example, one illustrative method may include steps shown in
connection with another illustrative method.
[1047] Some embodiments may omit features shown and/or described in
connection with the illustrative apparatus. Some embodiments may
include features that are neither shown nor described in connection
with the illustrative apparatus. Features of illustrative apparatus
may be combined. For example, one illustrative embodiment may
include features shown in connection with another illustrative
embodiment.
[1048] Embodiments may involve some or all of the features of the
illustrative apparatus and/or some or all of the steps of the
illustrative methods.
[1049] The illustrative apparatus and therapeutic scenarios will
now be described now with reference to the accompanying drawings in
the Figures, which form a part hereof. It is to be understood that
other embodiments may be utilized and that structural, functional
and procedural modifications may be made without departing from the
scope and spirit of the present disclosure.
[1050] For the sake of clarity, figures may illustrate therapeutic
treatment of bones without showing fracture lines.
[1051] FIGS. 1 and 2 illustrate steps that may be performed by
using apparatus shown and described herein.
[1052] FIG. 1 shows an illustrative procedure for inserting an
implant in a bone such as bone B. The illustrative procedure shown
in FIG. 1 is shown using a jig and K-wires. The illustrative
procedure may be used with any jig, plate, or jig and plate
combination disclosed herein.
[1053] The illustrative procedure may include one of more of the
steps shown in FIG. 1.
[1054] At steps 100 and 101, a fracture may be reduced and
stabilized by complementarily seating a jig on an anatomical
landmark of bone B. The seating registers the jig holes to define
K-wire trajectories that lead into bone B, but away from a volume
in the interior of B that will be prepared for and occupied by the
implant. The seating registers a target hole defined by the jig to
the target site. A target hole may be registered to a target site
when the target hole points in a direction that transects the
target site. The seating places a large jig opening in position for
reception of the implant. The K-wires position the various bone
fragments (not shown) for later anchoring to the implant.
[1055] At step 102, an implant location may be targeted. A hinged
positioning device is registered, at the proximal end of the jig,
to the target site. A distal limb of the positioning device points
to a location for drilling of an access hole. A K-wire is inserted
toward the target site.
[1056] At step 103, an access site of the implant may be confirmed
using a template (not shown).
[1057] At step 104, a cannulated drill is inserted over the K-wire
to access medullary space.
[1058] At step 105, a cavity for receiving the implant may be
prepared using a cavity preparation device.
[1059] At step 106, the implant may be deployed in the cavity.
[1060] At step 107, the implant may be seated in the cavity by
rotating the implant. A handle may be attached to an implant shaft
to effect the rotation. The implant may be locked in the expanded
state.
[1061] At step 108, apparatus for directing an anchor is attached
to the implant shaft. This registers anchor direction features to
the tail of the implant, in which there is disposed an anchor
receiving feature.
[1062] At step 109, the anchor direction apparatus is replaced by a
guide for directing K-wires. The guide has a channel that parallels
the center line of the implant so that K-wires may be driven toward
the center of the implant at different angles relative to the
shaft.
[1063] At step 110 the implant may be secured to the bone and/or
fractured bone segments using one or more screws, plates and/or
washers.
[1064] FIG. 2 shows an illustrative procedure for inserting an
implant in bone B. The illustrative procedure shown in FIG. 2 is
shown using a plate removably coupled to a jig. The jig may be
positioned on a top face of the plate. The illustrative procedure
may be used with any jig, plate, or jig and plate combination
disclosed herein.
[1065] The illustrative procedure may include one of more of the
steps shown in FIG. 2.
[1066] At step 200, the fracture may be reduced and stabilized by
complementarily seating a jig and a plate on an anatomical landmark
of a bone such as bone B. The seating registers the jig holes to
define K-wire trajectories that lead into bone B, but away from a
volume in the interior of B that will be prepared for and occupied
by the implant. The K-wires are shown is a skewed orientation to
help fasten the jig to the bone. The seating registers a target
hole defined by the jig to the target site. The seating places a
large jig or plate opening in position for reception of the
implant. The K-wires position the various bone fragments (not
shown) for later anchoring to the implant.
[1067] At step 200A, the view has been rotated to show a side view
of the plate under the jig and a slanted guide, registered to the
target site, that will receive instrumentation and the implant.
[1068] At step 201, an implant location may be targeted. Bushings
down-size the guide to fit a K-wire, which is inserted toward the
target site. An access angle for implanting the implant into the
interior may be confirmed using a template (not shown). Confirming
the access angle may include inserting a bushing into a guide
defined by the jig and advancing a K-wire through the guide and
into an interior of the bone. If the access angle is undesirable,
the K-wires may be removed and the guide and plate may be
repositioned on the bone. If the access angle is undesirable, the
bushing may be removed and replaced with an angled bushing. The
angled bushing may have an oblique bore that modifies the access
angle, relative to the guide central axis.
[1069] At step 202, a drill is inserted to access medullary space.
The drill may be inserted over the K-wire. Appropriate bushing may
be provided for the drill.
[1070] At step 203, a cavity for receiving the implant may be
prepared using a cavity preparation device.
[1071] At step 204, the implant may be deployed in the cavity.
[1072] At step 205, the implant may be seated in the cavity by
rotating the implant. A handle may be attached to an implant shaft
to effect the rotation. The implant may be locked in the expanded
state.
[1073] At step 206, apparatus for directing an anchor is attached
to the implant shaft. This registers anchor direction features to
the tail of the implant, in which there is disposed an anchor
receiving feature.
[1074] At step 207A, K-wires may be driven through the implant head
using the guide for directing K-wires. Anchors may be driven
through the plate and the implant head.
[1075] At step 207B the implant may be secured to the bone and/or
fractured bone segments using one or more screws, plates and/or
washers.
[1076] At steps 208, 208A and 208B the implant may be secured to
the bone. The implant may be secured to the bone by driving
cannulated screws over the fixation elements positioned in step 207
and step 207A. Step 208 may also include securing the implant to
the bone and/or fractured bone segments using one or more screws,
plates and/or washers. The implant may be secured to the bone by
driving a screw through the bone and into the implant, driving a
screw through the plate and into the implant and bone and/or
driving a screw through the plate and into the bone.
[1077] FIG. 2A shows bone B from in lateral projection. In FIG. 2A,
bone B is a humerus. A proximal portion of the humerus is
illustrated in FIG. 2A. For the purposes of the application,
"proximal" may refer to a location closer to a patient's core, and
"distal" may refer to a location further away from the patient's
core. A proximal portion of the humerus may be referred to herein
as the proximal humerus.
[1078] The proximal humerus may include greater tuberosity 209,
lesser tuberosity 203, surgical neck 207, head of humerus 205 and
deltoid tuberosity 201. B.sub.L is a longitudinal axis defined by
the proximal humerus.
[1079] FIG. 2B shows a view of the proximal humerus that is
different from the view illustrated in FIG. 2A.
[1080] FIG. 2C shows conceptually device D complementarily seated
against contour C of an anatomical feature or landmark on bone B.
Contour C may have a height z that varies in one or both of
directions x and y. Device D has bottom surface S that complements
contour C. The complementary seating dictates the placement of
device D.
[1081] Gaps G may intervene between bottom surface S and contour C.
S may be complementarily seated against C based on discrete points
of contact P. The discrete points of contact may be spaced apart
from each other.
[1082] Bottom surface S may be coincident with contour C. When
bottom surface S is coincident with contour C, no gaps may
intervene between bottom surface S and contour C.
[1083] FIG. 3 shows illustrative anatomy in connection with which
the apparatus and methods may be used. FIG. 3 shows illustrative
skeleton S. Skeleton S may include illustrative bones Si in which
apparatus and methods in accordance with the principles of the
invention may be used.
[1084] The apparatus and methods may be used in connection with
"hollow" bones. The hollow bones may include cortical tissue. The
hollow bones may include cancellous tissue. Cortical tissue may be
referred to as "tissue." Cancellous tissue may be referred to as
"tissue." Other matter in the interior of a bone may be considered
"tissue." The bone may be considered "tissue."
[1085] The apparatus and methods may be used to create a space
inside a bone. The bone may be any bone Si included in Table 5
below. The space may be a cavity. The tissue may be inside the
bone. The space may be created by breaking up the tissue. The space
may be created by removing the tissue from the bone. The space may
be created as part of a therapeutic procedure. The apparatus and
methods may displace tissue by imparting mechanical energy to the
tissue, for example, through one or more of expanding motion,
rotational motion, axial motion, compressive motion, cutting
motion, and any other suitable motions.
[1086] The apparatus and methods may be used to deploy an implant
in the space created inside the bone. The apparatus and methods may
be used to anchor the implant to the bone. The implant may be any
implant disclosed herein. The implant may be used together with any
plate disclosed herein. The apparatus and methods disclosed herein
may be used in any bone in the body.
[1087] Illustrative bones Si in which apparatus and methods in
accordance with the principles of the invention may be used are
included in Table 5 below. Table 5 may include a partial list of
bones Si.
TABLE-US-00005 TABLE 5 Bones S.sub.i. Reference Bone numeral in
FIG. 3 Distal Radius S.sub.0 Humerus S.sub.1 Proximal Radius and
Ulna (Elbow) S.sub.2 Metacarpals S.sub.3 Clavicle S.sub.4 Ribs
S.sub.5 Vertebrae S.sub.6 Ulna S.sub.7 Hip S.sub.8 Femur S.sub.9
Tibia S.sub.10 Fibula S.sub.11 Metatarsals S.sub.12
[1088] Apparatus and methods described above may be utilized in any
bone Si included in Table 5 above, or any other bone in the human
body.
[1089] Apparatus and methods illustrated in the figures are shown
in reference to a bone `B`. The apparatus and methods described in
respect to bone `B` may be utilized in any bone Si included in
Table 5 above, or any other bone in the human body.
[1090] FIG. 4 shows illustrative jig 400. Illustrative jig 400 may
include transverse member 408, first longitudinal member 401 and
second longitudinal member 403. Transverse member 408, first
longitudinal member 401 and second longitudinal member 403 may
together define opening 421. A plate may be positioned in opening
421.
[1091] Jig 400 may include indicators 419 and indicators 417.
Indicators 417 may register to a first location on the bone surface
for initiating a first access hole. Indicators 419 may register to
a second location on the bone surface for initiating a second
access hole.
[1092] Jig 400 may include a bottom surface (not shown). The bottom
surface may conform to a surface contour of a bone. When the bottom
surface of jig 400 is seated complementarily against the surface
contour, target hole 409 may point in a direction. The direction
may point to a target site. A target site may be a location in the
bone interior where a physician may desire to position an end of an
implant. The end of the implant may be an end of an implant head
distal the physician when the implant is implanted in the bone.
[1093] Jig 400 may include positioning hole 407. When the bottom
surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour,
positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to a greater
tuberosity.
[1094] Jig 400 may include a first bottom surface. The first bottom
surface may extend along at least a portion of a bottom face of
longitudinal member 401 and along at least a portion of a bottom
face of transverse member 408. The first bottom surface may conform
to a surface contour of a first bone, for example a left humerus or
a right humerus. Jig 400 may also include a second bottom surface.
The second bottom surface may extend along at least a portion of a
bottom face of longitudinal member 403 and along at least a portion
of a bottom face of transverse member 408. The second bottom
surface may conform to a surface contour of a second bone, for
example a right humerus or a left humerus.
[1095] Jig 400 may include plurality of holes 413. When the bottom
surface of the jig is seated complementarily against the surface
contour, each of the plurality of holes may point into an interior
of the bone. Each of the plurality of holes may not point not into
a volume occupied by an implant in the interior. The volume may be
a volume occupied by the implant when the implant is positioned at
the target site in the interior and radially expanded to form a
mesh cage. The volume may be referred to alternately herein as an
implantation region.
[1096] Jig 400 may include suture holes 422. Jig 400 may include
cleats 415. Cleats 415 may be used to anchor suture lines to jig
400. A physician may pass a suture through one or more suture holes
422 and then wrap the suture line around cleat 415.
[1097] Jig 400 may include bushings (not shown). The bushings may
be screwed or placed onto holes defined by the jig. Each of the
bushings may be used to guide a fixation element through the jig
and into an interior of a bone.
[1098] FIG. 5 shows illustrative jig 500. Illustrative jig 500 may
include first transverse member 507, second transverse member 505,
first longitudinal member 501 and second longitudinal member 503.
First transverse member 507, second transverse member 505, first
longitudinal member 501 and second longitudinal member 503 may
define hole 509. Hole 509 may be used to access a plate positioned
under jig 500. Hole 509 may provide clearance for driving a screw
into a bone B.
[1099] Second transverse member 505, first longitudinal member 501
and second longitudinal member 503 may surround area 502. A plate
may be positioned in area 502.
[1100] Second transverse member 505 may provide jig 500 with
additional rigidity in comparison with jig 400. Second transverse
member may provide extra support along a bone when jig 500 is
positioned on the bone.
[1101] Jig 500 may include indicators 517, indicators 519 and
indicators 521. Jig 500 may include positioning hole 513. Jig 500
may include target hole 515. Jig 500 may include a plurality of
holes 511. In FIG. 500, bushings 511 are shown to be screwed into
some of the holes 511. Bushings 511 may assist a physician in
guiding a fixation element through jig 500 and into a bone
interior. Jig 500 may include suture holes 523.
[1102] Jig 500 may include a bottom surface (not shown). The bottom
surface may conform to a surface contour of a bone.
[1103] FIG. 6 shows illustrative jig 600. Illustrative jig 600 may
include first transverse member 617, second transverse member 615,
first longitudinal member 611 and second longitudinal member 613.
First transverse member 617, second transverse member 615, first
longitudinal member 611 and second longitudinal member 613 may
together define opening 601. An access hole may be prepared at a
portion of the bone defined by opening 601.
[1104] Jig 600 may include target hole 605 and positioning hole
607. Jig 600 may include a plurality of holes 603.
[1105] Jig 600 may include a bottom surface (not shown). The bottom
surface may conform to a surface contour of a bone.
[1106] FIG. 7 shows illustrative jig 600 positioned on bone B. Bone
B may be a humerus bone. Jig 600 may be positioned on a lateral
aspect of the proximal humerus bone. Bone B may be a fractured bone
having bone fragment 707 and bone fragment 709. Jig 600 may be
positioned over the facture line defined by bone fragment 707 and
bone fragment 709.
[1107] The bottom surface of jig 600 may be seated complementarily
against a surface contour defined by B. When the bottom surface of
jig 600 is seated complementarily against the surface contour, head
703 of jig 600 may be positioned flush with a top of a greater
tuberosity on bone B.
[1108] Fixation elements 703 may be driven through the plurality of
holes defined by jig 600 and into an interior of bone B. FIG. 7
illustrates exemplary trajectories of fixation elements 703. The
exemplary trajectories may facilitate the reduction of the broken
bone segments. The exemplary trajectories may secure broken bone B.
At least one fixation element is shown driven through the fracture,
assisting in securing together both parts of bone B.
[1109] The exemplary trajectories may preserve an open or
unobstructed region in the interior of bone B in which the implant
can be inserted into the bone. Fixation elements 703 may penetrate
the interior of bone B without penetrating volume 705. Volume 705
may be a volume occupied in the interior of the bone by an implant
when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially
expanded to form a mesh cage. Volume 705 may be referred to
alternately as an implantation region.
[1110] FIG. 8 shows illustrative jig 800 positioned on bone B. In
FIG. 8, bone B may be a proximal humerus. Bone B may have a
fractured proximal humeral head. Bone B may include bone segment
805 and bone segment 807.
[1111] Jig 800 may include a bottom surface (not shown)
complementing a surface contour defined by bone B. In FIG. 8, the
bottom surface may be seated complementarily against the surface
contour.
[1112] Jig 800 may include target hole 813. Target wire 809 may be
driven through target hole 813 and into bone B. Tip 811 of target
wire 809 may be positioned at a target site. The target site may be
a location in bone B for implanting an implant.
[1113] Jig 800 may include indicator 803 and indicator 805.
[1114] Jig 800 may define a plurality of holes. In FIG. 8, fixation
elements 807 are shown passing through the plurality of holes and
into an interior of bone B. The plurality of holes may position
fixation elements 807 in the interior but not in volume 801. Volume
801 may be a volume occupied in the interior of the bone by an
implant when the implant is positioned at the target site and
radially expanded to form a mesh cage.
[1115] FIG. 9 shows illustrative jig 900 positioned on bone B. In
FIG. 9, bone B may be a proximal humerus. Bone B may have a
fractured proximal humeral head.
[1116] Jig 900 may include a bottom surface (not shown)
complementing a surface contour defined by bone B. In FIG. 9, the
bottom surface may be seated complementarily against the surface
contour.
[1117] A shape of jig 900 may provide a large supportive surface
area on bone B while providing bone visibility during a surgical
procedure. Driving fixation elements 901 through jig 900 on each
side of the fracture may assist in securing the fracture during the
surgical procedure.
[1118] Jig 900 may include distal leg member 911 and distal leg
member 913. Distal leg member 911 and distal leg member 913 may be
positioned on either side of the proximal humeral shaft to allow
for access to bone B through an access hole without obstructing the
access hole. Indicators 905 may indicate an area on bone B for
initiating a first access hole. Indicators 905 may indicate a
second area on bone B for initiating a second access hole. A
practitioner may initiate an access hole between indicators 903. A
practitioner may initiate an access hole between indicators
905.
[1119] Jig 900 may define a plurality of holes. Jig 900 may define
positioning hole 909 and target hole 907.
[1120] In FIG. 9, fixation elements 901 are shown passing through
the plurality of holes and into the interior of bone B. The
plurality of holes may position fixation elements 901 in the
interior but not in volume 901. Volume 901 may be a volume occupied
in the interior of the bone by an implant when the implant is
positioned at a target site in the interior and radially expanded
to form a mesh cage. The target site may be defined by a target
wire passing through target hole 907 and into bone B.
[1121] FIG. 10 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 1000.
Scenario 1000 shows a targeting apparatus positioned on bone 1025.
Bone 1025 may include one or more features of bone B or any
suitable bone shown in FIG. 3. Therapeutic scenario 1000 may
include positioning the implant inside bone 1025. Bone 1025 defines
longitudinal axis L.sub.B. Bone 1025 may be a humerus or any other
suitable bone shown in FIG. 3. Apparatus 1000 may be used to
identify an access position for inserting the implant into an
implantation region of bone 1025.
[1122] Therapeutic scenario 1000 shows elongated base member 1001.
Therapeutic scenario 1000 shows elongated targeting member 1003.
Therapeutic scenario 1000 shows first swing arm 1005. First swing
arm 1005 is pivotally affixed to base member 1001. First swing arm
1005 is pivotally affixed to base member 1001. First swing arm 1005
may be pivotally affixed to base member 1001 at any suitable
position along a longitudinal axis of base member 1001.
[1123] First swing arm 1005 may include elongated body 1013. First
swing arm 1005 may include clevis 1015. First swing arm 1005 may be
pivotally affixed to base member 1001 by a pin (not shown) that
passes through clevis 1015 and base member 1001.
[1124] Targeting member 1003 may include one or more channels (not
shown). Each channel may have a longitudinal axis. First swing arm
1005 may be pivotally affixed to targeting member 1003 by a pin
that passes through targeting member 1003, trough elongated portion
1013 of first swing arm 1005 and passes perpendicular to the
longitudinal axis of the channel.
[1125] First swing arm 1005 is pivotally affixed to the targeting
member 1003. First swing arm 1005 may be positioned at any suitable
position along a longitudinal axis of targeting member 1003.
[1126] Therapeutic scenario 1000 shows second swing arm 1007.
Second swing arm 1007 may be pivotally affixed to base member 1001.
For example, second swing arm 1007 may be pivotally affixed to base
member 1001 by a pin (not shown) that passes through aperture 1017
in base member 1001. Aperture 1017 may be positioned at any
suitable position along a longitudinal axis of base member
1001.
[1127] Second swing arm 1007 may be pivotally affixed to targeting
member 1003. For example, second swing arm 1007 may be pivotally
affixed to targeting arm 1003 by a pin (not shown) that passes
through aperture 1019 in targeting arm 1003. Aperture 1019 may be a
positioned at any suitable position along a longitudinal axis of
targeting arm 1003.
[1128] Pivotal connections to base member 1001 and targeting member
1003 may position first swing arm 1005 parallel to second swing arm
1007. Pivotal connection to first swing arm 1005 and second swing
arm 1007 may position base member 1001 parallel to targeting member
1003.
[1129] Base member 1001 may define a receptacle (shown in notch,
but not numbered) that is configured to receive fixation element
1023. The receptacle may extend along a longitudinal axis of base
member 1001.
[1130] A tip of fixation element 1023 may be positioned inside bone
1025. The tip of fixation element 1023 when positioned inside bone
1025 may define a proximal end of the implantation region. The tip
of fixation element 1023 may be positioned within bone 1025 using
fluoroscopy or other suitable imaging techniques.
[1131] The receptacle defined by base member 1001 may be configured
to receive fixation element 1023 at a position on fixation element
1023 that is operatively external to bone 1025. Fixation element
1023 may include a K-wire. For example, fixation element 1023 may
be a 0.62'' K-wire.
[1132] When fixation element 1023 is positioned on proximal end of
bone 1025 and fixation element 1023 is positioned inside the
receptacle of base member 1001, first swing arm 1005 and second
swing arm 1007 are configured to allow gravity to pull targeting
member 1003 in a distal direction along axis L.sub.B.
[1133] Base member 1001 may include set screw 1011. Set screw 1011
may be configured to lock base member 1001 to fixation element
1023. Base member 1001 may be locked to fixation element 1023 after
fixation element 1023 is inserted into bone 1025. Fixation element
1023 may be inserted into bone 1025 at a position relative to an
anatomical landmark of bone 1025. For example, when bone 1025 is a
humerus, fixation member 1023 may be positioned relative to a
greater tuberosity of the humerus. Fixation member 1023 may be
positioned relative to a head of the humerus.
[1134] Base member 1001 may be locked to fixation element 1023
after a suitable position of the tip of fixation element 1023 has
been verified using a suitable imaging technique. A suitable
position of the tip may be inside a head of a humerus. A suitable
position of the tip may include a center of the humeral head in a
lateral view.
[1135] When fixation element 1023 is positioned within the
receptacle, targeting member 1003, in operation, moves along a
circumference C.sub.TS of a circle centered at the tip of fixation
element 1023. When base member 1001 is positioned on fixation
member 1023, swing arms 1005 and 1007 allow targeting member 1003
to move along circumference C.sub.TS.
[1136] When targeting member 1003 moves along circumference
C.sub.TS, targeting member 1003 identifies access position 1027 at
an intersection of circumference C.sub.TS and an outer surface bone
1025. Access position 1027 may correspond to a position, on an
outside surface of bone 1025, for drilling an access hole into bone
1025. The access hole may provide access to an interior of bone
1025. The access hole may provide access to the implantation
region.
[1137] The tip of fixation element 1023 and access position 1027
define longitudinal axis L.sub.TS of the implantation region inside
bone 1025.
[1138] Longitudinal axis L.sub.TS defines angle .gamma., with
respect to longitudinal axis L.sub.B of bone 1025. Angle .gamma.
corresponds to an angle at which the implant will be positioned,
relative to axis L.sub.B inside bone 1025.
[1139] Targeting member 1003 may include indicator 1009. Indicator
1009 may be positioned at a proximal end of targeting member 1003.
Indicator 1009 may be configured to indicate access position 1027
on bone 1025 at the intersection of the outer surface of bone 1025
circumference C.sub.TS. A length of the implant may correspond to a
distance from a center of the circle to access position 1027.
[1140] The receptacle defined by base member 1001 may be configured
to position base member 1003 with respect to fixation element 1023
such that, in operation, indicator 1009 is positioned on
circumference C.sub.TS.
[1141] Targeting member 1003 may include a first concave surface
(not shown) that is configured to guide a drill into bone 1025 when
the drill is oriented substantially perpendicular to axis L.sub.B.
Targeting member 1003 may include a second concave surface (not
shown) that is configured to guide a drill into bone 1025 at angle
.gamma.. Indicator 1009 may include the first and second concave
surfaces.
[1142] Therapeutic scenario 1000 shows finger support 1021.
Pressure applied to finger support 1021 may hold indicator 1009 at
access position 1027.
[1143] FIG. 11 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 1100.
Scenario 1100 shows a targeting apparatus positioned on bone 1125.
Bone 1125 may include one or more features of Bone B or any
suitable bone shown in FIG. 3. Apparatus shown in therapeutic
scenario 1100 may be used to identify access position 1113 on an
outer surface of bone 1125. Access position 1113 indicates a
position on bone 1025 for inserting an implant into an implantation
region inside bone 1125.
[1144] Therapeutic scenario 1100 shows base member 1104. Base
member 1104 may include first sleeve 1105. First sleeve 1105 may be
configured to slide over a length of fixation element 1107 that
protrudes from bone 1125.
[1145] Base member 1104 may include second sleeve 1103. Therapeutic
scenario 1100 shows curved member 1101. Curved member 1101 is
slidably mounted in second sleeve 1103.
[1146] Curved member 1101 may indicate access position 1113 when
first sleeve 1105 is positioned over fixation element 1107.
[1147] A tip of fixation element 11107 may be positioned inside
bone 1125. When first sleeve 1105 is positioned over fixation
element 1107, distal flute 1109 of curved member 1101 is positioned
on circumference C.sub.TS of a circle centered at the tip 1114 of
fixation element 1107. Distal flute 1109 is oriented to guide a
drill bit perpendicularly into the bone to initiate a hole. The
angle of the drill bit can then be backed off to establish a
trajectory along L.sub.TS.
[1148] Therapeutic scenario 1100 shows that fixation element 1107
is inserted into bone 1125 in a direction that is
lateral-to-medial.
[1149] A distal end of curved member 1101 may include guide 1110.
Guide 1110, when positioned against an outer surface of bone 1125
at access position 1113, indicates an angular direction, along axis
L.sub.TS, for drilling and for inserting the implant into bone
1125.
[1150] When fixation element 1107 is inserted into sleeve 1105,
curved member 1101 may be configured to identify access position
1113 independent of a distance, along longitudinal axis L.sub.B of
bone 1125.
[1151] When fixation element 1107 is inserted into sleeve 1105,
curved member 1101 may be configured to identify access position
1113 independent of an angle between fixation element 1107 and
longitudinal axis L.sub.TS of the implantation region.
[1152] Fixation element 1107 may be positioned at any suitable
angle to longitudinal axis L.sub.B. For example, a longitudinal
axis of fixation element 1107 may be positioned substantially
perpendicular to L.sub.B. A longitudinal axis of fixation element
1107 may be positioned at an oblique angle to L.sub.B.
[1153] In operation, guide 1110 may define a longitudinal axis
L.sub.TS of the implantation region based on a position of tip 1114
of fixation element 1107 inside the bone 1125.
[1154] Bone 1125 may be a humerus. In operation, guide 1110 may
define a longitudinal axis L.sub.TS of the implantation region that
passes through a head of the humerus.
[1155] FIG. 12 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 1200.
Scenario 1200 shows a targeting apparatus positioned on bone 1202.
Therapeutic scenario 1200 shows apparatus that may have one or more
features in common with apparatus shown in in FIG. 10.
[1156] Base member 1201 may include set screw 1233 for securing
base member 1201 to fixation element 1231. Therapeutic scenario
1200 shows clevis 1205 and clevis 1203 for pivotally affixing swing
arms to base member 1201. Therapeutic scenario 1200 shows targeting
member 1211. Targeting member 1211 may include indicator 1215.
[1157] Indicator 1215 may include concave guide surface 1223. In
operation, when base member 1201 is positioned on fixation element
1231, indicator 1215 may be positioned on an outer surface of bone
1202 and identify an access position (such as access position 1027
shown in FIG. 10).
[1158] Surfaces 1223 and 1225 are the same or similar to surfaces
present on indicator 1009, and indicator 1009 may include such
surfaces. Surface 1223, as used in FIG. 10, can guide a drill that
is aligned with member 1003 perpendicularly into the bone. After a
starter hole is made, the drill bit can be backed off and angled
along L.sub.TS. Surface 1225, as used in FIG. 10, then guides the
drill along L.sub.TS.
[1159] Indicator 1215 may include concave surface 1223. When
indicator 1215 is positioned at the access position, concave
surface 1223 may be used to guide a surgical drill (not shown) into
bone 1202. The scenario may be a scenario in which member 1213 is
not present and does not obstruct the drill. Concave surface 1223
may be configured to orient the surgical drill with respect to an
outer surface of bone 1202 to reduce the likelihood that the
surgical drill will slide off of bone 1202. For example, concave
surface 1223 may be configured to orient the surgical drill
substantially perpendicular to L.sub.B.
[1160] Indicator 1215 may include concave surface 1225. When
indicator 1215 is positioned at an access position, concave surface
1225 is oriented to guide a surgical drill (not shown) into bone
1202 along axis L.sub.TS. Indicator 1215 may include a channel (not
shown) that allows the surgical drill to be rotated, without
removing the drill from bone 1202, from being positioned in concave
surface 1223 to being positioned in concave surface 1225.
[1161] Therapeutic scenario 1200 shows gripper 1221. Gripper 1221
is affixed to targeting member 1211. Gripper 1221 may stabilize
targeting member 1211 on an outside surface of bone 1202. Gripper
1221 may stabilize targeting member 1211 on an outside surface of
bone 1202, when targeting member 1211 contacts the outside surface
of bone 1202. When bone 1202 is a humerus, gripper 1221 may be
configured to stabilize targeting member 1211 on a humeral shaft of
the humerus.
[1162] Gripper 1221 may include first projection 1219. Gripper 1221
may include second projection 1220. First projection 1219 is
substantially parallel to second projection 1220. First projection
1219 is spaced apart from second projection 1220. First projection
1219 may be spaced apart from second projection 1220 by a distance.
The distance may be greater than a width of targeting member 1211.
The distance may be less than or equal to a width of bone 1202.
[1163] Gripper 1221 may be pivotally affixed to targeting member
1211.
[1164] When targeting member 1211 contacts an outside surface of
bone 1202, first projection 1219 and second projection 1220 may be
aligned with a longitudinal axis L.sub.TS of the implantation
region.
[1165] Therapeutic scenario 1200 shows guide channel 1217. Guide
channel 1217 may be pivotally affixed to indicator 1215. Guide
channel 1217 may be pivotally affixed to indicator 1215 by a pin
(not shown) that passes through aperture 1229.
[1166] Guide channel 1217 may include an elongated concave surface.
Guide channel 1217 may be configured such that, in operation, when
targeting member 1211 contacts an outer surface of bone 1202, guide
channel 1217 defines longitudinal axis L.sub.TS. Axis L.sub.TS may
correspond to a longitudinal axis of the implantation region.
[1167] In operation, apparatus shown FIG. 12 may define an access
position (such as access position 1027 shown in FIG. 10) on an
outer surface of bone 1202. At the access position, guide channel
1217 defines longitudinal axis L.sub.TS. Guide channel 1217 may
define axis L.sub.TS at any suitable angle .beta. between L.sub.TS
and fixation element 1231. Apparatus shown in FIG. 12 may be
configured to define any suitable axis L.sub.TS that passes through
a center of a circle centered on a proximal end of bone penetrating
1231 inserted into bone 1202. Guide channel 1217 may guide a drill
or other tool into bone 1202 along axis L.sub.TS.
[1168] Therapeutic scenario 1200 shows angular stopping member
1213. Angular stopping member 1213 may be pivotally affixed to
guide channel 1217. Guide channel 1217 may be pivotally affixed to
angular stopping member 1213 by a pin (not shown) that passes
through aperture 1227. Angular stopping member 1213 is pivotally
affixed to swing arm 1207. Swing arm 1207 is pivotally affixed to
targeting member 1211. Swing arm 1207 may be pivotally affixed to
targeting member 1211 by a pin (not shown) that passes through
aperture 1207.
[1169] Angular stopping member 1213 may be configured to support
guide channel 1217. For example, in operation, when base member
1201 is positioned on fixation element 1231, targeting member 1213
may be configured to contact an outside surface of bone 1202. In
operation, angular stopping member 1213 may be configured to
support guide channel 1217 at an angle between L.sub.B and
L.sub.TS.
[1170] Angular stopping member 1217 may include first slot 1208 and
a second slot (not shown) opposing slot 1208. Swing arm 1207 is
pivotally affixed to angular stopping member 1213 by a pin (not
shown) that passes through swing arm 1207 and rests in the first
and second opposing slots.
[1171] In operation, when targeting member 1213 contacts the outer
surface of bone 1202, movement of the pin in the first and second
opposing slots adjusts an angle of guide channel 1217 relative to
L.sub.B.
[1172] FIG. 13 shows therapeutic scenario 1300. Scenario 1300 shows
a targeting apparatus positioned on bone 1323. The targeting
apparatus may be used to identify an access position on bone 1323.
A hole may be drilled at the access position. An implant may be
deployed into an interior of bone 1323 through the hole drilled at
the access position.
[1173] Target wire 1315 may be inserted into bone 1323. A position
to target wire 1315 inside bone 1323 may be verified using
fluoroscopy or other imaging techniques. A proximal tip of target
wire 1315 may correspond to a proximal end of an implantation
region inside bone 1323.
[1174] Jig 1321 may be placed on an outer surface of bone 1323. Jig
1321 may be positioned on bone 1323 by inserting jig 1321 over a
shaft of target wire 1315. Target wire 1315 may be inserted into
bone 1323 after jig 1321 is positioned on bone 1323.
[1175] Fixation elements 1317 may pass through jig 1321. Fixation
elements 1317 may be inserted into one or more segments of bone
1323. When bone 1323 is fractured, the segments may be defined by
one or more fracture lines.
[1176] A targeting apparatus may be used to identify an access
position on an outer surface of bone 1323. The targeting apparatus
may be configured to determine the access position based on a
position of the proximal tip of target wire 1315. The targeting
apparatus may be configured to determine the access location
independent of an orientation of a shaft of target wire 1315.
[1177] Base member 1301 defines longitudinal axis L.sub.BM. The
targeting apparatus may be configured to determine the access
location independent of an angle between L.sub.BM and L.sub.B.
[1178] A targeting apparatus may include base member 1301. Base
member 1301 may define a receptacle (not shown). Target wire 1315
may fit into the receptacle and allow base member 1310 to slide
over a shaft of target wire 1315. Base member 1301 may be pivotally
affixed to targeting member 1306 by swing arm 1303 and swing arm
1307.
[1179] Targeting member 1306 may include passageway 1309 for
clearance of swing arm 1303. Targeting member 1306 may include
passageway 1311 for clearance of swing arm 1307.
[1180] Swing arms 1303 and 1307 include a plurality of holes. The
holes may be used to pivotally affix swing arm 1303 or 1307 to
targeting member 1306 at locations along axes LSA1 and/or LSA2. The
plurality of holes may allow adjustment of spacing between base
member 1301 and targeting member 1306. Spacing between base member
1301 and targeting member 1306 may be adjusted to account for
differences in patient anatomy.
[1181] Swing arm 1303 may define axis L.sub.SA1. Swing arm 1307 may
define axis L.sub.SA2. Swing arms 1303 and 1307 may be affixed to
base member 1301 and to targeting member 1306 such that L.sub.SA1
is substantially parallel to L.sub.SA2. Positioning LSA1 parallel
to LSA2 may allow indicator 1319 at a proximal end of targeting
member 1306 to move along a circumference of a circle centered at
the proximal tip of target wire 1315.
[1182] Indicator 1319 may identify the access location when
indicator 1319 contacts an outer surface of bone 1323. Indicator
1319 may fit into a groove of jig 1321. At the access position,
indictor 1319 may direct drill 1313 into bone 1323. Indicator 1313
may direct drill 1313 into bone 1323 at an angle with L.sub.B. The
angle may direct drill 1313 toward the proximal end of target wire
1315.
[1183] FIG. 14 shows illustrative jig 1400 positioned on bone B.
Jig 1400 may include a bottom surface (not shown) complementing a
surface contour defined by bone B. In FIG. 14, the bottom surface
may be seated complementarily against the surface contour. When the
bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface
contour, portion 1415 of jig 1400 may be positioned on top of a
greater tuberosity.
[1184] Jig 1400 may include indicator 1401 and indicator 1403.
Indicator 1401 may indicate a position on bone B for initiating a
first access hole. Indicator 14013 may indicate a position on bone
B for initiating a second access hole. A distance between the first
access hole and a target site may correspond to a first implant
length. A distance between the second access hole and the target
site may correspond to a second implant length. A practitioner may
determine an implant length suitable for implanting in bone B. A
practitioner may then determine which set of indicators corresponds
to the selected implant length. The practitioner may then initiate
an access hole between the selected set of indicators.
[1185] Fixation elements 1413 may be driven through jig 1400 and
into bone B. Each of fixation elements 1413 may be driven through
one of a plurality of holes defined by jig 1400.
[1186] Jig 1400 may include a target hole. Target wire 1409 may be
driven through the target hole. Tip 1411 of target wire 1409 may be
located at the target site in bone B.
[1187] FIG. 14 also shows illustrative access drill 1313. Access
drill 1313 may include distal protrusion 1405. In FIG. 14, access
drill 1313 is shown passing through the first access hole and into
an interior of bone B. A practitioner may identify the first access
hole using indicator 1401 on the reduction jig, using an access
locating jig, using direct visualization or using x-ray fluoroscopy
imaging.
[1188] Access drill 1313 may be used to start preparation of the
first access hole. Tip 1407 of access drill 1313 is shown to be
advanced up to the location of tip 1411 of target wire 1409.
Advancing access drill 1313 to the target site may create an
initial path through the bone. This initial path may be used as a
guide channel for subsequent surgical procedures disclosed
herein.
[1189] Access drill 1313 may include indicators 1417.
[1190] A guide and/or a tissue protector (not shown) may be used in
conjunction with the procedure illustrated in FIG. 14.
[1191] FIG. 15 shows illustrative jig 1500 positioned on bone B.
Jig 1500 may include a bottom surface (not shown) complementing a
surface contour defined by bone B. In FIG. 15, the bottom surface
may be seated complementarily against the surface contour.
[1192] Fixation elements 1509 may be driven through holes included
in a plurality of holes defined by jig 1500. Target wire 1507 may
be driven through a target hole defined by jig 1500 and into an
interior of bone B.
[1193] FIG. 15 shows illustrative drill 1501. Drill 1501 may be a
drill larger than access drill 1313. Drill 1501 may be used to
remove cortical bone tissue in an interior of bone B. Drill 1501
may be used to remove cortical bone along the initial path defined
by access drill 1313. Drill 1501 may be used to enlarge the initial
path.
[1194] Drill 1501 may be advanced along the initial path created by
access drill 1313 by drilling over pin 1511 placed in the initial
path. Drill 1501 may be advanced along the initial path created by
access drill 1313 by over drilling over a drill similar to drill
1313 but without distal protrusion 1405. Drill 1501 may be used to
enlarge the initial path and create a path large enough for
deployment of an implant in an unexpanded state.
[1195] Using drills with different widths may reduce the stress
applied to cortical bone in bone B when creating the path.
Additionally, using access drill 1313 prior to drill 1501 may
enable a physician to change a trajectory of an initial path
without compromising the cortical bone.
[1196] A guide and/or a tissue protector (not shown) may be used in
conjunction with the procedure illustrated in FIG. 15.
[1197] FIG. 16 shows illustrative jig 1600 positioned on bone B.
Jig 1600 may include a bottom surface (not shown) complementing a
surface contour defined by bone B. In FIG. 16, the bottom surface
may be seated complementarily against the surface contour.
[1198] Fixation elements 1605 may be driven through holes included
in a plurality of holes defined by jig 1600. Fixation elements 1605
may pass through bushings 1617 coupled to the plurality of
holes.
[1199] Target wire 1609 may be driven through a target hole defined
by jig 1600 and into an interior of bone B. Tip 1607 of target wire
1609 may be positioned at a target site.
[1200] Jig 1600 may include a positioning hole. Fixation element
1613 may be driven through the positioning hole. Tip 1615 of
fixation element 1613 may pass over a top of a greater tuberosity.
Tip 1615 may be inserted so as to not violate a portion of the
greater tuberosity and/or an articular surface of bone B.
[1201] FIG. 16 shows illustrative cavity preparation device 1601.
Cavity preparation device 1601 may include broaching member 1603.
In FIG. 16, broaching member is illustrated in a collapsed
state.
[1202] Cavity preparation device 1601 may have a diameter. The
diameter of cavity preparation device 1601, when preparation device
1601 is unexpanded, may be equal to, lesser than, or slightly
greater than, a diameter of drill 1501. Cavity preparation device
1601 may be inserted through an access hole prepared on the surface
of the bone by access drill 1313 and drill 1501. Cavity preparation
device 1601 may be advanced along the enlarged initial path created
by drill 1501.
[1203] Cavity preparation device 1601 may include one or more
demarcations along a length of the device. Each demarcation may
indicate a length. The length may be a distance between the
demarcation and a tip of the cavity preparation device. Each
demarcation may indicate a size and/or length of an implant. As the
cavity preparation device is being inserted through the access
hole, the demarcation visible next to the location at the surface
of the access site hole on the bone may correlate to a size and/or
length of an implant.
[1204] FIG. 17 shows illustrative cavity preparation device 1601
positioned in bone B. In FIG. 17, broaching member 1603 has been
expanded using a handle (not shown) coupled to an end of cavity
preparation device 1601.
[1205] Broaching member 1603 may be expanded in bone B. Broaching
member 1603 may rotated in bone B. Broaching member 1603 may be
simultaneously expanded and rotated in bone B. Movement of
broaching member 1603 in bone B may form a cavity in bone B.
Movement of broaching member 1603 in bone B may prepare a site in
the interior of bone B for implantation of an implant.
[1206] Broaching member 1603 may create the cavity by displacing
cancellous bone in bone B. Broaching member 1603 may create the
cavity by cutting cancellous bone in the interior of bone B.
[1207] The cavity formed by broaching member may have a volume. The
volume may be substantially equal to a volume of an implant head
when the implant head is expanded to form a mesh cage. A physician
may first select a size of an implant for implanting at the target
site. The physician may then expand the broaching member to create
a cavity having a size substantially equivalent to a size of the
selected implant, when the selected implant is expanded.
[1208] Exemplary methods for preparing a cavity in the interior of
bone B for implantation of an implant may include inserting a fully
collapsed cavity preparation device through an access hole. The
cavity preparation device may be cavity preparation device 1601, a
site preparation instrument, an expandable hand reamer or any other
suitable cavity preparation device. The cavity preparation device
may be manual or automated.
[1209] The cavity preparation device may be advanced through the
access hole and along a channel or path previously created by one
or more wires or drills. If a deviation from the prepared channel
or path is desired, the method may include altering the path of the
cavity preparation instrument from the prepared path to facilitate
preparation of the cavity in a different, desired location.
[1210] The method may include advancing the cavity preparation
device to a tip of a target wire positioned in the bone interior.
The method may include advancing the cavity preparation device
along an access wire. The method may include confirming the
position of the cavity preparation device in the bone interior. The
position may be confirmed fluoroscopically.
[1211] The method may include rotating the cavity preparation
device. The cavity preparation device may be rotated any suitable
number of times, such as once, twice, three times, five times, or
any suitable number of times.
[1212] The method may include expanding a broaching member included
in the cavity preparation device. The broaching member may be
expanded by rotating an expansion knob coupled to an end of the
cavity preparation device. The expansion knob may be rotated
clockwise. The expansion knob may be rotated counterclockwise.
Rotating the expansion knob may expand the broaching member.
Rotating the expansion knob may slightly expand the broaching
member. Rotating the expansion knob a predetermined amount may
result in an audible feedback. For example, rotating the expansion
knob 1/4 of a turn, 1/2 a turn, or a full turn, may give off a
clicking sound.
[1213] The method may include determining a size and/or location of
the radial expansion of the broaching member using x-ray
fluoroscopy imaging.
[1214] The method may include completing preparation of the cavity.
A physician may complete the cavity preparation by turning the
expansion knob a predetermined number of times and rotating the
cavity preparation device a certain number of turns per each
expansion knob click. A physician may use one or more of tactile
feedback, audible feedback and/or fluoroscopy to determine if the
cavity is the proper size. A physician may use one or more of
tactile feedback, audible feedback and/or fluoroscopy to determine
if the broaching member is nearing a cortical wall of the bone.
[1215] The cavity may be prepared when a volume of the cavity has a
diameter that will facilitate the expansion of the implant into the
interior of the bone.
[1216] A broaching member may need to be fully expanded to complete
preparation of a cavity.
[1217] A broaching member may not need to be fully expanded to
complete preparation of a cavity. This may be at least because a
plurality of implants, each implant having a different diameter
when expanded, may be implanted in the bone. Therefore, cavities of
various sizes may be prepared, each cavity being suitable for
implanting an implant having a different expanded diameter.
[1218] A tip of a target wire may remain at a target site during
preparation of the cavity.
[1219] The method may include at least partially retracting the
target wire during cavity preparation. The target wire may be
retracted to enable a physician to fully expand the cavity
preparation device.
[1220] After the cavity has been prepared, the method may include
collapsing the broaching member. The broaching member may be
completely collapsed. The broaching member may be collapsed by
rotating the expansion knob counter-clockwise. The expansion knob
may be rotated fully until it stops.
[1221] The method may include determining the size and location of
the prepared cavity using x-ray fluoroscopy imaging.
[1222] After collapsing the broaching member, the method may
include removing the cavity preparation device from the access
site. The method may include removing any wires that interfere with
the cavity preparation device.
[1223] Some, all or none of the bone cut or morselized by the
broaching member may be removed from cavity.
[1224] The method may include removing cut bone or morselized bone
may from the cavity. The method may also include adding material
into the cavity. Exemplary material that may be added to the cavity
may include bone graft or biological agents to facilitate healing.
This material may be removed from, or added to, the cavity through
a cannula in the cavity preparation device.
[1225] FIG. 18 shows illustrative cavity preparation device 1601
positioned in bone B with broaching member 1603 in an expanded
state. In FIG. 18, cavity preparation device 1601 is positioned in
bone B without a jig fixed to a surface of bone B.
[1226] In some of these embodiments, provisional reduction of bone
B may be performed by the physician without using a jig. In some of
these embodiments, a physician may select a location on the bone
surface for preparing an access hole and/or select an angle for
drilling through the access hole without the assistance of one or
more jigs.
[1227] FIG. 18 shows illustrative handle 1801 coupled to broaching
member 1601. Handle 1801, when rotated in a first direction, may
expanded broaching member 1603. Handle 1801, when rotated in a
second direction opposite the first direction, may collapse
broaching member 1603.
[1228] Handle 1801 may have a hard stop. The hard stop may prevent
a physician from expanding the broaching member more than a
predetermined amount.
[1229] FIG. 19 shows illustrative cavity preparation device 1601
positioned in bone B with broaching member 1603 in an expanded
state.
[1230] FIG. 20 shows illustrative apparatus for delivering an
implant in bone B. Delivering an implant may be referred to
alternately herein as deploying an implant.
[1231] FIG. 20 shows illustrative delivery device 2001.
Illustrative delivery device 2001 may include handle 2003, pin
2007, indentation 2005 and sheath 2009. Implant 2011 may be
positioned in sheath 2009. Rotation of handle 2003 may retract
sheath 2009 into delivery device 2001. Retraction of shaft 2009 may
expose implant 2011. In FIG. 20, sheath 2009 is shown partially
retracted. A portion of a head of implant 2011 has been exposed.
The head of implant 2011 is illustrated in a partially expanded
state.
[1232] A method for delivering an implant may include advancing a
delivery device through an access hole and up to a tip of a target
wire or a target site. When the delivery device is advanced,
implant 2011 may be positioned in sheath 2009. The method may
include deploying the implant. The deploying may include rotating a
knob of the delivery device. Rotation of the knob may retract
sheath 2009. Retraction of sheath 2009 may expose implant 2011. A
head of the implant, when exposed, may self-expand. When the
implant is sufficiently exposed, delivery device 2001 may be
removed from implant 2011. Handle 2003 may include a piston for
retracting sheath 2009.
[1233] Implant 2201 may be deployed in bone B as follows. Implant
2201 may be positioned in a shaft of the delivery device. Implant
2201 may be positioned in the shaft of the delivery device with
head 2211 in an unexpanded state. Implant 2201 may not be rigidly
coupled to the delivery device.
[1234] FIG. 21 shows illustrative apparatus for delivering an
implant in bone B. The illustrative apparatus may include delivery
device 2001 and illustrative reduction jig 2100. In FIG. 21,
illustrative reduction jig 2011 is fixed to bone B by fixation
elements 2103. Portion of a head of implant 2011 has been exposed
by delivery device 2001. The head of implant 2011 is illustrated in
a partially expanded state. Jig 2011 may support to bone B during
the deployment of implant 2011.
[1235] FIG. 22 shows illustrative implant 2201 implanted in bone B.
Illustrative implant 2201 may include implant head 2211, implant
tail 2207, and implant shaft 2203. Implant shaft 2203 may include
keyseat 2205. Keyseat 2205 may be a laser-cut feature at an end of
implant shaft 2203.
[1236] FIG. 22 shows illustrative implant 2201 with implant head
2211 fully expanded. In FIG. 22, a delivery device such as delivery
device 2001 may be used to deploy implant 2201 in bone B.
[1237] Implant tail 2207 may include implant base 2209. Implant
tail 2207 may be coupled to implant base 2209 by a snap fit. The
snap fit may provide rotational and axial locking. In other
embodiments, implant tail 2207 may be welded to implant base 2209,
be of unitary construction with implant base 2209, be of monolithic
construction with implant base 2209, or coupled to implant base
2209 in any other suitable fashion. Implant tail 2207 may include
beveled end 2215. Beveled end 2215 may conform to a surface contour
of a bone when shaft 2203 is removed from implant tail 2207.
[1238] Implant head 2211 may include proximal end 2213. Proximal
end 2213 may be positioned at the target site during deployment of
implant 2201. Proximal end 2213 may be positioned adjacent a tip of
a target wire during deployment of implant 2201.
[1239] FIG. 23 shows illustrative implant 2201 implanted in bone B.
FIG. 23 also shows illustrative jig 2301 fixed to bone B by
fixation elements 2303.
[1240] FIG. 23 shows how fixation elements 2303 driven through jig
2301 and into bone B provide clearance for implant 2211.
[1241] FIG. 24 shows illustrative implant 2201 deployed in bone B.
FIG. 24 also shows illustrative jig 2401 fixed to bone B by
fixation elements 2403.
[1242] FIG. 24 shows how fixation elements 2403 driven through jig
2401 and into bone B provide clearance for implant 2211.
[1243] FIG. 25 shows illustrative rotation handle 2500. Rotation
handle 2500 may be configured to be releasably coupled to an end of
an implant shaft. Rotation handle 2500 may removably couple to one
or more laser cut features located at an end of the implant shaft.
Rotation handle 2500 may include a mechanism for removably coupling
to keyseat 2205.
[1244] Rotation handle 2500 may include an internal spring
mechanism. The internal spring mechanism may include a lever. The
lever may pop into a window to facilitate coupling and decoupling
rotation handle 2500 with an implant shaft.
[1245] When rotation handle 2500 is coupled to an implant shaft,
rotation handle 2500 may allow for axial control of the implant.
When rotation handle 2500 is coupled to an implant shaft, rotation
handle 2500 may allow for rotational control of the implant.
[1246] Rotation handle 2500 may include opening 2511. Opening 2511
may be shaped to receive an end of an implant shaft. Rotation
handle 2500 may include lever 2509. Lever 2509, when lifted, may
decouple an implant shaft from rotation handle 2500.
[1247] A method for rotating an implant in a cavity may include
attaching a rotation handle to a shaft of the implant. The method
may include rotating the implant multiple times. Rotating the
implant may assist in seating the implant in the cavity. Rotating
the implant may further expand the head of the implant. Rotating
the implant may further engage the head of the implant with
surrounding tissue or bone. Rotating the implant may move cut up
cancellous bone into the head of the implant. Rotating the implant
may seat the tail of the implant inside the bone.
[1248] The method may also include ensuring that a release lever of
the rotation handle is aligned with a center of a jig when rotation
is complete. The method may also include confirming expansion of
the implant head fluoroscopically. The method may also include
tightening an implant locking screw to lock the cage in the
expanded state.
[1249] Rotation handle 2500 may be used to move the head of the
implant further into an interior the bone. Rotation handle 2500 may
be used to further advance the head of the implant into the bone.
The head of the implant may be further advanced into the bone to
position the tail fully within a bone, or to ensure that the tail
does not extend away from an outer surface of the bone. Rotation
handle 2500 may be used to move the head of the implant away from
an interior of the bone.
[1250] FIG. 26 shows illustrative jig 2600 fixed to bone B by
fixation elements 2605. FIG. 25 shows illustrative rotation handle
2500 coupled to implant shaft 2601.
[1251] FIG. 27 shows illustrative rotation handle 2500 coupled to
shaft 2701 of an implant.
[1252] FIG. 28 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 2800.
Scenario 2800 shows apparatus for securing tail 2813 of implant
2815 to bone 2827. Scenario 2800 shows a targeting apparatus that
may be used for drilling to anchor receiving features of tail 2813.
The targeting apparatus may also be used to direct anchors through
bone 2827 and through the anchor receiving features of tail
2813.
[1253] The targeting apparatus may include bracket 2801. Bracket
2801 may include end 2805 and end 2803.
[1254] End 2805 may include collar 2807. Collar 2807 receives an
end of implant shaft 2811. An end of implant shaft 2811 is affixed
to tail 2813. Implant shaft 2811 may be inserted concentrically
into collar 2807. Implant shaft 2811 may be tubular. Implant shaft
2811 may be locked to collar 2807. Implant shaft 2811 may be locked
to collar 2807 axially along axis L.sub.TS. Implant shaft 2811 may
be locked to collar 2807 rotationally about axis L.sub.TS.
[1255] End 2803 may include guide tube 2817 and guide tube 2823.
Guide tubes 2817 and 2823 may define longitudinal axes for
positioning surgical tools relative to implant 2815. Guide tubes
2817 and 2823 may be moveable with respect to bracket 2801.
[1256] Guide tubes may include one or more flanges to prevent guide
tubes from separating from bracket 2801. For example, guide tube
2817 may include flanges 2821 and 2819 that may prevent guide tube
2817 from separating from bracket 2801.
[1257] When implant shaft 2811 is engaged with collar 2807, guide
tube 2817 directs drill 2825 through bone 2827 and through a
clearance hole (not shown) in tail 2813. Guide tubes 2817 may
direct an anchor through bone 2817 and through the clearance hole
in tail 2813.
[1258] When an end of implant shaft 2811 is engaged with tail 2813,
and an end of implant shaft 2811 is engaged with collar 2807, guide
tube 2817 may be aligned with a first clearance hole defined by
tail 2813. When an end of implant shaft 2811 is engaged with tail
2813, and an end of implant shaft 2811 is engaged with collar 2807,
guide tube 2823 may be aligned with a second clearance hole defined
by tail 2813.
[1259] Collar 2807 may include a key (not shown) and implant shaft
2811 may include a keyseat (not shown). The key may be configured
to be releasably seated in the keyseat when the implant shaft 2811
is inserted into collar 2807. When the key is seated in the
keyseat, implant shaft 2811 may be locked axially along L.sub.TS.
When the key is seated in the keyseat, implant shaft 2811 may be
locked rotationally about L.sub.TS.
[1260] Collar 2807 may include a keyseat and implant shaft 2811 may
include a key.
[1261] Collar 2807 may include release 2809. Release 2809 may
release the key from the keyseat. Releasing the key from the
keyseat may allow implant shaft 2811 to be disengaged from collar
2807.
[1262] Collar 2807 may include a releasable key and a static key.
For example, collar 2807 may include static key 2829. Static key
2829 may protrude into a cannula defined by collar 2807. Static key
2829 may not be visible on an exterior of collar 2807. Implant
shaft 2811 may include a slot (not shown) that may be configured to
receive static key 2829. Engagement of static key and the slot may
be configured to align a releasable key with the keyseat.
[1263] Seating the key of collar 2807 in the keyseat of implant
shaft 2811 may align one or more of guide tubes 2817 and 2823 with
one or more clearance holes defined by tail 2813.
[1264] Implant shaft 2811 may be configured for use with implants
of different lengths. Implant shaft 2811 may include a first
keyseat and a second keyseat (not shown). Seating the key of collar
2807 in the first keyseat may space collar 2807 a first distance
apart from the proximal end of implant shaft 2811. The first
distance may align guide tube 2817 with a clearance hole defined by
a tail affixed to an implant having a first length.
[1265] Engagement of the second keyseat in implant shaft 2811 with
the key of collar 2807 may space collar 2807 a second distance from
the proximal end of implant shaft 2811. The second distance may
align guide tube 2823 with a clearance hole defined by a tail
affixed to an implant having a second length.
[1266] FIG. 29 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 2900.
Scenario 2900 shows jig 2907 positioned on bone 2827. Jig 2907
positioned on bone 2827 based on positioning jig 2907 relative to
one or more anatomical landmarks on bone 2827. Jig 2907 is secured
to bone 2827 by one or more fixation elements.
[1267] Scenario 2900 shows that bracket 2801 may include passageway
2903. Passageway 2903 holds guide tube 2817. Guide tube 2817 may be
slidable in passageway 2903. Passageway 2903 orients guide tube
2817 relative to bracket 2801. For example, passageway 2903 may
orient guide tube 2817 along a longitudinal axis defined by
passageway 2903.
[1268] Bracket 2801 may include passageway 2901. Passageway 2901
may hold a guide tube, such as guide tube 2823 (shown in FIG. 28).
Guide tube 2823 may be slidable in passageway 2901. Passageway 2903
may be a first passageway and passageway 2901 may be a second
passageway for holding a second guide tube (not shown). Passageways
2901 and 2903 may orient guide tubes relative to collar 2807.
Passageways 2901 and 2903 may orient guide tubes relative to
clearance holes in an implant tail.
[1269] When collar 2807 is engaged with implant shaft 2811, guide
tube 2817 may be slidable in the passageway 2903 between bracket
2801 and bone 2827.
[1270] FIG. 30 shows illustrative apparatus 3000. Apparatus 3000
may have or more features in common with apparatus shown in
scenario 2800 (shown in FIG. 28) and/or scenario 2900 (shown in
FIG. 29). Apparatus 3000 may include bracket 3001. Bracket 3001 may
include end 3005 and end 3007.
[1271] End 3005 may include guide tube 3003. Guide tube 3003 may be
slidable with respect to bracket 3001. Guide tube 3003 may be
slidable along axis L.sub.GT. Gasket 3009 may provide a friction
fit around guide tube 3003. Gasket 3009 may hold a position of
guide tube 3003 relative to bracket 3001. Gasket 3009 may hold a
position of guide tube 3003 along axis L.sub.GT.
[1272] Guide tube 3003 may include flange 3011. Flange 3011 is
positioned at a first end of guide tube 3003. Guide tube 3003 may
include flange 3013. Flange 3013 is positioned at a second end of
guide tube 3003. Flanges 3011 and 3013 may prevent guide tube 3003
from sliding out of bracket 3001.
[1273] Apparatus 3003 may include collar 2807. Collar 2807 defines
longitudinal axis L.sub.C. Bracket 3001 positions axis L.sub.C
relative to axis L.sub.GT. For example, bracket 3001 may position
axis L.sub.C perpendicular to axis L.sub.GT. When a tubular shaft
such as implant shaft 2811 (shown in FIG. 28) is engaged with
collar 2807, axis L.sub.GT may be substantially perpendicular to a
longitudinal axis L.sub.TS (shown in FIG. 28) defined by implant
shaft 2811.
[1274] FIG. 31 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 3100.
Scenario 3100 shows plate 3103 positioned on bone 2827. Scenario
3100 shows jig 2907 complementarily seated on bone 2827. Jig 2907
is secured to bone 2827 by one or more fixation elements 3105.
Fixation elements 3105 may secure plate 3013 between jig 2907 and
bone 2827.
[1275] Scenario 3100 shows jig 2907 and plate 3103 being used in
concert. Plate 3103 may include opening 3102. Implant shaft 2811
passes through opening 3102. Plate 3103 may include hole 3104.
Guide tube 2817 passes through hole 3104. Drill 2825 may pass
through guide tube 2817 and thereby be positioned relative to
implant 2815.
[1276] Scenario 3100 shows implant shaft 2811 engaged with collar
2807. An end of implant shaft 2811 is shown protruding from collar
2811. In scenario 3100, a slot 3107 is visible at the protruding
end of implant shaft 2811.
[1277] FIG. 32 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 3200.
Scenario 3200 shows apparatus for targeting anchors or screws that
engage implant 3219. The apparatus may be used to direct one or
more of fixation elements, such as fixation elements 3213) into
bone 3202 and into implant 3219.
[1278] The apparatus may direct an elongated fixation element from
outside bone 3202 into bone 3202 and into a volume defined by a
head of implant 3219 positioned inside bone 3202.
[1279] Scenario 3200 shows implant shaft 3209. Implant shaft 3209
may include one or more features of implant shaft 2811 shown in
FIG. 28. Implant shaft 3215 may include keyseat 3215. Keyseat 3215
may be configured to receive a key of collar 2807 (shown in FIG.
28).
[1280] Implant shaft 3209 defines longitudinal axis L.sub.TS. An
end of implant shaft 3209 may be configured to engage a tail of
implant 3219. In operation, as shown in scenario 3200, an end of
implant shaft 3209 may be configured to extend outside of bone
3202. Collar 3207 may be configured to slidably engage an end of
implant shaft 3209 that extends outside of bone 3202. Collar 3207
may slide along axis L.sub.TS. Collar 3207 may rotate about axis
L.sub.TS.
[1281] Collar 3207 may be rigidly affixed to neck 3205. Boom 3201
may be rotatably affixed to neck 3205. Boom 3201 may be configured
to rotate about axis L.sub.PB. Boom 3201 may include elongated
passageway 3203. When collar 3207 is slidably engaged with implant
shaft 3209, elongated passageway 3203 is positioned to direct
fixation element 3211 from outside bone 3202, into bone 3202 and
into a volume defined by a head of implant 3219. The volume defined
by the head of implant 3219 may correspond to a volume of an
expandable web of an implant.
[1282] When collar 3207 is slidably engaged with implant shaft
3209, elongated passageway 3203 may be aligned along L.sub.TS. When
elongated passageway 3203 is aligned with axis L.sub.TS, elongated
passageway 203 may direct fixation member 3211 into the volume
defined by the head of implant 3219. When elongated passageway 3203
is aligned along L.sub.TS, elongated passageway 3203 may be
configured to direct fixation member 3211 into the volume defined
by the head of implant 3219 at or near a center longitudinal axis
of implant 3219.
[1283] The center longitudinal axis of implant 3219 may correspond
to L.sub.TS. When elongated passageway 3203 is aligned along
L.sub.TS, elongated passageway 3203 may direct fixation element
3211 into the volume defined by the head of implant 319 such that
fixation element 3211 is deflected by center axis member 3204 of
implant 3219.
[1284] Rotating collar 3207 about axis L.sub.TS may position
elongated passageway 3203 about a perimeter of the head of implant
3219. Pivoting boom 3201 about axis L.sub.PB may allow boom 3201 to
slide over an end of fixation element 3211 that is operationally
external to bone 3202.
[1285] After boom 3201 is removed from fixation element 3211, boom
3201 may be repositioned about axis L.sub.TS. After boom 3201 is
removed from fixation element 3211, cannulated screws may be
drilled over fixation element 3211. Screws drilled over fixation
element 3211 may secure bone 3202 to implant 3219.
[1286] Pivoting boom 3201 about axis L.sub.PB may also allow boom
3201 to be repositioned without being obstructed by the ends of
fixation elements 3213 that are operatively external to bone 3202.
Boom 3201 may be repositioned by rotating collar 3207 about axis
L.sub.TS.
[1287] FIG. 33 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 3300.
Apparatus shown in scenario 3300 may have one or more features of
apparatus shown in scenario 3200.
[1288] Scenario 3300 shows jig 3311 complementarily seated on bone
3302. Jig 3311 may be secured to bone 3302 by one or more of
fixation elements 3313.
[1289] Scenario 3300 shows collar 3306. Collar 3306 may slidably
engage implant shaft 3323. Implant shaft 3323 may engage tail
3321.
[1290] Collar 3306 may include trough 3301. Collar 3306 may include
trough 3305. Kerf 3303 extends between trough 3301 and trough 3305.
Collar 3306 may include a pair of opposing kerfs. Collar 3306 may
include an internal diameter that is less than an outer diameter of
implant shaft 3323. When collar 3306 slidably engages implant shaft
3323, the opposing pair of kerfs may allow implant shaft 3323 to
space trough 3301 apart from trough 3305.
[1291] Spacing trough 3301 apart from trough 3305 may apply
pressure to an outer surface of implant shaft 3323. The pressure
applied by troughs 3301 and 3305 may provide a friction fit that
holds collar 3306 in a position about longitudinal axis
L.sub.TS.
[1292] Scenario 3300 also shows boom 3201. Boom 3201 is pivotable
about pin 3307. Scenario 3300 shows that passageway 3203 of boom
3201 may direct fixation element 3317 into head 3309 of an implant.
Scenario 330 shows that passageway 3203 may receive, and thereby
direct, fixation element 3317 at angle .theta.. Angle .theta.
corresponds to an angle between length L.sub.P of passageway 3203
and fixation element 3317. Length LP may allow a fixation element
to be directed into head 3309 at a range of angles. An illustrative
range may be 5.degree.-175.degree.. At any angle .theta.,
passageway 3203 may direct a fixation element into head 3309 at or
near axis L.sub.TS.
[1293] Scenario 3300 shows anchor 3315. Anchor 3315 may be
cannulated. Anchor 3315 may slide over fixation element 3317.
Fixation element 3317 may guide anchor 3315 into bone 3302 and into
head 3309 at angle .theta.. Surgical washer 3314 may provide a
surface area that is wider than a surface area of a head of anchor
3315. The wider surface area of surgical washer 3314 may spread
pressure applied to bone 3302 when buttressing anchor 3315 against
an outer surface of bone 3302. Surgical washer 3314 may also
provide apertures for attachment of sutures.
[1294] FIG. 34 shows illustrative surgical washer 3400. Surgical
washer 3400 may include central aperture 3401. Central aperture may
be defined by circumference 3407. Surgical washer 3400 may include
offset aperture 3403. Offset aperture 3403 may be a first offset
aperture. Surgical washer 3400 may include second offset aperture
3405. Offset aperture 3403 may be a second offset aperture.
[1295] Offset aperture 3403 is spaced apart from central aperture
3401 at a position with respect to circumference 3407. Offset
aperture 3405 is spaced apart from central aperture 3401 at a
position with respect to circumference 3407.
[1296] Surgical washer 3400 may include solid material 3402 that
joins offset apertures 3405 and 3403 to each other and to central
aperture 3401. FIG. 34 shows that an offset aperture (e.g. offset
aperture 3403) and central aperture 3401 may form a "Figure eight"
shape.
[1297] Offset apertures 3405 may provide eyelets for suturing
tissue. For example, an anchor may be driven through central
aperture 3401. The anchor may secure surgical washer to a bone.
Tissue such as tendon, ligaments and/or muscle in the vicinity of
the bone may be sutured to one or more of offset apertures 3405 and
3403. Sutures may be tied to an arcuate shaped member (e.g. solid
material between inner circumference 3406 and arc 3417) that
defines, at least in part, an outer perimeter of offset aperture
3405.
[1298] Surgical washer 3400 may include outer perimeter 3413. Outer
perimeter 3413 encloses apertures 3401, 3403 and 3405. Outer
perimeter 3413 may define one or more of apertures 3401, 3403 and
3405. Surgical washer 3400 may include solid material 3402 between
arc 3419 of inner offset circumference 3420 (defined by chord 3421)
and a length of outer perimeter 3413 enclosing arc 3419.
[1299] Solid material 3419 may vary in thickness between an arc and
a length of outer perimeter 3413. For example, surgical washer 3400
may include a first thickness of solid material 3402 between arc
3419 and a first length of outer perimeter 3413. Surgical washer
3400 may include a variable thickness of solid material 3402
between arc 3409 (defined by chord 3411) and outer perimeter
3413.
[1300] Outer perimeter 3413 defines height h.sub.g between offset
apertures 3403 and 3405. Surgical washer 3400. A value of height
h.sub.g may determine a movability of length 3417 of outer
perimeter 2413 with respect to inner circumference of 3407 of
central aperture 3401. Movability may allow an offset aperture to
be bent about axis L.sub.W. For a given value of height h.sub.g,
values higher than the given value may result in less movability
than values lower than the given value.
[1301] Movability of a surgical washer may also be determined based
on a shape of space 3423 between offset aperture 3403 and offset
aperture 3405. For example, if solid material reduces space 3423,
offset aperture may be less moveable.
[1302] Bending an offset aperture about axis L.sub.W may allow a
physician to position an offset aperture with respect to tissue.
Bending an offset aperture about axis L.sub.W may allow a physician
to position an offset aperture with respect to tissue for threading
a suture through an offset aperture. Axis L.sub.W may be tangential
to inner circumference 3420 and tangential to inner circumference
3407.
[1303] FIG. 3400 shows that within space 3423, a first length of
outer perimeter 3417 around offset aperture 3405 may be positioned
convexly opposing a second length 3415 of outer perimeter 3413.
FIG. 34 also shows that arc 3409 may be positioned convexly
opposing a length of inner circumference 3406 surrounding offset
aperture 3405. Surgical washer 3400 may include solid material 3402
between convexly opposing arcs.
[1304] FIG. 35 shows illustrative surgical washer 3500. Surgical
washer 3500 may include central aperture 3501. Central aperture
3501 may receive an anchor that presses surgical washer 3500
between a head of the anchor and an outside surface of the bone.
Surgical washer 3500 may spread pressure applied by a head of the
anchor over a surface area of surgical washer 3500.
[1305] An inner circumference 3515 of central aperture 3501 may
define a first plane. An outer perimeter of surgical washer 3500
may define a second plane. The first plane may be spaced apart from
the second plane.
[1306] Surgical washer 3500 may include offset apertures 3503,
3505, 3507, 3509, 3511, and 3513. Outer perimeter 3502 may define
height h.sub.g of washer 3500. Movability of an offset aperture
relative to the central aperture may be determined based on height
h.sub.g. A value of height h.sub.g relative to outer perimeter 3502
may define a space between two offset apertures. For example, outer
perimeter 3502 may define space 3519 between offset apertures 3505
and 3503.
[1307] An offset aperture may be defined by an inner perimeter of
the offset aperture. An inner perimeter may be circular, oblong,
hexagonal or any other suitable shape. For example, offset aperture
3511 is defined by inner perimeter 3517.
[1308] FIG. 36 shows illustrative surgical washer 3600. Surgical
washer 3600 may include central aperture 3601. Surgical washer may
include offset apertures 3603, 3605, 3607, 3609 and 3611 positioned
around central aperture 3601.
[1309] FIG. 36 shows that two adjacent offset apertures may be
spaced apart by groove 3613. Groove 3613 may have height h.sub.g.
Groove 3613 may have width w.sub.g. Movability of an offset
aperture may be determined based on h.sub.g and w.sub.g. For
example, if solid material reduces h.sub.g and/or w.sub.g and
offset aperture may be less moveable.
[1310] FIG. 37 shows illustrative apparatus 3700. Apparatus 3700
may include an illustrative surgical washer positioned on an
anchor. The anchor may include threaded shaft 3701. The anchor may
include head 3705. The anchor may include cannula 3707. Cannula
3707 may allow the anchor to slide over a fixation element.
Threaded shaft 3701 passes through a central aperture of the
surgical washer. The surgical washer also may include offset
aperture 3703. Sutures may be threaded through offset aperture
3703.
[1311] FIG. 38 shows illustrative apparatus 3800. Apparatus 3800
may include surgical washer 3802 abutting head 3815 of anchor 3807.
Surgical washer 3802 may include offset apertures such as offset
aperture 3813. Adjacent offset apertures may be spaced apart from
each other by groove 3801. Groove 3801 is shallower than groove
3613 (shown in FIG. 36). Thus, offset apertures in surgical washer
3600 may be more deformable than offset apertures of surgical
washer 3802. Offset apertures of surgical washer 3802 may not be
bendable.
[1312] Groove 3801 may be defined based on any suitable feature of
surgical washer 3802. For example, groove 3801 may be defined by
one or more arcs. For example, groove 3801 may be defined based on
arc 3809. Arc 3809 may in turn be defined by chord 3811.
[1313] Groove 3801 may be defined based on empty space between two
adjacent and opposing arcs. For example, groove 3801 may be defined
based on empty space between arc 3805 and opposing arc 3804 of an
adjacent offset aperture.
[1314] Surgical washer 3802 may include a mid-section that extends
between a circumference of a central aperture and an outer
perimeter of the washer. The mid-section may be curved. For
example, apparatus 3800 shows a surgical washer that is convex when
positioned abutting head 3815 and viewed from head 3815 looking
down a threaded shaft of anchor 3807. Thus, when washer 3802 is
buttressed (in the orientation shown in FIG. 38) against a bone by
anchor 3807, the curved mid-section spaces head 3815 apart from an
outer surface of the bone. When washer 3802 is buttressed (in the
orientation shown in FIG. 38) against a bone by anchor 3807, the
curved mid-section spaces a rim (not shown) around central aperture
of washer 3802 apart from an outer surface of the bone.
[1315] A curved mid-section may flatten out before the outer
perimeter of the washer. A curved mid-section may flatten out
before the circumference of the central aperture. A flattened-out
region of a mid-section may form a flange for dispersing pressure
applied to a head of an anchor. A flattened-out region of a
mid-section may form a flanged outer skirt that encircles a
surgical washer.
[1316] FIG. 39 shows illustrative apparatus 3900. Apparatus 3900
may include surgical washer 3902 and anchor 3905. Surgical washer
3902 may include a curved mid-section. FIG. 39 shows washer 3902
positioned such that when surgical washer 3902 abuts head 3903 of
anchor 3905 the curved mid-section is concave, when viewed from a
head 3903 looking down a threaded shaft of anchor 3905.
[1317] Surgical washer 3902 may be oriented on anchor 3905 as
surgical washer 3802 is oriented on anchor 3807 (shown in FIG. 38).
Surgical washer 3802 may be oriented on anchor 3807 (shown in FIG.
38) as surgical washer 3902 is oriented on anchor 3905.
[1318] When washer 3902 is buttressed (in the orientation shown in
FIG. 39) against a bone by anchor 3905, the curved mid-section
spaces offset aperture 3901 (and outer perimeter of washer 3902)
apart from an outer surface of the bone. Spacing offset aperture
apart from the outer surface of the bone may allow sutures to be
more easily threaded through the offset aperture than if the
mid-section was planar.
[1319] When washer 3902 is buttressed (in the orientation shown in
FIG. 39) against a bone by anchor 3905, a rim of a central aperture
of washer 3902 may be pressed against an outer surface of the
bone.
[1320] FIG. 40 shows illustrative view 4000 of apparatus 3800
(shown in FIG. 38). FIG. 40 shows that a central aperture of washer
3802 may define first plane 4005. An outer perimeter of washer 3802
may define second plane 4007. A flanged or flattened out region of
a mid-section of washer 3802 may define second plane 4007.
[1321] View 4000 shows that first plane 4005 is spaced apart from
second plane 4007 by distance 4011. In operation, when anchor 3807
buttresses washer 3802 against an outer surface of a bone, distance
4011 may space head 3815 apart from the outer surface of the bone.
First plane 4005 may be substantially parallel to second plane
4007.
[1322] FIG. 41 shows illustrative view 4100 of apparatus 3900
(shown in FIG. 39). FIG. 41 shows that a central aperture of washer
3902 may define first plane 4107. An outer perimeter of washer 3902
may define second plane 4103. A flanged or flattened out region of
a mid-section of washer 3902 may define second plane 4013.
[1323] View 4100 shows that first plane 4107 is spaced apart from
second plane 4103 by distance 4105. In operation, when anchor 3905
buttresses washer 3902 against an outer surface of a bone, distance
4105 may space head 3903 apart from the outer surface of the bone.
First plane 4107 may be substantially parallel to second plane
4103.
[1324] FIG. 42 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 4200. FIG.
42 shows implant 4207 being rotated around implant shaft axis
L.sub.TS. Implant shaft axis L.sub.TS may be an implant central
axis. Implant 4207 may be rotated to seat implant 4207 within bone
4201. Implant 4207 may be rotated to incorporate bone matter into
implant head of implant 4207. Implant 4207 may be rotated by handle
2400. Handle 2400 may be coupled to an end of implant shaft
4203.
[1325] Scenario 4200 shows jig 4211 positioned on bone 4201.
Scenario 4200 shows fixation elements 4213 that releasably couple
jig 4211 to bone 4210. When bone 4201 is fractured, one or more of
fixation elements 4213 may be inserted into segments of bone 4201.
Fixation elements 4213 may be used to position the segments and
provisionally reduce the fracture. Scenario 4200 shows targeting
wire 4215. Jig 4211 may be positioned on bone 4201 based on an
anatomical landmark on bone 4201. Proper positioning of target wire
4215 in bone 4201 may be verified by fluoroscopy or other imaging
techniques.
[1326] Target wire 4215 may be positioned such that a tip of target
wire 4215 positioned in bone 4210 is positioned at a target site.
Target wire 4215 may be positioned such that a tip of target wire
4215 positioned in bone 4210 defines end 4217 of an implantation
region for implant 4207. Implant 4207 may include tail 4205. Tail
4205 may be affixed to implant shaft 4203. Implant shaft 4203 may
be used to manipulate implant 4207 after implant 4207 is deployed
inside bone 4201.
[1327] Implant shaft 4203 may define a longitudinal axis L.sub.TS.
End 4217 of the implantation region may be at intersection of the
proximal end of targeting wire 4215 and longitudinal axis
L.sub.TS.
[1328] FIG. 43 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 4300.
Scenario 4300 shows implant 4311 deployed in an implantation region
of bone 4313. Implant 4311 may include tail 4315. Tail 4315 may
include opposing clearance holes (not shown) for receiving anchor
4309. Anchor 4309 may be positioned in clearance holes by apparatus
3000 (shown in FIG. 30).
[1329] Tail 4315 may be affixed to implant shaft 4307. A beveled
end 4308 of implant shaft 4307 may fit onto or mate with the
beveled end of tail 4315. Beveled end 4308 may include one or more
fingers 4317. A finger such as 4317 may fit onto an indentation in
an outer surface of tail 4315.
[1330] Tail 4315 may include an internally threaded segment
(threads not shown). Implant shaft 4307 may include flange 4319.
Flange 4319 is positioned inside the hollow implant shaft. Flange
4319 may be positioned at a proximal end of a non-beveled segment
of implant shaft 4307.
[1331] Scenario 4300 shows locking screw 4305 inside implant shaft
4307. Locking screw 4305 may include a threaded segment (not shown)
that slides past flange 4319 when locking screw 4305 is inserted
into implant shaft 4307. Locking screw may include a shoulder (not
shown) that abuts flange 4319 when locking screw 4305 is inserted
into implant shaft 4307 and threadedly engages the internally
threaded segment of tail 4315.
[1332] When locking screw 4305 threadedly engages the internally
threaded segment of tail 4315, locking screw 4305 axially locks
implant shaft 4307 to tail 4315. Implant shaft 4307 may include one
or more fingers 4317 protruding from beveled end 4307. Tail 4315
may include one or more indentations that are configured to mate
with one or more fingers 4317. When locking screw 4305 threadedly
engages tail 4315, one or more of fingers 4317 mate with the one or
more indentations of tail 4315. When the one or more fingers 4317
mate with the indentations, implant shaft 4307 may be rotational
fixed with respect to tail 4317.
[1333] Locking screw 4305 may be cannulated. A cannulated locking
screw may allow a driver to be inserted through implant shaft 4307,
through locking screw 4305, through tail 4315 and engage a locking
mechanism of implant 4311. The locking mechanism of implant 4311
may include a screw that locks a shape of implant 4311. Rotating
the locking mechanism inside implant 4311 may collapse implant
4311. Collapsing implant 4311 may allow implant 4311 to be removed
from bone 4313.
[1334] When inserted into implant shaft 4307, head 4303 of driver
4301 may be used to turn locking screw 4305. Driver 4301 may be
used to disengage locking screw from tail 4315. Disengaging locking
screw 4305 from tail 4315 may allow implant shaft 4307 to be
removed from tail 4315. Flange 4319 may prevent locking screw 4305
from falling out of implant shaft 4307 when implant shaft 4307 is
removed from tail 4315.
[1335] FIG. 44 shows illustrative driver 4400. Driver 4400 may be
used to rotate locking screw 4305 when locking screw 4305 is inside
implant shaft 4307. Driver 4400 may include shaft 4301. Driver 4400
may include head 4303. Head may have a hexagonal shape or any other
suitable shape for rotating locking screw 4305 (shown in FIG.
43).
[1336] FIG. 45 shows illustrative implant 4500 implanted in bone B.
In FIG. 45, screws 4509 are shown anchoring implant head 4507 to
bone B. Some of screws 4509 may have washers 4513 coupled to heads
of screws 4509. In FIG. 45, screw 4515 is shown passing through a
first hole in implant tail 4503. Distal screw 4517 is shown passing
through a second hole in implant tail 4503.
[1337] FIG. 45 illustrates possible trajectories of screws and
washers passing through implant 4500. The trajectories may be used
to address fracture patterns. The trajectories may be used to
provide fixation and stability to bone B for facilitating bone
healing.
[1338] FIG. 45 shows illustrative indentation 4502. Indentation
4502 may be configured to mate with a finger 4317 on beveled end
4307 of implant shaft 4307.
[1339] FIG. 46 shows illustrative implant 4600 implanted in bone B.
In FIG. 46, screws 4611 are shown anchoring implant head 4615 to
bone B. Screws 4603 are shown anchoring implant tail 4613 to plate
4601 and to bone B. Screw 4605 is shown anchoring plate 4601 to
bone B. Plate 4601 may provide buttress support to bone B.
[1340] FIG. 47 shows illustrative implant 4700 implanted in bone B.
FIG. 47 shows a plurality of screws anchoring implant head 4721 to
bone B, anchoring both plate 4701 and implant head 4721 to bone B,
anchoring implant tail and plate 4701 to bone B, and anchoring
plate 4701 to bone B. One or more of the screws may include a
washer 4725.
[1341] FIG. 48 shows illustrative plate 4800. Plate 4800 may define
target hole 4811. Plate 4800 may define suture holes 4801. Plate
4800 may define screw holes 4813 and screw holes 4809. Plate 4800
may define slot 4815 and slot 4825. Slot 4815 and slot 4825 may be
sized to engage a head of a screw. A screw advanced through one of
slot 4815 and slot 4825 may be advanced through the plate at a
range of angles relative to a plate longitudinal axis. Slot 4815
and slot 4825 may both be circumscribed by plate 4800. Plate 4800
may define a plurality of holes 4817 sized for receiving fixation
elements.
[1342] Plate 4800 may include one or more slots for receiving
sutures (not shown).
[1343] Plate 4800 may define opening 4827. Opening 4827 may define
indicators 4823 and indicators 4821.
[1344] Plate 4800 may have a bottom surface. The bottom surface may
complement a surface contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour, opening 4827
may define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for
accessing a target site in the bone. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour, target hole
4811 may point to the target site.
[1345] When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against
the surface contour, indicators 4823 may register to a first access
position on the bone for accessing the target site. The first
access position may be an access position for an implant having a
first length. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily
against the surface contour, indicators 4821 may register to a
second access position on the bone for accessing the target site.
The second access position may be an access position for an implant
having a second length. The first length may be different from the
second length.
[1346] When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against
the surface contour and an implant is expanded at the target site,
screw holes 4813 and screw holes 4809 may point to an implant head.
When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the
surface contour and an implant is expanded at the target site, a
screw advanced slot 4825 may engage an implant tail. When the
bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface
contour and an implant is expanded at the target site, a screw
advanced through slot 4815 may engage an implant tail. When the
bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface
contour and an implant is expanded at the target site, a screw
advanced through slot 4815 may engage an implant head.
[1347] Slots 4815 and 4825 may be used for guiding a screw through
plate 4800 and into an implant. Slots 4815 and 4825 may provide a
physician with a range of access angles for driving the screw
through slots 4815 and 4825 and into an implant. One or both of
slots 4815 and 4825 may include one or more ridges. Each ridge may
extend around the slot. One or more ridges may act as a locking
feature for a screw.
[1348] FIG. 49 shows illustrative plate 4900. Plate 4900 may define
suture holes 4901. Plate 4900 may define screw holes 4909, screw
hole 4917 and screw hole 4919. Plate 4900 may define opening 4915.
Plate 4900 may define a plurality of holes 4911 for receiving
fixation elements. Plate 4900 may define target hole 4907. Plate
4900 may include one or more slots for receiving sutures (not
shown).
[1349] Plate 4900 may have a bottom surface complementing a surface
contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, opening 4915 may
define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for
accessing a target site in the bone. When the bone surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour, target hole
4907 may point to the target site.
[1350] Plate 4900 may define slot 4913. Slot 4913 may extend away
from opening 4915. Slot 4913 may be partially circumscribed by
plate 4900. Slot 4913 may include one or more ridges. Each ridge
defined by slot 4813 may extend around slot 4913. The ridges may
act as a locking feature for a screw.
[1351] Slot 4913 may be used for guiding a screw through plate 4900
and into an implant. Slot 4913 may provide a physician with a range
of access angles for driving the screw through slot 4913 and into
an implant.
[1352] FIG. 50 shows illustrative plate 5000. Plate 5000 may define
target hole 5003. Plate 5000 may define screw hole 5001, screw hole
5005, screw hole 5009 and screw hole 5011. Plate 5000 may define a
plurality of holes 5007 for receiving fixation elements. Plate 5000
may define suture holes 5017. Plate 5000 may include one or more
slots for receiving sutures (not shown).
[1353] Plate 5000 may have a bottom surface complementing a surface
contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, opening 5013 may
define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for
accessing a target site in the bone. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour, target hole
5003 may point to the target site.
[1354] Plate 5000 may define slot 5015 extending away from opening
5013. Slot 5015 may be used for guiding a screw through plate 5000
and into an implant. Slot 5015 may provide a physician with a range
of access angles for driving the screw through opening 5015 and
into an implant. Slot 5015 may include one or more ridges. The
ridges may act as a locking feature for a screw.
[1355] The bottom surface of plate 5000 may conform to a surface
contour of a left humerus. A proximal end of the plate (including
screw holes 5005) may be shaped to cover a greater area of a
greater tuberosity of the left humerus compared to plate 4800.
[1356] FIG. 51 shows illustrative apparatus 5100. Illustrative
apparatus 5100 may include first plate 5101 and second plate
5103.
[1357] First plate 5101 may define suture holes 5113. First plate
5101 may include one or more slots for receiving sutures (not
shown). First plate 5101 may define target hole 5117. First plate
5101 may define screw holes 5118 and screw hole 5121. First plate
5101 may define a plurality of holes 5119 for receiving fixation
elements.
[1358] First plate 5101 may define opening 5109. Second plate 5103
may be positioned in opening 5109. Second plate 5103 may be
releasably coupled to first plate 5101 by screw 5105. Second plate
5103 may define opening 5107.
[1359] First plate 5101 may have a bottom surface complementing a
surface contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, opening 5109 may
define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for
accessing a target site in the bone. When an implant is implanted
through the access hole and into the bone, a tail of the implant
may be positioned in opening 5109. When the implant is implanted
into the bone, a tail of the implant may also be positioned in
opening 5107. Plate 5103 may be positioned in opening 5109 after
the implant is implanted into the bone. The positioning may include
positioning an implant shaft in opening 5107 and sliding plate 5103
along the implant shaft and onto plate 5101.
[1360] Each of plates 4800, 4900, and 5100 may define a bottom
surface. The bottom surface of each of the plates may conform to a
surface contour of a right bone and a left bone. The bottom surface
may conform to a surface contour of a right proximal humerus and a
left proximal humerus. Each of plates 4800, 4900, and 5100 may
define a first bottom surface and a second bottom surface. The
first bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of a right
proximal humerus. The second bottom surface may conform to a
surface contour of a left proximal humerus. The first bottom
surface and the second bottom surface may define the same bottom
surface. The first bottom surface may be different from the second
bottom surface. A physician may use plate 4800, plate 4900, or
plate 5100 for providing therapy to either a right humerus or a
left humerus.
[1361] One or more of the screw holes defined by each of plates
4800, 4900, 5000 and 5100 may be threaded. Threaded screw holes may
be shaped to receive screws having threaded heads. Threaded screw
holes may provide a locking construct between the plates and the
screws.
[1362] FIG. 52 shows illustrative plate 5200. Plate 5200 may define
screw hole 5217, slot 5215 and screw hole 5213. Plate 5200 may
include top face 5201. Plate 5200 may include bottom face 5203.
Plate 5200 may define opening 5205. Tube 5209 may extend away from
opening 5205. Tube 5209 may extend away from opening 5205 at an
angle oblique to a longitudinal axis of plate 5200. Tube 5209 may
include groove 5211.
[1363] Tube 5209 may have an inner diameter. Tube 5209 may have an
inner diameter slightly larger than a diameter of an implant
tail.
[1364] After an implant has been implanted in a bone, bottom face
5203 of plate 5200 may be placed on a surface of bone. Placement of
bottom surface 5203 of plate 5200 on a bone may include coaxially
mounting tube 5209 onto an implant tail of the implant. Placement
of plate 5200 on a bone may include sliding plate 5200 along the
implant tail until bottom face 5203 of plate 5200 is seated on a
surface of the bone. Slot 5215 and groove 5211 may facilitate the
coupling of the implant tail to plate 5200 by defining an opening
through which a screw may pass through slot 5215 and groove 5211
and into a bore defined by the implant tail.
[1365] FIG. 53 shows illustrative plate 5300. Plate 5300 may define
screw hole 5315 and screw hole 5313. Plate 5300 may include a top
face 5301. Plate 5300 may include bottom face 5305. Plate 5300 may
define opening 5307. Tube 5309 may extend away from opening 5307.
Tube 5309 may extend away from opening 5307 at an angle oblique to
a longitudinal axis of plate 5300. Tube 5309 may include groove
5311. Groove 5311 may facilitate the coupling of an implant tail to
plate 5300 by providing an opening through which a screw may pass
into a bore defined by an implant tail. A screw passed through
groove 5311 and into an implant tail may couple tube 5309 and plate
5300 to the implant tail.
[1366] FIG. 54 shows illustrative plate 5400. Plate 5400 may define
screw hole 5407 and slot 5405. Plate 5400 may include protrusion
5401. Protrusion 5401 may be internally threaded with threads
5403.
[1367] FIG. 55 shows illustrative apparatus 5500. Illustrative
apparatus 5500 may include plate 5400 and bushing 5501. Bushing
5501 may be externally threaded with threads 5505. Bushing 5501 may
define opening 5503.
[1368] In FIG. 55, bushing 5501 is screwed onto a portion of
threads 5403. Bushing 5501 may be referred to herein as a first
externally threaded tube.
[1369] FIG. 56 shows illustrative apparatus 5600. Illustrative
apparatus 5600 may include plate 5400 and bushing 5601. Bushing
5605 may be referred to herein as a second externally threaded
tube.
[1370] Bushing 5601 may be externally threaded with threads 5603.
Bushing 5601 may define opening 5605.
[1371] A method for preparing a bone for implantation of an implant
may include placing plate 5400 on a surface of the bone. The method
may include anchoring plate 5400 to the bone by driving a screw
through screw hole 5407 and/or slot 5405. The method may include
screwing bushing 5501 into threads 5403. The method may include
inserting a drill through opening 5503 to create an access hole.
The method may include inserting a cavity preparation device
through opening 5503 to prepare a cavity in the bone. The method
may include passing an implant in an unexpanded form through
opening 5503 and into the cavity. The method may include unscrewing
bushing 5501 from plate 5400 after the implant is implanted in the
cavity. The method may include supporting the implant after
implantation. The method may include screwing bushing 5601 into
threads 5403. Screwing bushing 5401 into the inner threaded portion
of plate 5400 may coaxially mount opening 5605 around a tail of the
implant. Bushing 5601 may be placed on an implant shaft of the
implant and slid along the implant shaft towards the bone surface.
The implant shaft may be removed from an implant tail after bushing
5601 is coupled to plate 5400.
[1372] FIG. 57 shows illustrative plate 5700. Plate 5700 may define
screw holes 5709, slot 5707, slot 5703 and slot 5701. Plate 5700
may define opening 5705. When plate 5700 is placed on a bone, an
access hole may be prepared in an area on the bone defined by
opening 5705.
[1373] One of more of slot 5707, slot 5703 and slot 5701 may
include one or more ridges. The ridges may engage a head of a
screw. The ridges may act as a locking feature for a screw.
[1374] Plate 5700 may have a bottom surface complementing a surface
contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, opening 5705 may
define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for
accessing a target site in the bone.
[1375] FIG. 58 shows illustrative plate 5800. Plate 5800 may define
suturing holes 5815. Plate 5800 may define target hole 5811. Plate
5800 may define screw hole 5809, slot 5807 and slot 5801. One or
both of slot 5807 and slot 5801 may include one or more ridges. The
ridges may act as a locking feature for a screw. Plate 5811 may
define holes 5813. Holes 5813 may be internally threaded. Holes
5813 may be internally threaded for receiving a bushing. The
bushing may be sized for receiving a fixation element. Holes 5813
may be sized to receive a fixation element.
[1376] Plate 5800 may define opening 5803. When plate 5800 is
placed on a bone B, an access hole may be prepared in an area of
the bone defined by opening 5803.
[1377] Plate 5800 may have a bottom surface complementing a surface
contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, opening 5803 may
define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for
accessing a target site in the bone.
[1378] FIG. 59 shows illustrative plate 5900. Plate 5900 may define
suture holes 5913. Plate 5900 may include one or more slots for
receiving sutures. Plate 5900 may define screw hole 5911, slot 5907
and slot 5901. One or both of slot 5907 and slot 5901 may include
one or more ridges. The ridges may act as a locking feature for a
screw. Plate 5900 may define opening 5903.
[1379] Screw hole 5911 may be tapered. Slot 5907 may be tapered.
Slot 5901 may be tapered.
[1380] Plate 5900 may have a bottom surface complementing a surface
contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, opening 5903 may
define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for
accessing a target site in the bone. When the bottom surface is
seated complementarily against the surface contour, an access hole
may be prepared in an area of the bone defined by opening 5903. The
access hole may be used to access a target site in the interior of
the bone.
[1381] FIG. 60 shows a bottom view of illustrative jig 6000. Jig
6000 may define slot 6003 sized for receiving a screw. Jig 6000 may
define opening 6001 for accessing a surface of a bone through the
jig. Opening 6001 may be sized to provide clearance for an implant.
Jig may define screw holes 6007. Screw holes 6007 may be used by a
practitioner to guide screws into a head of an expanded implant.
Jig 6000 may define target hole 6015. Jig 6000 may define
positioning hole 6013. Jig 6000 may include slot 6005 sized for
receiving a screw.
[1382] Jig 6000 may include recess 6009. Recess 6009 may be sized
to receive a plate. A plate may be positioned in recess 6009.
[1383] Jig 6000 may have a bottom surface complementing a surface
contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated
complementarily against the surface contour, opening 6001 may
define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for
accessing a target site in the bone.
[1384] FIG. 61 shows a side view of apparatus illustrated in FIG.
60. FIG. 61 shows guide 6101 included in jig 6000. Guide 6101 may
extend away from opening 6001. Guide 6101 may receive one or more
bushings. Exemplary bushings that may be received by guide 6101
include bushings 7015, 7017, 7019 or 7021 (shown in FIG. 70). One
or more devices may be inserted through guide 6101, through opening
6111 and into a bone.
[1385] Guide 6101 may receive a fixation element. Guide 6101 may
receive a drill. Guide 6101 may receive a cavity preparation
device. Guide 6101 may receive an implant. Guide 6101 may receive a
bushing sized to receive a fixation element. Guide 6101 may receive
a bushing sized to receive a drill. Guide 6101 may receive a
bushing sized to receive a cavity preparation device. Guide 6101
may receive a bushing sized to receive an implant.
[1386] Guide 6101 may define central axis G.sub.c. When the bottom
surface is jig 6000 is seated complementarily against the surface
contour, central axis G.sub.c may point towards a target site. When
the bottom surface is jig 6000 is seated complementarily against
the surface contour, central axis G.sub.c may point in a direction
that does not transect the target site.
[1387] Guide 6101 may define guide opening 6103.
[1388] FIG. 62 shows a top view of apparatus illustrated in FIG.
60.
[1389] FIG. 63 shows illustrative jig 6309. Jig 6309 may be
releasably coupled to bone B by distal screw 6313. Distal screw
6313 may have one or more features in common with distal screw 6507
(illustrated in FIG. 65). Fixation elements 6315 may pass through
jig 6309 and into an interior of bone B. Fixation element 6317 may
pass through positioning hole 6319 defined by jig 6309.
[1390] Jig 6309 may define slot 6302. In operation, slot 6302 may
be used by a practitioner to pass a screw into a tail of an
expanded implant (not shown). Each of bushing 6321 and bushing 6322
may be releasably coupled to a screw hole defined by jig 6309. Each
of bushings 6321 may be used to guide a screw through jig 6309 and
into an interior of bone B. When a screw is positioned in bone B, a
bushing used to drive the screw into bone B may be removed.
[1391] Jig 6309 may include guide 6311. Illustrative drill 6301 may
be inserted through guide 6311. Drill 6301 may include demarcations
6307. Tip 6323 of drill 6301 may be advanced to a target site in
bone B. Drill 6301 may be used to prepare an access hole in bone
B.
[1392] FIG. 64 shows a different view of apparatus illustrated in
FIG. 63. In FIG. 64, illustrative plate 6401 is positioned in a
recess defined by jig 6309.
[1393] FIG. 65 shows illustrative jig 6501 seated on bone B.
Fixation elements 6509 pass through holes defined by jig 6501 and
into bone B. Fixation element 6511 passes through a positioning
hole located on jig 6501. A distal end of jig 6501 is releasably
coupled to bone B by distal screw 6507.
[1394] Distal screw 6507 may be a removable screw. Distal screw
6507 may be a non-locking screw. Distal screw 6507 may be inserted
through plate 6502 coupled to a bottom of jig 6501 and into bone B.
Distal screw 6507 may be inserted through plate 6502 and into bone
B during preliminary reduction of bone B. Distal screw 6507 may be
used to stabilize bone B. Distal screw 6507 may be used to position
plate 6502 onto bone B. Distal screw 6507 may be removed from bone
B after reduction is obtained. Distal screw 6507 may be replaced
with a screw such a locking screw after an implant is implanted in
bone B. Distal screw 6507 may have a length longer than a length of
the screw.
[1395] Jig 6501 includes guide 6503. Insert 6515 is shown inserted
into guide 6503. Insert 6517 is nested within a lumen defined by
insert 6515. Insert 6515 may be sized to receive a drill, cavity
preparation device and an implant. Insert 6515 may define a first
insert central axis. The insert central axis may point towards a
target site. Insert 6517 may be sized to receive a fixation
element. Fixation element 6519 is shown passing through insert 6517
and into bone B. Tip 6521 of fixation element 6519 is positioned at
a target site in bone B. Insert 6517 may define a second insert
central axis. The second insert central axis may be coaxial with
the first insert central axis. The second insert central axis may
point to the target site. Insert 6517 may guide a target wire to
the target site. Insert 6515 may guide one or more of a drill,
cavity preparation device and an implant to the target site.
[1396] Screws 6505 are shown passing through jig 6501. Screws 6505
may releasably couple jig 6501 with a plate positioned under jig
6501 (not shown).
[1397] FIG. 66 shows a perspective view of apparatus illustrated in
FIGS. 63 and 64. Distal screw 6313 may have one or more features in
common with distal screw 6507.
[1398] FIG. 67 shows an outline of illustrative implants 6703, 6705
and 6707 positioned in a central location in an interior of bone B.
Bone B may be a humerus bone. A humeral head of bone B may define
central axis B.sub.c.
[1399] In FIG. 67, a proximal end of each of implants 6703, 6705
and 6707 is positioned at target site 6701. Each of implants 6703,
6705 and 6707 has a unique length. Additionally, each of implants
6703, 6705 and 6707 defines a unique central axis. Implant 6707
defines central axis 6709. Implant 6705 defines central axis 6711.
Implant 6703 defines central axis 6713. As shown in FIG. 67, a tail
of each of implants 6703, 6705 and 6707 extends through a surface
of bone B at a unique location. Thus, each implant would
necessitate preparation of an access hole at a different location
on bone B for deployment at target site 6701.
[1400] When a practitioner is selecting a size of an implant for
implanting at target site 6701 in bone B, each sized implant may
require preparation of an access hole at a different location on
bone B.
[1401] FIG. 68 shows an outline of illustrative implants 6803, 6805
and 6807 positioned in an interior of bone B. Bone B may be a
humerus bone. A humeral head of bone B may define a central axis
B.sub.c.
[1402] In FIG. 68, a proximal end of each of implants 6803, 6805
and 6807 is positioned at target site 6801. Each of implants 6803,
6805 and 6807 has a unique length. Additionally, each of implants
6803, 6805 and 6807 defines a unique central axis. Implant 6807
defines central axis 6809. Implant 6805 defines central axis 6811.
Implant 6803 defines central axis 6813. As shown in FIG. 68, a tail
of each of implants 6803, 6805 and 6807 extends through a surface
of bone B at a unique location. Thus, each implant would
necessitate preparation of an access hole at a different location
on bone B for deployment at target site 6801.
[1403] When a practitioner is selecting a size of an implant for
implanting at target site 6801 in bone B, each sized implant may
require preparation of an access hole at a different location on
bone B.
[1404] FIG. 69 shows an outline of illustrative implants 6903, 6905
and 6907 positioned in an interior of bone B. Bone B may be a
humerus bone. A humeral head of bone B may define a central axis
B.sub.c.
[1405] In FIG. 69, a proximal end of each of implants 6903, 6905
and 6907 is positioned at target site 6901. Each of implants 6903,
6905 and 6907 has a unique length. Additionally, each of implants
6903, 6905 and 6907 defines a unique central axis. Implant 6907
defines central axis 6909. Implant 6905 defines central axis 6911.
Implant 6903 defines central axis 6913. As shown in FIG. 69, a tail
of each of implants 6903, 6905 and 6907 extends through a surface
of bone B at a unique location. Thus, each implant would
necessitate preparation of an access hole at a different location
on bone B for deployment at target site 6901.
[1406] When a practitioner is selecting a size of an implant for
implanting at target site 6901 in bone B, each sized implant may
require preparation of an access hole at a different location on
bone B.
[1407] FIG. 70 shows illustrative apparatus including plate 7001
and jig 7003. Plate 7001 may be releasably coupled to a bone (not
shown) by distal screws 7005. Distal screws 7005 may have one or
more features in common with distal screw 6507. Screw 7023 may
releasably couple jig 7003 to plate 7001.
[1408] Jig 7003 may define screw hole 7011. Bushing 7009 may be
screwed onto a screw hole defined by jig 7003. Each of fixation
element 7009 and fixation element 7007 may pass through a first
hole defined by jig 7003, through a second hole defined by plate
7001, and into an interior of a bone (not shown).
[1409] FIG. 70 shows illustrative insert 7015, illustrative insert
7017, illustrative insert 7019 and illustrative insert 7021. An end
of each of the inserts sized to be received by guide 7013 may
define an outer shape. The outer shape may be sized to fit into an
inner surface of guide 7013.
[1410] FIG. 71 shows a cross sectional view of apparatus
illustrated in FIG. 70.
[1411] Insert 7015 may include outer shape 7103 and inner lumen
7101. Insert 7017 may include outer shape 7107 and inner lumen
7105. Insert 7019 may include outer shape 7111 and inner lumen
7109. Insert 7021 may include outer shape 7115 and inner lumen
7113. The inner lumen may have a cylindrical shape.
[1412] Each of the outer shapes may be sized to fit into an inner
surface of guide 7013. A portion of the outer shapes may define a
central axis. The central axis of the outer shapes may be parallel
to a central axis of guide 7013.
[1413] Each lumen may define a lumen central axis. A lumen central
axis defined by each of guides 7015, 7017 and 7021 may not be
parallel to the central axis of guide 7013. A lumen central axis
defined by guide 7019 may be parallel to the central axis of guide
7013.
[1414] When insert 7019 is inserted into guide 7013, insert 7019
may guide a device along a central axis defined by guide 7013 and
into a bone B. When one of inserts 7015, 7017 or 7021 are inserted
into guide 7013, apparatus advanced through the inserts may be
advanced along an access angle different from the central axis of
guide 7013. The access angle may be the angle defined by the lumen
of the insert. A physician may use inserts 7015, 7017, 7019 and
7021 as apparatus for selecting or modifying an access angle for
accessing a bone through an opening defined by plate 7001.
[1415] In embodiments where the inner lumen has a cylindrical
shape, the inner lumen may be referred to alternatively as an inner
cylindrical surface. An inner lumen axis may be referred to
alternatively as an insert inner central axis.
[1416] FIG. 72 shows illustrative apparatus including jig 7201,
plate 7203 and implant 7200. Plate 7203 may be releasably coupled
to a bottom of jig 7201.
[1417] In FIG. 72, fixation element 7205, fixation element 72011
and fixation element 7215 may pass through jig 7201 and into an
interior of bone B. A hole defined by jig 7201 to receive fixation
element 7211 may define a first direction. A hole defined by jig
7201 to receive fixation element 7215 may define a second
direction. The second direction may be divergent from the first
direction.
[1418] Fixation element 7207 may pass through a positioning hole
defined by jig 7201. Fixation element 7207 may be seated on a top
of a greater tuberosity of bone B. Jig 7201 may include guide 7213.
Shaft 7209 of implant 7200 may extend through guide 7213.
[1419] FIG. 73 shows a side view of apparatus illustrated in FIG.
72.
[1420] FIG. 74 shows illustrative apparatus including plate 7401
and implant 7409. In FIG. 74, implant has been deployed in bone B
so that implant tail 7411 is positioned in opening 7403 defined by
plate 7401.
[1421] Plate 7401 may include screw hole 7405. Driving a screw
through distal screw hole 7405 may releasably couple an end of
plate 7401 to bone B. Plate 7401 may define screw holes 7413.
Passing a screw through one of screw holes 7413 may guide the screw
through the plate, through a surface of bone B and into an implant
head of implant 7409. In FIG. 74, fixation elements 7407 are shown
passing through plate 7401 and into an interior of bone B.
[1422] FIG. 75 shows illustrative apparatus including plate 7501,
drill 7517 and drill guide 7509.
[1423] Fixation elements 7503 may pass through plate 7501 and into
an interior of bone B. Distal screws 7507 may releasably couple a
portion of plate 7501 to bone B. Distal screws 7507 may have one or
more features in common with distal screw 6507. Drill 7517 may pass
through opening 7505 of plate 7501 and drill into bone B. In FIG.
75, tip 7519 of drill 7517 is shown advancing along trajectory 7521
in an interior of bone B.
[1424] Member 7509 may nest into plate 7501. Opening 7403 of plate
7501 may aide in guiding and stabilizing drill 7517 during
penetration of the cortical wall. A skive angle on tube member 7509
may also help facilitate drilling in a desired direction.
[1425] FIG. 76 shows illustrative apparatus including plate 7601
anchored to implant 7600 and to bone B.
[1426] Screws 7615 may anchor plate 7601 to head 7617 of implant
7600. Screws 7615 may pass through screw holes defined by plate
7601 and into head 7617. Screw 7621 may anchor an end of plate 7601
to bone B. Screws 7613 and 7611 may anchor implant tail 7619 to
bone B. Implant 7600 may be deployed in bone B so that implant tail
7619 is positioned in opening 7603 defined by plate 7601.
[1427] Plate 7601 may define suturing holes 7609 for suturing
tissue to plate 7601.
[1428] FIG. 77 shows illustrative apparatus including first plate
7705, second plate 7707 and implant 7700.
[1429] In FIG. 77, screws 7711 may anchor implant head 7701 to
first plate 7705. Second plate 7707 may be anchored to both first
plate 7705 and implant tail 7721 by screw 7715. Screw 7715 is
illustrated as passing through slot 7717 defined by second plate
7707. Second plate is anchored to first plate 7705 and bone B by
screw 7719.
[1430] Second plate 7707 may define opening 7709. Tube 7703 may
extend away from opening 7709. Tube 7703 may be coaxially mounted
on tail 7721. Placing second plate 7707 on first plate 7705 may
coaxially mount tube 7703 onto tail 7721.
[1431] FIG. 78 shows illustrative apparatus including plate 7811,
first jig 7815 and second jig 7809. Plate 7811 may be releasably
coupled to bone B by distal screw 7805. Distal screw 7805 may have
one or more features in common with distal screw 6507. Fixation
elements 7807 may pass through first jig 7815 and into bone B.
Fixation elements 7817 may pass through second jig 7809 and into
bone B.
[1432] In FIG. 78, illustrative drill 7801 is shown advanced
through guide 7803 included in second jig 7809 and into bone B. Tip
7813 of drill 7801 is shown positioned at a target site for
implanting an implant in bone B.
[1433] FIG. 79 shows a side view of a portion of the apparatus
illustrated in FIG. 78
[1434] FIG. 80 shows a top view of apparatus illustrated in FIG.
78. In FIG. 80, fixation element 8001 is shown passing through a
positioning hole defined by first jig 7815. Fixation element 8001
passes over, and is seated on, a top of a greater tuberosity
defined by bone B. In FIG. 80, plate 7811 and first jig 7815 are
shown positioned on a lateral surface adjacent the bicipital
groove.
[1435] FIG. 81 shows illustrative apparatus including plate 8101
and jig 8103. Plate may be releasably coupled to bone B by distal
screw 8107. Distal screw 8107 may have one or more features in
common with distal screw 6507. Jig 8103 and plate 8101 may be
secured to bone B by fixation elements 8105 passing through jig
8103 and into bone B.
[1436] FIG. 82 shows illustrative apparatus including plate 8201
and jig 8215. Screw 8217 may releasably couple jig 8215 to plate
8201. Fixation elements 8219 may releasably couple jig 8215 to bone
B. Jig 8215 may include positioning hole 8221. Jig 8215 may include
target wire 8219 passing through a target hole defined by jig
8215.
[1437] Plate 8201 may be anchored to bone B by screw 8209. Distal
crew 8209 may be seated in slot 8207. Distal screw 8209 may have
one or more features in common with distal screw 6507. Plate 8201
may define slot 8213. A screw may be inserted through hole 8213
after an implant is implanted in bone B. Plate 8201 may define
opening 8203. Opening 8203 may be used for one or more of
preparation of an access hole, cavity preparation and implant
deployment.
[1438] FIG. 83 shows illustrative apparatus including illustrative
first jig 8305 and illustrative second jig 8322. Coupling mechanism
8313 may releasably couple second jig 8322 to first jig 8305.
[1439] Second jig 8322 may include insert 8319. Insert 8319 may be
inserted into guide 8301. First bushing 8321 may be placed in
insert 8319. Path 8311 may illustrate an angle and a diameter
defined by an inner surface of insert 8319 extending along an inner
surface of bone B. Second bushing 8315 may be screwed into a screw
hole defined by second jig 8322 (not shown).
[1440] FIG. 84 shows illustrative apparatus including illustrative
plate 8401, illustrative jig 8403 and illustrative implant 8413.
Implant 8413 may be positioned such that implant tail 8411 is
positioned in opening 8405 defined by plate 8401.
[1441] Jig 8403 may include a transverse member and a longitudinal
member. Plate 8401 may be positioned adjacent jig 8403. Plate 8401
may be positioned adjacent 8403. Plate 8401 may not physically
contact jig 8403.
[1442] Jig 8403 may define a plurality of holes sized receiving
fixation elements. Jig 8403 may define a targeting hole and/or a
positioning hole. Plate 8401 may define holes sized for receiving
fixation elements. Plate 8401 may define holes for receiving
screws. Plate 8401 may be placed on the bone after jig 8403 is used
to gain access to an interior of the bone. Plate 8401 may be placed
on the bone prior to accessing an interior of the bone.
[1443] FIG. 85 shows illustrative apparatus 8500. Apparatus 8500
may be used for percutaneous delivery of an implant into bone 8515.
Percutaneous delivery of an implant may utilize a relatively small
incision compared to typical surgical techniques for fracture
repair. For example, percutaneous delivery may allow for an
incision that is smaller in size and less traumatic than a
deltopectoral incision or a deltoid split incision.
[1444] Percutaneous implant delivery using apparatus 8500 includes
apparatus such as implant delivery base 8501 and plate 8509.
Implant delivery base 8501 and plate 8509 may be positioned
underneath the skin (on the bone surface) during the implantation
procedure. Percutaneous implant delivery may also utilize apparatus
such as reduction device 8505. Reduction device 8505 may be moved
along post 8503. Reduction device 8505 may be moved along post 8503
to be positioned on the skin during the implantation procedure.
Reduction device 8515 may be releasably coupled to post 8503.
Reduction device 8515 may be secured to post 8503 after implant
delivery base 8501 is positioned on bone 8515.
[1445] Reduction device 8505 may direct one or more fixation
elements 8510, from a location above the skin, to a desired
location in an interior of bone 8515. Bone 8515 may be obscured by
skin and soft tissue during the procedure. After placing implant
delivery base 8501 on a bone, a practitioner may assess the
placement. A practitioner may assess the placement by driving
fixation elements 8510 into a bone and confirming the position of
fixation elements 8510 in the interior. If fixation elements 8510
are placed in a desirable location, the practitioner may further
reduce a bone fracture of bone 8515 and prepare to initiate an
access hole in the bone through the channel. If fixation elements
are not placed in a desirable location, the practitioner may remove
fixation elements 8510 from the bone and reposition reduction
device 8505 on the surface. When the bone is a proximal humerus,
the desirable placement location in the bone may be a calcar
region.
[1446] Reduction jig 8505 may define holes 8517. The holes may be
sized to receive fixation elements. The holes may point into the
interior of bone 8515 but not into an implantation region of an
implant.
[1447] Plate 8509 may define a bottom surface. The bottom surface
may conform to a contour of bone 8515. Implant delivery base 8501
may define a bottom surface. The bottom surface may conform to a
contour of bone 8515.
[1448] Implant delivery base 8501 may include top surface 8521. Top
surface 8521 may define two bores. Each bore may extend through an
interior of implant delivery base 8501. Fixation elements 8510 are
shown extending through the bores. Fixation elements 8510 may
releasably couple apparatus 8500 to bone 8515.
[1449] Implant delivery base 8501 may define channel 8507. Channel
8507 may extend through implant delivery base 8501 at an angle
oblique to an implant delivery base bottom surface. Channel 8507
may be configured to receive bushing 8513.
[1450] Implant delivery base 8501 may define a bottom surface (not
shown). The bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of bone
8515. The bottom surface may conform to a portion of a top face of
plate 8509. Implant delivery base 8501 may be coupled to plate 8509
by any suitable coupling mechanism, such as a screw mechanism, a
snap fit mechanism, or any other coupling mechanism known to those
skilled in the art.
[1451] When apparatus 8500 is seated complementarily on the surface
contour, a central axis defined by channel 8507 may point to a
target site. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily on
the surface contour, a central axis defined by bushing 8515 may
point to a target site. Implant delivery base 8501 may conform to a
portion of a top surface of plate 8509. Implant delivery base 8501
may include a recess shaped to receive plate 8509.
[1452] Post 8503 may be fixedly attached to implant delivery base
8501. Post 8503 may be releasably coupled to implant delivery base
8501. Post 8503 may be secured to implant delivery base 8501 after
implant delivery base 8501 is positioned on bone 8515.
[1453] Reduction jig 8505 may be slidably affixed to post 8503. In
operation, a physician may position reduction device 8505 on the
surface of the skin above bone 8515 after apparatus 8500 is seated
complementarily on a surface contour of bone 8515. Reduction jig
8505 may be adjustable along post 8503. Reduction jig 8505 may
slidable to account for differences in anatomy of patients. For
example, different patients may have different thicknesses of soft
tissue between a surface of bone 8515 and the patient's skin.
[1454] One or more of fixation elements 8510 may be driven through
holes 8517 in reduction device 8505 to hold segments of a fracture
together. Holes in reduction device 8505 may be perpendicular to a
longitudinal axis of bone 8515. Holes that are perpendicular to a
longitudinal axis of bone 8505 may allow reduction device 8505 to
be moved along post 8503 in order to position reduction device 8505
on the skin of a patient. Holes in reduction device 8505 may
transect reduction device 8505 at right angles. Holes that are
transect reduction jig at right angles may allow reduction device
8505 to be moved along post 8503 in order to position reduction
device 8505 on the skin of a patient.
[1455] Reduction jig 8505 may include groove 8520. Groove 8520 may
be sized to provide clearance for an anchoring guide to guide a
screw into the bone or into a plate positioned on the bone. Groove
8520 may be sized to provide clearance for driving a target wire
into bone 8515. Groove 8520 may allow apparatus 8500 to be
positioned relative to the target wire. Targeting apparatus (such
as the targeting apparatus shown in FIG. 12 or the targeting
apparatus shown in FIG. 11) may be used to position the target
wire.
[1456] After making the incision, a physician may slip plate 8509
into the incision and position plate 8509 onto the surface of bone
8515. Implant delivery base 8501 may be coupled to the plate prior
to the plate being positioned on the bone. Implant delivery base
8501 may be coupled to the plate after the plate is positioned on
the bone. Fixation elements 8510 may be driven through implant
delivery base 8501 to secure it to bone 8515. Fixation elements
8510 may be used to reduce a fracture of bone 8515 (not shown).
Reduction device 8505 may be coupled to post 8505. Reduction device
may be seated on skin extending around the incision. Fixation
elements 8510 may be driven through reduction device 8505 to reduce
the fracture of bone 8515. Fixation elements 8510 may target
specific anatomical locations such as a calcar region of the
humerus. One or more fixation elements may be driven through
aperture 8519. A threaded K-wire with a nut may be driven through
aperture 8519 and used to provide compressional force to the
bone.
[1457] After stabilizing the fracture, bushing 8513 may be inserted
into channel 8507. Any fixation elements positioned in aperture
8519 may be removed from the bone. Bushing 8513 may be fixedly
attached to guide 8507. Bushing 8513 may be inserted into guide
8507.
[1458] A fixation element may be driven through a fixation element
bushing (not shown) nested in bushing 8513. The fixation element
may be used to determine if an access angle defined by bushing 8513
is desirable. The fixation element may be used to determine a
longitudinal axis of an implantation region where an implant will
reside inside bone 8515. The orientation of the fixation element
and, specifically, the location of a tip of the fixation element in
the interior of bone 8515 may be verified using fluoroscopy or
other imaging techniques.
[1459] If the position of a tip of the fixation element inserted
through guide 8513 is desirable, the fixation element bushing may
be removed. The target wire may be replaced with a drill. The
target wire may be over drilled with a cannulated drill. After
drilling, a cavity inside bone 8509 may be prepared using a cavity
preparation device. After preparing the cavity, an implant may be
inserted through guide 8513 and advanced towards the target site.
When the implant is positioned at the target site, an implant head
of the implant may be expanded to form a mesh cage.
[1460] FIG. 86 shows illustrative apparatus 8600. Apparatus 8600
may be used for percutaneous delivery of an implant into a bone
such as bone 8515 (shown in FIG. 85). Apparatus 8600 may include
implant delivery base 8601. A bottom surface of implant delivery
base 8601 may conform to a surface contour of a bone.
[1461] Apparatus 8600 may include post 8609. Post 8609 may extend
away from top surface 8621 of implant delivery base 8601. Post 8609
may be releasably coupled to implant delivery base 8601. Post 8609
may be fixedly attached to implant delivery base 8601.
[1462] Apparatus 8600 may include reduction device 8611. Reduction
device 8611 may be slidably coupled to post 8609. Reduction device
8611 may be removably coupled to post 8609. Reduction device 8611
may define a plurality of holes for driving fixation elements into
a bone. Holes defined by reduction device 8611 may transect
reduction device 8611 at a right angle.
[1463] Implant delivery base 8601 may include slot 8607. Slot 8607
may facilitate the coupling or insertion of a screw through slot
8607 and into an implant tail after the implant is implanted in an
interior of the bone.
[1464] Percutaneous implant delivery may not utilize a plate such
as plate 8509. After making the incision, a physician may slip
implant delivery base 8601 into the incision and seat the bottom
surface on the bone. Fixation elements may then be driven through
bores 8603 and 8605 and into the bone, coupling implant delivery
base 8601 to the bone. Fixation elements may be driven through
reduction device 8611 and into the bone.
[1465] Bushing 8613 may be inserted into a channel defined by
implant delivery base 8601. Bushing 8613 may be fixedly attached to
implant delivery base 8601. When the bottom surface of the implant
delivery base is seated complementarily on the surface contour,
bushing 8613 may point towards a target site.
[1466] Reduction device 8611 may define aperture 8615. Fixation
elements may be driven through aperture 8615 and into a bone.
Screws may be driven through aperture 8615 and into a bone.
Aperture 8615 may allow apparatus 8600 to be positioned over
anchors or fixation elements previously inserted into holes in a
plate such as plate 8509.
[1467] FIG. 87 shows illustrative apparatus 8700. Apparatus 8700
may include implant delivery base 8701. Implant delivery base 8701
may be used alone for percutaneous implant delivery. Implant
delivery base 8701 may be used with plate 8725 for percutaneous
delivery.
[1468] Implant delivery base 8701 may define channel 8705. Bushing
8707 may be removably coupled to channel 8705. Bushing 8707 may be
fixedly coupled to channel 8705.
[1469] Implant delivery base 8701 may define bores 8709 and 8711.
Bores 8709 and 8711 may extend through the implant delivery base at
an angle oblique to a bottom surface of the implant delivery base.
Bore 8709 may define a central axis. The central axis may pass
through slot 8713 and into a bore defined by a bottom face of
implant delivery base 8701. Bore 8711 may define a central axis.
The central axis may pass through a slot (not shown) and into a
bore defined by a bottom face of implant delivery base 8701.
[1470] Implant delivery base 8701 may include holes 8715. Holes
8715 may be used to couple implant delivery base 8701 to plate
8725. Driving a screw or fixation element through holes 8715 and
into holes defined by plate 8725 and positioned under holes 8715
may releasably couple implant delivery base 8701 with plate
8725.
[1471] Apparatus 8700 may include post 8717 extending away from
implant delivery base 8701. Post 8717 may extend away from top
surface 8703 of implant delivery base 8701. Apparatus 8700 may
include reduction device 8719. Reduction device 8719 may be
slidably coupled to post 8717. Reduction device 8719 may define
holes 8723. Holes 8723 may be sized for receiving fixation
elements. Reduction device 8719 may define aperture 8721. Aperture
8721 may be sized for receiving fixation elements. Aperture 8721
may be sized for receiving screws. Reduction device 8719 may
include groove 8720.
[1472] Groove 8720 may be sized to provide clearance for an
anchoring guide to guide a screw into the bone or into a plate
positioned on the bone. Groove 8720 may be sized to provide
clearance for driving a target wire into a bone. Groove 8720 may
allow apparatus to be positioned relative to the target wire. A
targeting apparatus (such as the apparatus shown in FIG. 12 or the
apparatus shown in FIG. 11) may be used to position the target
wire.
[1473] FIG. 88 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 8800.
Apparatus shown in therapeutic scenario 8800 may be used for
percutaneous delivery of an implant (not shown) into bone 8515.
Implant delivery base 8819 may be slipped onto a surface of bone
8815 through a relatively small incision. Reduction device 8825 may
be slidably engaged with post 8835.
[1474] Reduction device may define screw holes 8823. Screw holes
8823 may correspond to screw holes 8837 defined by implant delivery
base 8819. A central axis one of screw holes 8823 may be coaxial
with a central axis of a screw hole defined by implant delivery
base 8819. One or more of screw holes 8823 may be threaded. One or
more of screw holes 8823 may not be threaded. Screw holes 8823 may
be positioned above screw holes defined by a plate coupled to a
bottom surface of implant delivery base 8819 (not shown).
[1475] Screw holes 8823 may receive a fixation element. Screw holes
8823 may receive a screw. Screw holes 8823 may be receive a bushing
sized for receive a fixation element. Screw holes 8823 may receive
a bushing sized for receiving a screw. In FIG. 88, bushing 8827 and
bushing 8831 are positioned in two of screw holes 8823.
[1476] In FIG. 88, fixation element 8802 is advanced through
bushing 8827 and into the interior of bone 8815. Fixation element
8802 may be a threaded K-wire. Fixation element 8802 may include
threaded portion 8806 and threaded tip 8811. Nut 8801 is positioned
on fixation element 8802. Nut 8801 may be internally threaded. A
practitioner may screw nut 8801 onto threaded portion 8802 of
fixation element 8802. Nut 8801, when screwed onto fixation element
8802, may provide compressional force to bone 8815. Nut 8801 may be
used to draw a fragment of bone 8815 towards implant delivery base
8819.
[1477] Fixation element 8804 may be a threaded K-wire. Fixation
element 8804 may include threaded portion 8807 and threaded tip
8808. A nut screwed onto fixation element 8804 may provide
compressional force to bone 8815.
[1478] Post 8835 may be cannulated. A fixation element such as
fixation element 8806 may be driven through post 8835 and into bone
8815 to obtain provisional reduction of a fracture of a bone.
Fixation element 8806 may include threaded portion 8805 and
threaded tip 8813. Fixation element 8806 may remain in post 8835
until the bone is stabilized. Fixation element 8806 may be removed
from post 8835 before a bushing is inserted through a channel
defined by implant delivery base 8819. Shoulder 8809 may define an
outer surface of the channel.
[1479] In operation, a practitioner may use one, two, three or more
fixation elements such as fixation element 8802, fixation element
8804 and fixation element 8806 to reduce a fractured bone. Fixation
elements received by screw holes 8806 may remain in a bone while a
bone fracture of bone 8815 (now shown) is being reduced. Once
reduction is obtained, additional fixation elements such as
fixation elements 8823 may be driven through holes 8833 defined by
reduction device and into bone 8815. When the bone is stabilized,
fixation elements disposed through screw holes 8806 may be removed
from the bone.
[1480] Implant delivery base 8819 may include a channel extending
through an interior of implant delivery base 8819. The channel may
support a bushing (not shown).
[1481] Implant delivery base 8819 may include first bore 8841.
First bore 8841 may be positioned on shoulder 8809. First bore 8841
may extend through the implant delivery base at an angle oblique to
an implant delivery base longitudinal axis. First bore 8841 may
form a notch on shoulder 8809. Implant delivery base 8819 may
include a second bore having the same geometrical properties as the
first 8841 bore disposed on an opposite side of shoulder 8809. When
fixation elements are advanced through both first bore 8841 and the
second bore, and into the bone, implant delivery base 8819 may be
releasably coupled to bone 8815. A practitioner may confirm the
placement of the fixation elements. Proper placement of the
fixation elements within a bone may indicate proper placement of
implant delivery base 8819 on the bone. When the bone is a proximal
humerus, proper placement may be a location in a calcar region of
the bone.
[1482] Implant delivery base 8819 may define third bore 8843. Third
bore may be disposed on shoulder 8809. Third bore 8843 may extend
through the implant delivery base at an angle perpendicular to a
longitudinal axis of implant delivery base 8819. The implant
delivery base may define a fourth bore having the same geometrical
properties as third bore 8843 and disposed on an opposite side of
shoulder 8809. Advancing fixation elements through both third bore
8843 and the fourth bore and into the bone may enhance the coupling
of implant delivery base 8819 to bone 8815.
[1483] Implant delivery base 8819 may include longitudinal member
8840. Longitudinal member 8840 may not include shoulder 8809.
Longitudinal member 8840 may define screw holes 8837. Screw holes
8837 may be positioned above screw holes defined by a plate coupled
to a bottom of implant delivery base 8819 (not shown). When implant
delivery base 8819 is positioned on a bone, screw holes 8837 may
point to an implantation region occupied by an implant (not
shown).
[1484] Reduction device 8825 may be positioned at any suitable
position along post 8835. Reduction device 8825 may be slidably
coupled to post 8835. For example, in operation, reduction device
8825 may be positioned abutting the skin of a patient. Positioning
(and re-positioning) reduction device 8835 may enable a physician
to achieve a satisfactory reduction of a fracture.
[1485] Reduction device 8825 may include hole sets 8833. Each of
hole sets 8883 may correspond to a different size implant. Holes
spaced a first distance away from a central axis of reduction
device 8825 may form a first hole set. Holes spaced a second
distance away from the central axis of reduction device 8825 may
form a second hole set. The first hole set may correspond to a
first implant defining a first volume, when expanded. The second
hole set may correspond to a second implant defining a second
volume, when expanded. Implant size may be determined based on a
length of an implant. Implant size may be determined based on a
volume of an implant, when expanded. Hole sets 8833 may be used to
position fixation element 8821 such that fixation element 8821
provides clearance for an implant and does not engage the
implant.
[1486] After positioning fixation elements through one or more of
hole sets 8833 and after implantation of the implant in bone 8815,
a portion of reduction device 8825 may be removed. The portion of
the reduction device that may be removed is shown in FIG. 88A at
step 8814B. Targeting apparatus (such as apparatus 3000, shown in
FIG. 30) may then be positioned on an implant shaft of the
implant.
[1487] A releasable key of the targeting apparatus may engage
keyseat 8803. A static key of the targeting apparatus may engage
slot 8805. When positioned on implant shaft 8801, the targeting
apparatus may be used to drive an anchor into clearance hole 8813
in tail 8811. Cannulated anchors may be driven over fixation
element 8821 and into a head of implant 8817.
[1488] FIG. 88A shows an illustrative method for inserting an
implant in a bone using a percutaneous approach. The illustrative
method may include one or more of the steps shown in FIG. 88A. The
steps shown in FIG. 88A may be performed in an order different from
the order shown in FIG. 88A. The steps may be performed using
apparatus and methods disclosed in herein, such as apparatus and
methods illustrated in FIGS. 85-88.
[1489] Step 8802 and step 8802A may include reducing a bone. The
reduction may include guiding a fixation element through the
cannulated post and guiding a fixation element through a screw hole
defined by the reduction device. The fixation elements may be
guided into the bone using a bushing coupled to the cannulated post
and through a bushing coupled to the reduction device.
[1490] The reduction may include driving a first fixation element
through first bore 8841 and into the bone at an angle that is
oblique to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The reduction may
include driving a second fixation element through a second bore and
into the bone at an angle that is oblique to the longitudinal axis
of the bone. The second bore may be disposed on an opposite side of
a shoulder relative to first bore 8841. The shoulder may be defined
by an outer surface of a channel. The channel may extend through an
interior of the implant delivery base.
[1491] The reduction may include driving a third fixation element
through third bore 8843 and into the bone at an angle that is
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the bone. The reduction
may include driving a fourth fixation element into a fourth bore
and into the bone in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal
axis of the bone. The fourth bore may be disposed on an opposite
side of the shoulder relative to third bore 8843
[1492] Step 8804 and step 8804A may include stabilizing the bone.
Stabilizing the bone may include driving fixation elements through
bores defined by a top surface of the implant delivery base.
Fixation elements driven through the bores may transect the bone at
an angle oblique to a bone longitudinal axis. After the bone is
stabilized, step 8804 may include removing the fixation element
positioned in the cannulated post.
[1493] The stabilizing may include driving a first fixation element
through first bore 8841 and into the bone in a direction oblique to
the longitudinal axis of the bone. The stabilizing may include
driving a second fixation element through a second bore and into
the bone in direction oblique to the longitudinal axis of the bone.
The second bore may be disposed on an opposite side of the shoulder
relative to first bore 8841.
[1494] The stabilizing may include driving a third fixation element
through third bore 8843 and into the bone in a direction
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the bone. The stabilizing
may include driving a fourth fixation element into a fourth bore
and into the bone in a direction perpendicular to a longitudinal
axis of the bone. The fourth bore may be disposed on an opposite
side of the shoulder relative to third bore 8843.
[1495] Step 8806 may include driving a fixation element through a
fixation element bushing nested inside a drill bushing. The
fixation element bushing may be nested in a drill bushing. The
fixation element bushing may be seated in a channel defined by the
implant reduction base. A tip of the fixation element may be
advanced through the fixation element bushing and towards a target
site. Step 8806 may include removing the fixation element
positioned in a screw hole defined by the reduction device.
[1496] Step 8808 may include removing the fixation element bushing
from the drill bushing and advancing a drill through the drill
bushing and into the bone interior.
[1497] Step 8810 may include preparing an interior of the bone for
implantation of an implant. The preparing may include inserting a
cavity preparing device through the drill bushing and into the bone
interior. Step 8812 may include deploying an implant in the
prepared cavity, rotating the implant in the prepared cavity and
locking the implant head in the expanded shape. Step 8814 may
include securing the implant to the bone. A device for driving
screws into a tail of the implant may be coupled to an implant
shaft. The device may be used to drive screws into an implant tail.
Step 8816 and 8816A may include fragment fixation. Fragment
fixation may include fixing fragments of the bone to the implant
head using screws. The screws may be cannulated.
[1498] FIG. 89 shows illustrative jig 8901. Jig 8901 may include
bushing 8903 for pin 8911. Jig 8901 may include bushing 8905 for
pin 8913. Jig 8901 may include bushing 8907 for pin 8915. Jig 8901
may include bushing 8909 for pin 8917.
[1499] FIG. 90 shows an illustrative operational view of jig 8901
and implant 9000. In FIG. 990, each of pins 8911, 8913, 8915 and
8917 are shown engaged with implant 9000. Pins 8911 and 8913 are
engaged with head 9001 of implant 9000. Pin 8915 is engaged with
hole 9035 in tail 9003 of implant 9000. Pin 8917 is engaged with
hole 9007 in tail 9003 of implant 9000.
[1500] FIG. 91 shows an illustrative operational view of implant
9000. In FIG. 91, pins 8917 and 8915 have been removed from tail
9003 of implant 9000. Pins 8911 and 8913 are engaged with head 9001
of implant 9000. In FIG. 91, implant 9000 is positioned in an inner
cavity of bone B.
[1501] FIG. 92 shows an illustrative operational view of jig 8901
registered to implant 9000. In FIG. 92, jig 8901 is registered to
implant 9000 by engagement of pins 8911 and 8913 with jig 8901.
Engaging pins 8911 and 8913 with jig 8901 may align jig 8901 with
implant 9000. Aligning jig 8901 with implant 9000 may ensure that a
member drilled through bushing 8907 or bushing 8909 passes into a
hole defined by tail 9003 of implant 9000. In FIG. 92, screw 9201
is shown anchoring implant 9000 to bone B. Drill 9203 is shown
passing through bushing 8909 and through a hole defined by tail
9003 of implant 9000. The hole defined by tail 9003 may be hole
9007 (shown above in FIG. 90).
[1502] FIG. 92A shows an illustrative antegrade procedure for
implanting an implant in a bone. The bone may be proximal humerus
bone or any suitable bone shown above in FIG. 3. An antegrade
procedure may be a therapeutic procedure performed in a direction
normal to a path of blood circulation. The illustrative procedure
shown in FIG. 92A may be performed in any other suitable bone in
the human body.
[1503] The illustrative procedure may include one of more of the
steps shown in FIG. 92A. The procedure may include step 9202 for
accessing and preparing the bone for implantation of the
implant.
[1504] The procedure may include step 9204 for deploying and
locking the implant. Step 9204 may include deploying the implant
outside of a bone in free space. Step 9204 may include locking the
implant to a desired expansion diameter. Locking the implant may
include constraining a diameter of a head of the implant to a
desired diameter. Locking the implant may include constraining a
head of the implant to a desired contour. Locking the implant may
include engaging a locking screw with a locking mechanism of the
implant to limit expansion/collapsing of the implant head. Step
9204 may include inserting pins into the implant. The pins may be
inserted into the implant using a jig such as jig 8901.
[1505] The procedure may include step 9206 which represents
inserting the implant into a fractured bone. The implant may be
inserted into the bone with or without a jig such as jig 8901. In
embodiments where the implant is inserted into a humerus with a
fixation element, such as a pin, pre-positioned in the implant
head, step 9206 may include positioning one or more of the pins to
protrude from a fracture in the humerus between the greater and
lesser tuberosity of the humerus. The procedure may include step
9208 which represents stabilizing the bone and reducing the
fractured bone as appropriate.
[1506] The procedure may include step 9210 for securing the implant
to the bone. Step 9210 may include driving one or more fixation
elements through the bone and into the implant. The procedure may
include step 9212 for securing the implant to the bone by driving
one or more screws through the bone and into the implant head. Step
9212 may also include driving one or more screws through the bone
and into the implant tail. The screws may be cannulated and may be
driven into an implant component by driving the screw over a
previously positioned fixation element. An implant component may
include a head, tail, hub, base, locking mechanism or any other
suitable implant component.
[1507] When the implant is positioned in the bone with one or more
pins protruding from the implant, step 9210 may include reapplying
the jig to the protruding pins. Embodiments may include removing
the pins and driving fixation elements through the screw holes
defined by the jig. Step 9212 may include driving cannulated screws
over the fixation elements and into the implant. Driving screws
through screw holes defined by the jig, may be used to anchor the
implant to the bone.
[1508] FIG. 93 shows illustrative apparatus 9300. Apparatus 9300
includes implant head 9301. Implant base 9303 may couple head 9301
to tail 9305. Tail 9305 may be snap-fit into Implant base 9303.
Locking screw 9321 may be used to lock expansion of head 9301.
Locking screw 9321 may lock an expansion of head 9301 by threadedly
engaging one or more components (not shown) of an implant.
[1509] Tail 9305 includes internal threads 9308. Locking screw 9309
may threadedly engage internal threads 9308. Tail 9305 defines
emplacement axis L.sub.E. Axis L.sub.E may be defined by a pair of
opposing clearance holes in tail 9305.
[1510] A beveled end of tail 9305 may mate with a beveled end 9315
of implant shaft 9311. Beveled end of tail 9305 may allow tail 9305
to be positioned at or below an outer surface of a bone when head
9301 is positioned inside the bone. Beveled end 9315 of implant
shaft 9311 includes fingers 9317 and 9319. Fingers 9317 and 9319
may fit into indentations (not shown) in tail 9305. Fitting fingers
9317 and 9319 into the indentation in tail 9305 may rotational lock
tail 9305 with respect to implant shaft 9311.
[1511] Implant shaft 9311 may be axially locked with respect to
tail 9305 by locking screw 9309. Locking screw 9309 may be inserted
into implant shaft 9311 until a head of locking screw 9309 abuts
flange 9313. Flange 9313 may reduce an inner diameter of implant
shaft 9311. A threaded segment of locking screw 9309 may be sized
to pass through flange 9313. For example, major diameter of locking
screw 9309 may be less than the diameter of implant shaft 9311
reduced by flange 9313. A threaded segment of locking screw 9309
may threadedly engage internal threads 9308 in tail 9305.
[1512] When locking screw 9309 is positioned within implant shaft
9311, threaded engagement locking screw 9309 and internal threads
9308 may position beveled end 9315 of implant shaft 9311 against a
beveled end of tail 9305. Threaded engagement of locking screw 9309
and internal threads 9308 may position fingers 9319 and 9317 in
indentations on tail 9305.
[1513] Tail 9305 includes clearance hole 9307. After positioning
head 9301 inside a bone, locking screw 9309 and implant shaft 9311
may be removed from tail 9305. Removing locking screw 9309 and
implant shaft 9311 from tail 9305 may expose clearance hole 9307.
An anchor may be driven through clearance hole 9307 and into the
bone to stabilize a position of head 9301.
[1514] FIG. 94 shows illustrative apparatus 9400. Apparatus 9400
shows that a head of an implant (such as head 9301 shown in FIG.
93) may include outer mesh 9401 and inner mesh 9403. Outer mesh
9401 may be self-expanding. Inner mesh 9403 may be self-expanding.
A head of an implant may include one, three or more mesh layers.
Locking screw 9321 may be utilized to lock outer mesh 9401 and/or
inner mesh 9403 in an expanded state. Inner mesh 9403 may be "free
floating" and expand up to a maximum limit allowed by a diameter of
outer mesh 9401. In such embodiments, inner mesh 9403 may not be
locked. When outer mesh 9401 and/or inner mesh 9403 are locked,
locking screw 9321 may not obstruct emplacement axis L.sub.E.
[1515] Locking screw 9321 may threadedly engage threads 9417 in
illustrative implant component 9416. When outer mesh 9401 and/or
inner mesh 9403 are locked by locking screw 9321, head 9420 of
locking screw 9321 may be seated in recess 9418 of implant
component 9422. Tail 9305 may include implant component 9422. Tail
9305 may not include implant component 9422. In such embodiments,
implant component 9422 may be separable from tail 9305.
[1516] Locking screw 9309 includes threaded end 9411. Locking screw
9309 includes unthreaded end 9405. Threaded end 9411 may have
diameter that is less than a diameter of unthreaded end 9405.
Threaded end 9411 may slide past flange 9313 and engage internal
threads 9308 of tail 9305.
[1517] Unthreaded end 9405 may include a first segment having a
first diameter. Unthreaded end 9405 may include a second segment
having a second diameter. The first diameter may be less than the
second diameter. For example, the first segment may slide past
flange 9313. The second segment may not slide past flange 9313.
[1518] Apparatus 9400 shows tail 9305 locked to implant shaft 9311
by locking screw 9309. When tail 9305 is locked to implant shaft
9311, movement of implant shaft 9311 may adjust a position of
implant head 9301 (shown in FIG. 93) inside a bone. When tail 9305
is locked to implant shaft 9311, implant shaft 9311 may be used as
a point of reference for inserting fixation elements into an
implant component such as implant head 9301 or tail 9305.
[1519] FIG. 95 shows illustrative apparatus 9500. Apparatus 9500
includes outer mesh 9503 and inner mesh 9501. FIG. 95 shows that
outer and inner meshes may be constructed to provide different
expansion shapes and therapeutic properties (compare to inner and
outer meshes shown in FIG. 94).
[1520] Apparatus 9500 shows locking screw 9321 engaged with
internal threads 9417 in a locked configuration. When locking screw
9321 is in a locked configuration, clearance hole 9505 is not
obstructed by locking screw 9321. Clearance hole 9505 may be one of
a pair of clearance holes that define an emplacement axis (such as
axis L.sub.E shown in FIG. 93). Clearance hole 9505 and an
associated emplacement axis may be positioned such that they are
not obstructed even when locking screw 9321 is in an unlocked
position (e.g., not threadedly engaged with threads 9417).
[1521] Implant component 9504 (which may be an extension of tail
9305) may fit into implant base 9303. Implant component 9504 may be
snap-fit into implant base 9303. For example, detent 9519 of
implant base 9303 may be biased to engage an indentation, such as
indentation 9521 in implant component 9504. Tail 9305 also includes
indentations 9513 and 9511. Indentations 9513 and 9511 may mate
with a finger protruding from an implant shaft. For example,
indentation 9317 may mate with finger 9317 (shown in FIG. 93).
[1522] FIG. 96 shows illustrative implant 9600 inside bone 9601.
Bone 9601 may be a tibia. Bone 9601 may include medial condyle 9619
and lateral condyle 9617.
[1523] Implant 9600 may be implanted in an interior of a proximal
portion of the tibia ("proximal tibia"). In FIG. 96, screw 9615,
screw 9613 and screw 9611 are shown anchoring implant head 9603 to
bone 9601. Screw 9615, screw 9613 and screw 9611 pass through head
9603 of implant 9600 cage and extend underneath medial condyle 9619
of bone 9601.
[1524] Screw 9607 and screw 9609 are shown anchoring implant tail
9605 to bone 9601 in a diaphyseal region of bone 9601. Screws 9607
and 9609 are shown passing through a metaphasis region of bone
9601.
[1525] Implant 9600 may be advanced into bone 9601 through an
access hole prepared at an access site. The access site may be an
access site prepared at an anterior side of bone 9601. In other
embodiments, an implant may be advanced into a proximal tibia from
a medial side of the proximal tibia. An implant may be advanced
into a proximal tibia from either a medial side of the proximal
tibia or the lateral side of the proximal tibia.
[1526] FIG. 96 shows implant 9600 positioned centrally within an
interior of bone 9601. However, in other embodiments, an implant
may be positioned laterally or medially within an interior of a
bone. For example, an implant may be positioned laterally within a
head of a proximal tibia to support a fractured lateral condyle. An
implant may be positioned medially within a head of a proximal
tibia to support a fractured medial condyle.
[1527] FIG. 97 shows illustrative implant 9700 positioned inside
bone 9701. Bone 9701 may be a tibia. Bone 9701 may include medial
condyle 9702 and lateral condyle 9704.
[1528] Implant 9700 may be implanted in an interior of a proximal
portion of the tibia ("proximal tibia"). Implant 9700 may be
anchored to bone 9701 and plate 9707.
[1529] In FIG. 97, screws 9709 are shown anchoring implant head
9703 to bone 9601 and to plate 9707. Screws 9709 may be inserted
medially, pass through the plate and extend underneath lateral
condyle 9704.
[1530] Screws 9711 may anchor implant tail 9705 bone 9601 in a
diaphyseal region of bone 9601. Screws 9711 may anchor implant tail
9705 to plate 9707. Screws 9711 may pass through plate 9707 in a
metaphasis region of bone 9701.
[1531] Implant 9700 may be advanced into bone 9701 through an
access hole prepared at an access site. The access site may be an
access site prepared at an anterior side of bone 9701. In other
embodiments, an implant may be advanced into a proximal tibia from
a medial side of the proximal tibia. An implant may be advanced
into a proximal tibia from either a medial side of the proximal
tibia or the lateral side of the proximal tibia.
[1532] FIG. 97 illustrates implant 9700 positioned centrally within
an interior of bone 9701. An implant may be positioned laterally or
medially within an interior of the proximal tibia. An implant may
be positioned laterally, with respect to a longitudinal axis of
bone, within a head of a proximal tibia to support a fractured
lateral condyle. An implant may be positioned medially, with
respect to a longitudinal axis of bone, within a head of a proximal
tibia to support a fractured medial condyle.
[1533] FIG. 97A shows illustrative implant 9720 implanted in bone
9721. Bone 9721 may be a tibia. Implant 9720 may be anchored to
bone 9721 and plate 9723.
[1534] In FIG. 97A, plate 9723 is affixed to a first side of bone
9721 using a plurality of screws 9725, 9727 and 9729. The first
side may be a medial side. The first side of the bone is opposite a
second side of the bone. The second side may be a lateral side. In
FIG. 97A, an access hole was prepared on the second side for
advancing the implant through the surface of the bone and into the
interior.
[1535] Screws 9725 may pass through plate 9723 and through a head
of implant 9720. Screws 9727 may pass through plate 9723 and into a
tail of implant 9720. Screws 9729 may pass through plate 9723 and
advance along a width of bone 9721.
[1536] FIG. 97A illustrates implant 9720 positioned centrally
within an interior of bone 9721. Implant 9720 may be positioned
laterally or medially within an interior of the proximal tibia.
Implant 9720 may be positioned laterally, with respect to a
longitudinal axis of bone, within a head of a proximal tibia to
support a fractured lateral condyle. Implant 9720 may be positioned
medially, with respect to a longitudinal axis of bone, within a
head of a proximal tibia to support a fractured medial condyle.
[1537] FIG. 98 shows illustrative implant 9800 positioned inside
bone 9801. Bone 9801 may be a tibia. Implant 9800 may be implanted
in an interior of a proximal portion of the tibia ("proximal
tibia"). Implant 9800 may be anchored to bone 9801 and plate 9805.
Plate 9805 may be positioned on a medial portion of bone 9801.
[1538] Screws 9815 and screw 9813 are shown anchoring plate 9805 to
implant head 9803 and bone 9801. Screw 9807 and screw 9809 are
shown anchoring plate 9805 to bone 9801. Screw 9811 is shown
anchoring an implant tail of implant 9800 to bone 9801.
[1539] In FIG. 98, plate 9805 is illustrated as having a
substantially rectangular outer perimeter. Plate 9805 may be
referred to as a longitudinal member. A plate anchored to an
implant positioned within a proximal tibia may be wider than plate
9805.
[1540] A plate anchored to an implant positioned within in a tibia
may include a longitudinal member and a semi-circular transverse
member extending away from the longitudinal member. The
semi-circular transverse member may extend away from an end of the
longitudinal member and wrap around an anterior or posterior
portion of a metaphysis region of the tibia. The semi-circular
transverse member may extend away from an end of the longitudinal
member and wrap around an anterior or posterior portion of a
diaphysis region of the tibia.
[1541] A plate anchored to an implant implanted in a proximal tibia
may include a longitudinal member and a transverse member extending
away from the longitudinal member. The transverse member may wrap
around an anterior or posterior portion of a metaphysis region of
the tibia. The transverse member may extend away from an end of the
longitudinal member and wrap around an anterior or posterior
portion of a diaphysis region of the tibia.
[1542] FIG. 99 shows implant 9900 positioned within bone 9901. Bone
9901 may be a tibia. In FIG. 99, implant 9900 is shown positioned
in a distal region of the tibia ("distal tibia"). Screw 9911 and
screw 9913 are shown anchoring implant tail 9905 to bone 9901.
Screws 9911 and 9913 may be positioned in a diaphysis region of
bone 9901.
[1543] Screw 9907 and screw 9909 are shown anchoring implant head
9903 to a metaphysis region of bone 9901. Screw 9909 is shown
anchoring implant head 9903 to lateral malleolus 9915 of the distal
tibia.
[1544] FIG. 100 shows implant 10000 implanted into bone 10001. Bone
10001 may be a tibia. In FIG. 100, implant 10000 is shown implanted
into a distal tibia. Screws 10011 are shown anchoring implant head
10003 to plate 10009 and to a metaphysis region of bone 10001.
[1545] Screws 10013 are shown anchoring implant tail 10005 to a
diaphysis region of bone 10001. Screw 10015 is shown anchoring
plate 10009 to a diaphysis region of bone 10001. Screw 10007 is
shown anchoring implant head 10003 to lateral malleolus 10017 of
the distal tibia.
[1546] FIG. 101 shows implant 10100 implanted into bone 10101. Bone
10101 may be a calcaneus bone. Implant 10100 may be positioned in
bone 10101 such that implant head 10103 supports articular surface
10117 of bone 10101. Implant 10111 may be implanted in bone 10101
through the Achilles tendon at the base of tuberosity.
[1547] Screw 10115 is shown anchoring implant tail 10115 to bone
10101. Screw 10107 and screw 10111 are shown anchoring implant head
10103 to bone 10101. Screw 10107 and screw 10111 may support
implant head 10103 and articular surface 10117. Screw 10107 and
screw 10111 may anchor implant head 10103 with respect to articular
surface 101117.
[1548] Screws 10115 and 10117 are shown anchoring implant tail
10105 to bone 10101.
[1549] Washer 10111 may be coupled to screw 10109. Washer 10111 may
distribute load applied to bone 10101 by a head of screw 10109.
Washer 10111 may space a head of screw 10119 apart from an outer
surface of bone 10101.
[1550] Washer 10113 may be coupled to a head of screw 10117. Washer
10113 may distribute load applied to bone 10101 by a head of screw
10117. Washer 10113 may space a head of screw 10117 apart from an
outer surface of bone 10101.
[1551] FIG. 102 shows implant 10200 implanted in bone 10201. Bone
10201 may be a calcaneus bone. Screws 10207 and screw 10215 are
shown anchoring implant head 10203 to bone 10201. Screw 10209 and
10211 are shown anchoring implant tail 10205 to bone 10201.
[1552] Washer 10217 may be coupled to a head of screw 10215. Washer
10213 may be coupled to a head of screw 10211. Washer 10217 and
washer 10213 are shown positioned on a lateral surface of calcaneus
bone 10201.
[1553] Screw 10215 may support an articular surface of bone
10201.
[1554] FIG. 102 shows a pattern of screws anchoring implant 10200
to bone 10201 that is representational of a screw pattern that may
be used by a practitioner to support a calcaneus fracture. Any
other suitable screw pattern may be used to anchor implant 10200 to
bone 10201.
[1555] Any pattern of screws shown herein for anchoring an implant
to a bone is for illustrative purposes only. Any other suitable
pattern of screws may be used to anchor an implant to a bone.
[1556] FIG. 103 shows illustrative plate 10300. Plate 10300 may
include a bottom face (shown below in FIG. 104). The bottom face
may include a bottom surface. The bottom surface may conform to a
surface contour of a bone. The surface contour may be defined by an
outer surface of a bone.
[1557] Plate 10300 may define plurality of holes 10311. Each of the
plurality of holes 10311 may be sized to receive a fixation
element.
[1558] Plate 10300 may define screw hole 10305. When a bottom
surface of plate 10300 is seated complementarily on a surface
contour of a bone, screw hole 10305 may be configured to position a
bushing for directing a screw, or direct a screw, in a direction.
The direction defined by screw hole 10305 may direct a screw into
an interior of the bone but not into an implantation region
occupied by an implant when the implant is positioned within the
bone.
[1559] Plate 10300 may define screw holes 10301 and 10303. Screw
holes 10301 and 10303 may each be configured to 10305 may be
configured to direct a screw in a direction. The directions defined
by screw holes 10301 and 10303 may intersect an implantation region
when a bottom surface of plate 10300 is seated complementarily on a
bone surface. The direction defined by screw hole 10301 may diverge
from a direction defined by screw hole 10303. In other embodiments,
the direction defined by screw hole 10301 may converge with a
direction defined by screw hole 10303.
[1560] Plate 10300 may define screw hole 10307 and screw hole
10309. Screw holes 10307 and 10309 may define directions that
direct screws into an implantation region when a bottom surface of
plate 10300 is seated complementarily on a bone surface. The
direction defined by screw hole 10307 may converge with a direction
defined by screw hole 10309. The direction defined by screw hole
10307 may diverge from a direction defined by screw hole 10309.
[1561] Plate 10300 defines screw hole 10313 and screw hole 10315.
Screw holes 10313 and 10315 may define directions that direct
screws into an implantation region when a bottom surface of plate
10300 is seated complementarily on a bone surface. A direction
defined by screw hole 10313 may diverge from a direction defined by
screw hole 10315. The direction defined by screw hole 10313 may
converge with a direction defined by screw hole 10315.
[1562] Plate 10300 may be configured to be coupled to a jig such as
jig 10500 (shown below in FIG. 105). Plate 10300, as shown in FIG.
103, defines bore 10302. Bore 10302 may be threaded. Bore 10302 may
be configured to receive a screw. The screw may be a screw inserted
into a bore defined by a jig, advanced through the jig and into
bore 10302, coupling plate 10300 to the jig.
[1563] Plate 10300 may define opening 10319. When a bottom surface
of plate 10300 is seated complementarily on a surface contour of a
bone, opening 10319 may define an access position. An access hole
may be prepared at the access position through opening 10319. Plate
10300 also includes locking slot 10317. A locking slot may be
defined by the plate. In FIG. 103, locking slot 10317 is partially
defined by plate 10300 and extends away from opening 10319. Locking
slot 10317 also intersects opening 10319. Locking slot 10317 may be
shaped to engage a head of a screw.
[1564] Plate 10300 may define screw holes 10321. When a bottom
surface of plate 10300 is seated complementarily on a surface
contour of a bone, screw holes 10321 may point into an interior of
the bone but not into the implantation region.
[1565] FIG. 104 shows bottom face 10401 of plate 10300. Some or all
of bottom face 10401 may define a bottom surface configured to
conform to a surface contour of a bone.
[1566] FIG. 105 shows illustrative jig 10500. Jig 10500 may be
configured to be seated on, and coupled to, a position on a top
face of a plate, such as plate 10300 (shown in FIG. 103). Jig 10500
may define positioning hole 10501.
[1567] Jig 10500 may define aperture 10503. Aperture 10503 may
include threaded openings 10505 and 10507 for receiving a bushing.
A fixation element advanced through a bushing coupled to threaded
opening 10505 may be advanced in a first direction. A fixation
element advanced through a bushing coupled to threaded opening
10507 may be advanced in a second direction. The first direction
may be divergent from the second direction. The first direction may
be convergent with the second direction.
[1568] Jig 10500 may define screw hole 10511 and screw hole 10509.
Screw hole 10511 may define a first direction. Screw hole 10509 may
define a second direction. The first direction may be convergent
with the second direction. The first direction may be divergent
from the second direction.
[1569] Jig 10500 may define bore 10502. Bore 10502 may extend
though jig 10500. Bore 10502 may be threaded. When jig 10500 is
seated on a plate such as plate 10300, a screw advanced through
bore 10502 and into a hole in the plate positioned underneath bore
10502 (such as bore 10302 illustrated in FIG. 103) may releasably
couple jig 10500 to the plate.
[1570] Jig 10500 may include aperture 10521. Aperture 10521 may
define opening 10525 for receiving a first bushing and opening
10527 for receiving a second bushing. Opening 10525 may be an open
channel that has an arcuate perimeter. Opening 10527 may be an open
channel that has an arcuate perimeter.
[1571] A fixation element advanced through the first bushing may be
directed along a first direction. A fixation element advanced
through the second bushing may be directed along a second
direction. The first direction may diverge from the second
direction. The first direction may be convergent with the second
direction.
[1572] Jig 10500 may include guide 10519. Guide 10519 may extend
away from opening 10517 defined by jig 10500. Guide 10519 may be
shaped to receive bushings inserted into guide 10519. Guide 10519
may receive a bushing shaped to receive a target wire. Guide 10519
may receive a bushing shaped to receive a drill. Guide 10519 may
receive a bushing shaped to receive a cavity preparation device.
Guide 10519 may receive a bushing shaped to receive an unexpanded
implant.
[1573] Guide 10519 may include slot 10523. Slot 10523 may mate with
a protrusion extending away from a bushing inserted into guide
10519. The mating of slot 10523 with a protrusion of a bushing may
secure the bushing within guide 10519.
[1574] Guide 10519 may define opening 10515. A practitioner may
advance a fixation element through opening 10515 to provisionally
reduce a fracture. For example, a practitioner may advance a
threaded member coupled to a nut into a bone fragment. The nut may
rest on an outer surface of opening 10515. The nut may be used to
provide compression to the bone fragment.
[1575] Jig 10500 may define a plurality of holes sized for
receiving fixation elements. The plurality of holes may include
holes 10513 and 10527. Holes 10527 may be positioned adjacent a
bottom portion of guide 10519. Fixation elements driven though
bores 10513 and 10527 when jig 10500 is coupled to a plate seated
complementarily on a bone surface may releasably couple jig 10500
to the bone. When jig 10500 is coupled to a plate seated on a bone,
bores 10513 and 10527 may point into an interior of the bone but
not into an implantation region.
[1576] Jig 10500 may also include channels 10530. Each of channels
10530 may be defined by a perimeter of jig 10500. A fixation
element may be guided through one of channels 10530 and into a hole
defined by a plate coupled to the jig. The hole in the plate may be
sized for receiving the fixation element. Channel 10530 may define
an arcuate cross section.
[1577] FIG. 106 shows bottom face 10601 of jig 10500. A contour of
a first portion of bottom face 10601 may conform to a contour of a
portion of a top face of a plate such as plate 10300. A second
portion of bottom face 10601 may extend away from a plate (such as
plate 10300) when jig 10500 is coupled to the plate. For example,
when jig 10500 is coupled to plate 10300, the first portion of
bottom face 10601 may rest on plate 10300 and the second portion of
bottom face 10601 may not come into contact with plate 10300.
[1578] FIG. 107A and FIG. 107B show illustrative bushing 10701.
Longitudinal segment 10707 of bushing 10701 defines longitudinal
axis L.sub.B. Bushing 10707 includes flanged end 10703. Bushing
10707 includes flanged end 10704. In an equilibrium state, kerf
10711 spaces flanged end 10703 apart from flanged end 10704.
Flanged end 10703 may be mounted on longitudinal segment 10706.
Longitudinal segment 10706 may define longitudinal axis LF1.
Flanged end 10704 may be mounted on longitudinal segment 10708.
Longitudinal segment 10708 may define longitudinal axis LF2.
Longitudinal segment 10706 may have a semi-circular cross section
in a plane that is normal to LF1. Longitudinal segment 10708 may
have a semi-circular cross section in plane that is normal to
LF2.
[1579] FIG. 107A shows bushing 10701 in an equilibrium state. In an
equilibrium state, longitudinal axis LF1 may form an angle B with
respect to axis L.sub.B. In an equilibrium state, longitudinal axis
LF1 may form an angle A with respect to axis L.sub.B.
[1580] Bushing 10701 includes longitudinal segment 10707 that
defines longitudinal axis L.sub.B. Longitudinal segment 1707 may be
cannulated. Longitudinal segment 1707 may define a circular cross
section in a plane normal to L.sub.B.
[1581] FIG. 107B shows illustrative bushing 10703. Bushing 10703
includes flanged end 10713. Flanged end 10713 may be cannulated.
Bushing 10703 includes longitudinal segment 10715. Longitudinal
segment 10715 may be cannulated. Bushing 10703 includes
longitudinal segment 10719. Longitudinal segment 10719 may be
cannulated. Each of flanged end 10713, longitudinal segment 10715
and longitudinal segment 10719 may be cannulated such that a
cannula of uniform diameter extends along a longitudinal axis LB1
of bushing 10703.
[1582] Longitudinal segment 10719 may be cannulated such that it is
configured to receive longitudinal segment 10707 of bushing 10701.
Longitudinal segment 10715 may be cannulated such that it is
configured to receive longitudinal segments 10708 and 10706 (shown
in FIG. 107A). A cannula running through longitudinal segment 10719
may be narrower than a cannula running though longitudinal segment
10715. Bushing 10703 may include a cannula that is large enough to
receive a surgical drill.
[1583] Longitudinal segment 10719 may include kerf 10718. Kerf
10718 may be one of two or more kerfs in longitudinal segment
10719. In operation, when a tool is inserted into cannula 10721,
the one or more kerfs may allow longitudinal segment 10719 to
expand about longitudinal axis LB1. Expansion of longitudinal
segment 10719 may provide a friction fit, along axis Lb1 for a tool
inserted into cannula 10721. When longitudinal segment 10719 is
nested within longitudinal segment 10723, pressure applied by
expansion of the longitudinal segment 10719 may provide a friction
fit that holds longitudinal segment 10719 with respect to
longitudinal segment 10723.
[1584] When bushing 10701 is inserted into cannula 10721 of bushing
10703, flanged end 10713 and longitudinal segment 10715 may
compress longitudinal segment 10703 and longitudinal segment 10704
about longitudinal axis LB1. Thus, when bushing 10701 is positioned
within bushing 10703, angles A and B may be smaller than in the
equilibrium state (shown above in FIG. 107A). When bushing 10701 is
positioned within bushing 10703, longitudinal segments 10706 and
10708 may exert pressure on longitudinal segment 10713 and/or
longitudinal segment 10715. The exerted pressure may provide a
friction fit for bushing 10701 within bushing 10703.
[1585] FIG. 107B shows illustrative bushing 10705. Bushing 10705
includes longitudinal segment 10723. Longitudinal segment 10723
defines longitudinal axis LB2.
[1586] Bushing 10705 may include one or more kerfs such as kerf
10730. The one or more kerfs may allow bushing 10705 to be formed
into a tapered shape along longitudinal axis LB2. The one or more
kerfs may define two or more longitudinal segments, such as
longitudinal segments 10740, 10741, 10742 and 10743.
[1587] In an equilibrium state (when bushings 10705 and 10703 are
not nested) longitudinal segments 10740, 10741, 10742 and 10743 may
be inwardly biased toward axis LB2. In the equilibrium state, a
diameter of cannula 10729 may narrow along axis LB2 when moving
from threaded segment 10725 toward a hexagonal cross section of
cannula 10729.
[1588] Bushing 10703 may be nested within bushing 10705. When
bushing 10703 is nested in bushing 10705, longitudinal segment
10719 may expand longitudinal segments 10740, 10741, 10742 and
10743 outward from axis LB2. When bushing 10703 is nested in
bushing 10705, longitudinal segments 10740, 10741, 10742 and 10743
may apply pressure to longitudinal segment 10719 of bushing 10703.
The pressure may provide a friction fit that maintains a nested
position of bushing 10703 within bushing 10705.
[1589] Bushing 10705 may include one kerf. For example, kerf 10730
may be the only kerf in bushing 10705. When kerf 10730 is the only
kerf, longitudinal segments 10740, 10741, 10742 and 10743 may form
a unitary longitudinal segment. When kerf 10730 is the only kerf
and bushing 10703 is nested in bushing 10705, the unitary
longitudinal segment may apply pressure to longitudinal segment
10719 of bushing 10703. The pressure may provide a friction fit
that maintains a nested position of bushing 10703 within bushing
10705.
[1590] Bushing 10705 defines cannula 10729. Cannula 10729 may
include different cross sections along longitudinal axis LB2. For
example, FIG. 107B shows that cannula 10729 may include a hexagonal
cross section at or near an end of longitudinal segments 10740,
10741, 10742 and 10743. The hexagonal cross section may be
configured to mate with hexagonal protrusions 10717 of bushing
10703. When bushing 10703 is inserted into bushing 10705, a mating
of the hexagonal cross section and hexagonal protrusions may lock
bushings 10703 and 10705 rotationally, with respect to each other,
about axis LB1 and/or LB2.
[1591] Bushing 10705 includes threaded segment 10725. Threaded
segment 10725 may be configured to threadedly engage jig 10500.
[1592] As shown by 10702, Bushing 10701 may be nested within
bushing 10703. As shown by 10712, bushing 10703 may be nested
within bushing 10705. Bushings 10701, 10703 and 10705 may form
nested bushing 10801 (shown in FIG. 108). Nested bushing 10801 may
be fixed to jig 10500. Narrow gauge instruments, such as K-wires,
may be directed into a bone through cannula 10709 in bushing 10701.
Bushing 10701 may direct such instruments into a bone in a
direction along axis L.sub.B. Bushing 10701, when affixed to a jig,
may direct instruments into an implantation region within a
bone.
[1593] After positioning an instrument using bushing 10701, bushing
10701 may be separated from bushing 10703. Separating bushing 10701
from bushing 10703 may expose cannula 10721 of bushing 10703.
Cannula 10721 may have a diameter that is larger than the diameter
of cannula 10709. Cannula 10721 may be configured to receive larger
gauge instruments than those that would fit into cannula 10709.
Cannula 10721 may be sized to receive a drill. The drill may be a
cannulated drill that is configured to slide over the K-wire
positioned using bushing 10701. Cannula 10721 may direct an
instrument along longitudinal axis LB1.
[1594] Bushing 10703 may be separated from bushing 10705.
Separating bushing 10703 from bushing 10705 may expose cannula
10729. Cannula 10729 may have a diameter that is larger than the
diameter of cannula 10721. Cannula 10729 may be configured to
received larger gauge instruments than those that would fit into
cannula 10721. Cannula 10729 may be sized to receive an anchor or
screw. Cannula 10729 may direct an anchor or screw along
longitudinal axis LB2. The anchor or screw may be a cannulated and
configured to slide over the K-wire positioned using bushing
10701.
[1595] Bushing 10705 may be removed from jig 10500.
[1596] FIG. 108 shows exemplary apparatus. The apparatus shown in
FIG. 108 includes jig 10500 releasably coupled to plate 10300. The
apparatus shown in FIG. 108 also includes bushings 10701, 10703 and
10705 coupled together to form nested bushing 10801. In FIG. 108,
bushings 10701, 10703 and 10705 are coupled together to form nested
bushing 10800 and are seated on a screw hole defined by jig 10500.
Threaded segment 10725 of bushing 10705 may threadedly engage a
screw hole in jig 10500.
[1597] FIG. 109 shows an illustrative method for inserting an
implant in a bone. The illustrative method may include one or more
of the steps shown in FIG. 109. The steps shown in FIG. 109 may be
performed in an order different from the order shown in FIG. 109.
The steps may be performed using apparatus and methods disclosed
herein. The steps may be performed using any plate, jig, or plate
and jig combination disclosed herein.
[1598] Step 10901 may include reducing and stabilizing a fractured
bone. Step 10903 may include confirming an access angle. Step 10905
may include drilling. The drilling may form an access hole towards
a target site. Step 10907 may include prepping an interior of the
bone for implantation of the implant. Prepping the interior may
include creating a cavity within the bone. Step 10909 may include
deploying the implant in the cavity. The deploying may include
expanding the implant. The implant may be self-expanding. Step
10911 may include rotating and locking the deployed implant. Step
10913 may include fixing the implant to the bone. The fixing the
implant may include fixing a tail of the implant to the bone. Step
10915 may include driving screws through the bone and into a head
of the implant. Step 10915 may be performed for any suitable bone.
In some of the embodiments where the bone is a proximal humerus,
the screws may be driven through a humeral head and into a head of
the implant. Step 10917 may include securing fragments of the bone.
The securing the fragments of the bone may include securing
fragments of the bone to the implant head by driving fixation
elements through the bone and into the implant head. Step 10919 may
include securing the implant to the bone.
[1599] FIG. 110 shows an illustrative method for inserting an
implant in a bone. The illustrative method may include one or more
of the steps shown in FIG. 110. The steps shown in FIG. 110 may be
performed in an order different from the order shown in FIG. 110.
The steps may be performed using apparatus and methods disclosed
herein. The steps may be performed using any plate, jig, or plate
and jig combination disclosed herein.
[1600] Step 11001 may include reducing and stabilizing a fractured
bone. Step 11003 may include confirming an access angle. Step 11005
may include drilling. The drilling may be performed to form an
access hole towards a target site. Step 11007 may include prepping
an interior of the bone for implantation of the implant. Prepping
the interior may include creating a cavity within the bone. Step
11009 may include deploying the implant in the cavity. Step 11011
may include rotating and locking the deployed implant. Step 11013
may include securing fragments of the bone. The securing the
fragments of the bone may include securing fragments of the bone to
the implant head by driving fixation elements through the bone and
into the implant head. Step 11015 may include fixing the implant to
the bone. The fixing the implant may include fixing a tail of the
implant to the bone. Step 11017 may include securing the implant to
the bone.
[1601] FIG. 111 shows an illustrative method for inserting an
implant in a bone. The illustrative method may include one or more
of the steps shown in FIG. 111. The steps shown in FIG. 111 may be
performed in an order different from the order shown in FIG. 111.
The steps may be performed using apparatus and methods disclosed
herein. The steps may be performed using any plate, jig, or plate
and jig combination disclosed herein.
[1602] Step 11101 may include reducing and stabilizing a fractured
bone. Step 11103 may include target and access. Target and access
may include driving a target wire through a target hole and towards
a target site. Step 11105 may include using a side cut drill to
create an access hole on the bone and driving a target wire through
the access hole and towards the target site. The target wire may be
used as a guide pin. Step 11107 may include drilling through the
access hole and towards the target site. Step 1109 may include
prepping an interior of the bone for implantation of the implant.
Prepping the interior may include creating a cavity within the
bone. Step 11111 may include deploying the implant in the cavity.
Step 11113 may include rotating and locking the deployed implant.
Step 11115 may include may include fixing the implant to the bone.
The fixing the implant may include fixing a tail of the implant to
the bone. Step 1117 may include securing fragments of the bone. The
securing the fragments of the bone may include securing fragments
of the bone to the implant head by driving fixation elements
through the bone and into the implant head. Step 11119 may include
securing the implant to the bone.
[1603] FIG. 112 shows an illustrative therapeutic scenario with
illustrative apparatus implanted in bone B. The apparatus may
include plate 11201 and implant 11203. The apparatus may also
include implant delivery base 11207, post 11205 and reduction
device 11209.
[1604] The apparatus illustrated in FIG. 112 may be used for the
percutaneous delivery of implant 11203 into an interior of bone B.
The apparatus illustrated in FIG. 112 may be used to deliver
implant 11203 into an interior of bone B using a minimally invasive
method, such as a method including splitting the deltoid muscle.
The apparatus illustrated in FIG. 112 may be used to deliver
implant 11203 into an interior of a bone using an open
procedure.
[1605] Implant delivery base 11207 may be used alone for
percutaneous delivery of implant 11203 in bone B. Implant delivery
base 11207 may be used with plate 11201 for percutaneous delivery
of implant 11203 in bone B.
[1606] Implant delivery base 11207 may have one or more features in
common with the implant delivery bases illustrated in FIGS. 85-88A.
Post 11205 may have one or more features in common with the posts
illustrated in FIGS. 85-88A. Reduction device 11209 may have one or
more features in common with the reduction devices illustrated in
FIGS. 85-88A.
[1607] The implant delivery bases illustrated in FIGS. 85-88A may
have one or more features in common with implant delivery base
11207. The posts illustrated in FIGS. 85-88A may have one or more
features in common with post 11205. The reduction devices
illustrated in FIGS. 85-88A may have one or more features in common
with reduction device 11209.
[1608] Plate 11203 may be positioned complimentarily on a surface
of bone B.
[1609] Implant delivery base 11207 may be nested in opening 11231
defined by plate 11201. Implant delivery base 11207 may be seated
in opening 11231 defined by plate 11201. A bottom surface of
implant delivery base 11207 may be seated on a surface of bone B. A
bottom surface of implant delivery base 11207 may be seated in
opening 11231. A bottom surface of implant delivery base 11207 may
be seated on a face of plate 11201. A first portion of a bottom
surface of implant delivery base 11207 may be seated on a surface
of bone B and a second portion of a bottom surface of implant
delivery base 11207 may be seated on a surface of plate 11201. One
or more features of implant delivery base 11207 may snap into plate
11201. Plate 11201 may include a slot shaped to receive a
protrusion on a bottom face of implant delivery base 11207.
[1610] Implant delivery base 11207 may define channel 11243.
Channel 11243 may be sized to receive implant 11203 in an
unexpanded state. Channel 11243 may be sized to receive a bushing
(not shown). The bushing may be sized to receive implant 11203 in
an unexpanded state. The bushing may be sized to receive a drill.
The bushing may be removably coupled to channel 11243.
[1611] Implant delivery base 11207 may define bore 11223. Implant
delivery base 11207 may define a second bore (not shown) opposite
bore 11223 across a channel longitudinal axis. Fixation element
11229 may pass through bore 11223. Fixation element 11227 may pass
through the second bore. Bore 11223 and the second bore may extend
through implant delivery base 11207 at an angle oblique to a bottom
surface of implant delivery base 11207. Bore 11223 may define a
central axis. Fixation element 11229 may pass through a hole
defined by plate 11201 and into the interior of bone B. Fixation
element 11227 may pass through a hole defined by plate 11201 and
into the interior of bone B. The passing of fixation elements 11227
and 11229 through implant delivery base 11207 and through plate
11201 may couple implant delivery base 11207 to plate 11201. The
passing of fixation elements 11227 and 11229 through implant
delivery base 11207, through plate 11201 and into bone B may couple
implant delivery base 11207 to plate 11201 and to bone B.
[1612] A central axis defined by channel 11243 may be non-parallel
to a central axis defined by bore 11223 and a central axis defined
by the second bore. A first central axis defined by bore 11223 and
a second central axis defined by the second bore may point into the
interior of bone B, but not into a volume occupied by implant 11203
in the interior when implant 11203 is advanced through the channel,
into the interior, positioned at a target site, and radially
expanded to form a mesh cage.
[1613] Implant delivery base 11207 may include hole 11219 and hole
11225. Implant delivery base 11207 may include a second hole
opposite hole 11219 across a base longitudinal axis. Implant
delivery base 11207 may include a third hole opposite hole 11225
across a base longitudinal axis. When implant delivery base 11207
is coupled to plate 11201, hole 11219 may be coaxial with hole
11233 and the second hole, and hole 11225 may be coaxial with hole
11235 and the third hole. A practitioner may removably couple
implant delivery base 11207 to plate 11201 during the therapeutic
procedure by passing a screw through hole 11219 and hole 11233. A
practitioner may removably couple implant delivery base 11207 to
plate 11201 during the therapeutic procedure by passing a screw
through 11225 and hole 11235.
[1614] Implant delivery base 11207 may include post 11205 extending
away from a top surface of implant delivery base 11207. Post 11205
may be cannulated to define inner lumen 11217. Inner lumen 11217
may be sized to receive a drill. Inner lumen 11217 may be sized to
receive a screw. In operation, when implant delivery base 11207 is
coupled to plate 11201 and implant 11203 is positioned in bone B, a
screw advanced through lumen 11217 may engage a hole defined by a
tail of implant 11203.
[1615] Implant delivery base 11207 may include reduction device
11209. Reduction device 11209 may be removably coupled to post
11205. Reduction device 11209 may be snapped onto post 11205.
Reduction device 11209 may be removed from post 11205 using handle
11211.
[1616] Reduction device 11209 may define hole 11215, hole 11241,
hole 11239 and hole 11221. Holes defined by reduction device 11209
may be sized to receive fixation elements such as k-wire 11235,
k-wire 11237 and screws (not shown). Holes defined by reduction
device 11209 may be sized to receive a bushing (not shown). Each of
holes 11215, 11241, 11239 and 11221 may point to a volume defined
by implant 11203 when the implant is positioned at the target site
in bone B and expanded to form a mesh cage.
[1617] Reduction device 11209 may define slit 11213. Slit 11213 may
run from an end of reduction device 11209 along a central axis of
reduction device 11209. Slit 11213 may extend through one or more
holes defined by reduction device 11209. A practitioner may drive
k-wires into the bone and subsequently slide reduction device over
the k-wires by axially sliding an opening defined by slit 11213
along the k-wires.
[1618] Arms of reduction device 11209 extending circumferentially
about bone B may have any suitable length and width to target
desired anatomy of bone B.
[1619] FIG. 113 shows illustrative rod 11301. Rod 11301 may include
tapered segment 11319. Tapered segment 11319 may displace tissue in
a bone as rod 11301 is inserted into the bone.
[1620] Rod 11301 may include anchor receiving feature 11315. Anchor
receiving feature 11315 may define a first central longitudinal
axis (not shown). The first central longitudinal axis may be
oblique to the central longitudinal axis of rod 11301. An anchor
driven through anchor receiving feature 11315 may secure rod 11301
to a bone.
[1621] Rod 11301 may include anchor receiving feature 11313. Anchor
receiving feature 11315 may define a second central longitudinal
axis (not shown). The second central longitudinal axis may be
oblique to the central longitudinal axis of rod 11301. An anchor
driven through anchor receiving feature 11313 may secure rod 11301
to the bone.
[1622] A first planar surface (not shown) may include the first
central longitudinal axis. A second planar surface (not shown) may
include the second central longitudinal axis. The first planar
surface may be parallel to the second planar surface.
[1623] Rod 11301 may include anchor receiving feature 11311. Anchor
receiving feature 11311 may define a third central longitudinal
axis (not shown). An anchor driven through anchor receiving feature
11311 may secure rod 11301 to the bone. The third central
longitudinal axis may intersect the first and the second planar
surfaces.
[1624] Rod 11301 may include anchor receiving feature 11309. Anchor
receiving feature 11309 may define a fourth central longitudinal
axis (not shown). An anchor driven through anchor receiving feature
11309 may secure rod 11301 to the bone. The fourth central
longitudinal axis may intersect the first and the second planar
surfaces. The fourth central longitudinal axis may be parallel to
the third central longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving
feature 11311. The fourth central longitudinal axis may intersect
the third central longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving
feature 11311.
[1625] Rod 11301 may include guide surface 11305. A segment of rod
11301 that includes guide surface 11305 may be a guide segment.
Guide surface 11305 may guide tools into the bone. Guide surface
11305 may guide tools into the bone through aperture 11306.
Aperture may be defined by ring-shaped segment 11312. Exemplary
tools may include a k-wire, drill, reamer and/or implant. The drill
may be any suitable drill, such as drill 1501 (shown in FIG. 15).
The reamer may be any suitable reamer, such as reamer 1601 (shown
in FIGS. 16-19). The implant may be the implant, such as implant
9720 (shown in FIG. 97A).
[1626] Guide surface 11305 may be configured to support the implant
tail of the implant.
[1627] Rod 11301 may include threaded segment 11307. Threaded
segment 11307 may threadedly engage an extension rod (not shown)
that extends along central longitudinal rod axis L.sub.R. A force
may be applied to the extension rod to drive rod 11301 into a bone.
The extension rod may be threadedly disengages from rod 11301 after
rod is 11301 is positioned in the bone. Appling the force to the
extension rod may mitigate a risk of deforming rod 11301 while
inserting rod 11301 into the bone.
[1628] Rod 11301 may include anchor receiving feature 11309. Anchor
receiving feature 11309 may receive an anchor that is driven
through the implant tail (not shown). The anchor received by anchor
receiving feature 11309 may secure the implant tail to the bone.
The anchor received by anchor receiving feature 11309 may secure
rod 11301 to the bone. The anchor received by anchor receiving
feature 11309 may secure the implant to rod 11301.
[1629] Rod 11301 may include elongated extension member 11303.
Extension member 11303 may have a length. The length of extension
member 11303 may extend parallel to, or substantially parallel to,
a central longitudinal axis of rod 13301. An outer surface of rod
11301 may be tubular and define a cylindrical surface. An outer
surface of extension member 11303 may be coextensive with the
cylindrical surface. An outer surface of extension member 11303 may
be coextensive with a portion of the cylindrical surface. An inner
surface of extension member 11303 may be coextensive with an inner
surface of ring-shaped segment 11312.
[1630] An "outer" surface may be a surface of extension member
13303, rod 11301 or ring-shaped segment 11312 that is more distant
from a central longitudinal axis of rod 11301. An "inner" surface
may be a surface of extension member extension member 13303, rod
11301 or ring-shaped segment 11312 that is closer to the central
longitudinal axis of rod 11301. A thickness of extension member
13303, rod 11301 or ring-shaped segment 11312 may be a distance
between the inner and outer surfaces.
[1631] An outer surface of extension member 11303 may be planar, or
substantially planar. An inner surface of extension member 11303
may be planar, or substantially planar.
[1632] Extension member 11303 may have a thickness. The thickness
may extend between inner and outer surfaces of extension member
11303. The thickness of extension member 11303 may vary along the
length of extension member 11303. The thickness of extension member
11303 may be less than a diameter of the cylindrical surface
defined by rod 11301. A thickness of elongated extension member
11303 may less than a radius of the cylindrical surface defined by
rod 11301. An outside surface of extension member 11303 may not
completely encircle aperture 11306. A thickness of elongated
extension member 11303 may not obscure aperture 11306. A thickness
of elongated extension member 11303 may not obscure a trajectory
defined by guide surface 11305.
[1633] An outside surface of extension member 11303 may not
completely encircle ring-shaped segment 11312. A thickness of
ring-shaped segment 11312 may vary along a central longitudinal
axis of rod 11301. A thickness of ring-shaped segment 11312 may
vary to accommodate the trajectory defined by guide surface 11305.
The thickness of ring-shaped segment 11312 may vary about a central
longitudinal axis defined by guide surface 11305. The thickness of
ring-shaped segment 11312 may vary along the central longitudinal
axis defined by guide surface 11305. The thickness of ring-shaped
segment 11312 may vary about a central longitudinal axis defined by
rod 11301. The thickness of ring-shaped segment 11312 may vary
along the central longitudinal axis defined by rod 11301.
[1634] Ring-shaped segment 11312 may be thick at or near a joint
with extension member 11303. Increased thickness at the joint may
provide more robust support for extension member 11303.
[1635] An outer surface of extension member 11303 may have an arc
length that is less than a circumferential length of the
cylindrical surface defined by rod 11301. Elongated extension
member 11303 may define a planar surface area. When rod 11301 is
positioned inside a bone, elongated extension member 11303 may be
positioned between a central longitudinal axis of the bone and
cortical bone. When rod 11301 is positioned inside a bone,
elongated extension member 11303 may be positioned between a
central longitudinal axis of rod 11301 and an outer surface of rod
13301.
[1636] Extension member 11303 may include mating feature 11321.
Mating feature 11321 may mate with a corresponding mating feature
(not shown) in an extension rod (not shown). Mating feature 11321
may position the extension rod such a central longitudinal axis of
the extension rod is perpendicular to, or substantially
perpendicular, to axis L.sub.R.
[1637] Extension member 11303 may include anchor receiving feature
11317. Anchor receiving feature 11317 may be configured to receive
an anchor that locks rod 11301 to an extension rod. Anchor
receiving feature 11317 may be threaded.
[1638] Using mating feature 11321 and anchor receiving feature
11317, an extension rod may be securely affixed to rod 11301. A
force, applied to the extension rod may drive rod 11301 into the
bone. The extension rod may be disengaged from rod 11301 after rod
is 11301 is positioned in the bone. Mating feature 11321 may
mitigate a risk of deforming rod 11301 while inserting rod 11301
into the bone.
[1639] Edge 11310 of extension member 11303 may be a mating
feature. A first protrusion (e.g., of an extension rod) may be
configured to mate with mating feature 11321. A depth of mating
feature 11321 may be less than a thickness of extension member
11303. A second protrusion (e.g., of the extension rod) may be
configured to abut edge 11310. Edge 11310 may touch the second
protrusion. Edge 11310 may contact the second protrusion when a
force is applied to the second protrusion (e.g., via the extension
rod). Edge 11310 may have a thickness that is the same as, or
different from, a thickness of extension member 11301. Edge 11301
may have a thickness that is at least equal to a depth of mating
feature 11321.
[1640] Extension member 11303 may include mating feature 11308.
Mating feature 11308 may mate with a corresponding mating feature
(not shown) in an extension rod (not shown). Mating feature 11308
may position the extension rod such a central longitudinal axis of
the extension rod is parallel to, or substantially parallel to,
axis L.sub.R. Mating feature 11308 may define a track for receiving
a corresponding feature of the extension rod.
[1641] FIG. 114 shows another view of rod 11301. FIG. 114 shows
that extension member 11303 does not obstruct aperture 11306. Tools
guided by guide surface 11305 (shown in FIG. 113) may pass through
aperture 11306 and into the bone without being obstructed by
extension member 11303. Extension member 11303 may not obstruct an
expansion of an implant inside the bone.
[1642] FIG. 115 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 1501.
Scenario 11501 shows rod 11301 positioned inside bone B. Bone B may
be any suitable bone. Exemplary bones may include a humerus and
femur. Scenario 11501 shows implant 11503 positioned inside bone B.
Implant 11503 may be inserted into bone B using guide surface 11305
(shown in FIG. 113). Scenario 11501 shows implant 11503 in an
expanded state. Scenario 11501 shows that extension member 11303
does not obstruct expansion of implant 11503.
[1643] Scenario 11501 shows another view of mating feature.
Scenario 11501 shows anchor 11507 positioned in anchor receiving
features 11315, 11313 and 11311. Anchor 11507 may be received by
anchor receiving feature 11309 (shown in FIG. 113).
[1644] Scenario 11501 shows the guide surface supporting implant
tail 11505. Scenario 11501 also shows implant tail 11515
penetrating aperture 11306 defined by ring-shaped segment 11312.
Implant head 11503 may also penetrate aperture 11306 defined by
ring-shaped segment 11312.
[1645] FIG. 116 shows rod 11301 positioned relative to extension
rod 11601. A central longitudinal axis L.sub.R of rod 11301 may be
positioned perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular to, a
central longitudinal axis L.sub.ER of extension rod 11601.
[1646] Extension rod 11601 may include mating feature 11613. Mating
feature 11613 may mate with mating feature 11321 (shown in FIG.
113) of rod 11301. Extension rod 11601 may include internal bore
11611. Positioning mating feature 11613 within mating feature 11321
may position internal bore 11611 relative to anchor receiving
feature 11317 (shown in FIG. 113).
[1647] When internal bore 11611 is positioned relative to anchor
receiving feature 11317, an anchor (not shown) may be driven
through internal bore 11611 into anchor receiving feature 11317.
The anchor may be inserted into extension rod 11601 via opening
11607. The anchor may threadedly engage anchor receiving feature
11317. Threaded engagement of the anchor and anchor receiving
feature 11317 may lock extension rod 11601 to rod 11301. Extension
rod 11601 may be locked to rod 11301 such that L.sub.R is
perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular to, L.sub.ER.
Extension rod 11601 may be locked to rod 11301 before rod 11301 is
positioned inside a bone.
[1648] When extension rod 11601 is locked relative to rod 11301
mating feature 11613 may be securely mated to mating feature 11321.
For example, mating feature 11601 may be received by mating feature
11321. When mating feature 11601 is securely mated to mating
feature 11321, a force applied to extension rod 11601 may be
transferred to rod 11301 without deforming extension member 11303
or any other component of rod 11301.
[1649] When rod 11301 is secured to extension rod 11601,
pass-through 11605 may be aligned with central longitudinal axis
L.sub.11311 of anchor receiving feature 11311. Extension rod 11601
may remain affixed to rod 11301 after rod 11301 is positioned
inside a bone. Tools may be inserted through pass-through 11605.
The tools may be used to position an anchor, from an outside of the
bone, within anchor receiving feature 11311.
[1650] When rod 11301 is secured to extension rod 11601,
pass-through 11603 may be aligned with central longitudinal axis
L.sub.11309 of anchor receiving feature 11309. Extension rod 11601
may remain affixed to rod 11301 after rod 11301 is positioned
inside a bone. Tools may be inserted through pass-through 11603.
The tools may be used to position an anchor, from an outside of the
bone, within anchor receiving feature 11309. For example,
pass-through 11603 may be used to position anchor 11507 that
secures implant 11503.
[1651] Extension rod 11601 may include rib 11609. Rib 11609 may
secure targeting tools relative to extension rod 11601. The
targeting tools may be used to direct one or more anchors into rod
11301 when rod 11301 is positioned inside the bone. The targeting
tools may be used to direct one or more anchors into implant 11503
(shown in FIG. 115) when implant 11503 is positioned inside the
bone.
[1652] Rib 11609 may include one or more cut-outs. FIG. 116 shows
that rib 11609 includes cut-out 11602. FIG. 116 shows that rib
11609 includes cut-out 11604. A cut-out may receive a set screw
affixed to targeting tools (not shown). Targeting tools may include
a feature that mates with rib 11609. Targeting tools may be secured
to extension rod 11601 by mating with rib 11609. A set screw may be
driven into cut-outs 11602 and/or 11604 in rib 11609. Driving a set
screw into cut-outs 11602 and/or 11604 may provide additional
stability to targeting tools secured to rod 11301.
[1653] Extension rod 11601 may be unlocked and removed from rod
11301. Extension rod 11601 may be unlocked and removed from rod
11301 after rod 11301 is securely positioned inside a bone.
[1654] FIG. 116 shows clearance axis L.sub.C1. Clearance axis
L.sub.C1 may represent space for positioning of a tool (e.g., drill
or implant) inside a bone. Axis L.sub.C1 may be parallel to an
outer surface of rod 11301. FIG. 116 also shows clearance axis
L.sub.C2. Clearance axis L.sub.C2 may represent space for
positioning of a tool (e.g., drill or implant) inside a bone.
L.sub.C1, L.sub.C2 and an inner surface of extension member 11303
may collectively define a clearance plane P.sub.C for positioning
of a tool (e.g., drill or implant) inside a bone.
[1655] Clearance may include space for an expandable implant (such
as implant 11503, shown in FIG. 115) to fully expand inside a bone.
Clearance may include space for an expandable implant to fully
expand inside the bone. Clearance may include space for an
expandable implant to fully expand inside the bone when the implant
is inserted into the bone at an angle, relative to a longitudinal
axis of the bone. The angle may be defined by guide surface 11305
(shown in FIG. 113). Clearance may include space for an expandable
implant to be therapeutically positioned within the bone. A
therapeutic position for an implant may include a position, within
the bone, that allows a practitioner to repair a fracture of the
bone by securing one or more segments of the bone to the implant.
An illustrative therapeutic position for an implant is shown in
FIG. 115.
[1656] FIG. 117 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 11700.
Scenario 11700 shows extension rod 11705. Extension rod 11705 may
have one or more features in common with extension rod 11601 (shown
in FIG. 116). Scenario 11700 shows rod 11701. Rod 11701 may have
one or more features in common with rod 11301 (shown in FIG. 113).
Scenario 11700 shows extension rod 11705 affixed to rod 11701. Rod
11701 is positioned inside bone B. Extension rod 11705 extends out
of bone B.
[1657] Scenario 11700 shows targeting tool 11707 affixed to
extension rod 11705. Set screw 11709 may be used to secure
targeting tool 11707 to extension rod 11705. Targeting tool 11707
may include anchor receiving features 11717. Targeting tool 1707
may include anchor receiving feature 11719. When targeting tool
11707 is affixed to extension rod 11705, anchor receiving features
11717 and 11719 may be positioned to direct one or more anchors
into target locations on rod 11701 and/or within bone B.
[1658] Target tool 11701 may include guide segment 11715. When
targeting tool 11701 is affixed to extension rod 11705, and
extension rod is affixed to rod 11701, guide segment 11715 may be
positioned to direct tool 11713 into guide surface 11305 (shown in
FIG. 113). Tool 11713 may be used to deploy implant 11711 inside
bone B.
[1659] FIG. 118 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 11800.
Scenario 11800 shows extension rod 11705 affixed to rod 11701. Rod
11701 is positioned inside bone B. Extension rod 11705 extends out
of bone B. Scenario 11800 shows that when rod 11701 is positioned
inside bone B, extension rod 11705 may be used to position tools
11801 and 11803 from an outside of bone B, relative to rod 11701
inside bone B. Scenario 11800 shows that when rod 11701 is
positioned inside bone B, extension rod 11705 may be used to
position tools 11801 and 11803 from an outside of bone B, relative
to implant 11711 inside bone B.
[1660] For example, scenario 11800 shows that guide tube 11801 may
be positioned within pass-through 11805 of extension rod 11705.
Pass-through 11805 may include one or more features of pass-through
11605 (shown in FIG. 116). Positioning guide tube 11801 within the
pass-through may allow drill 11803 to be positioned within guide
tube 11801 and be aligned with an anchor receiving feature of rod
11701. For example, drill 11803 may create a pilot hole for an
anchor that is received by anchor receiving feature 11311 (shown in
FIGS. 113 and 115).
[1661] Extension rod 11705 may include pass-through 11807.
Pass-through 11807 may include one or more features of pass-through
11603 (shown in FIG. 116). Pass-through 11807 may position a drill
or other tool relative to anchor receiving feature 11309 (shown in
FIGS. 113 and 116). When positioned relative to anchor receiving
feature 11309, the drill may create a pilot hole for anchor 11811.
Pass-through 11807 may be used to position anchor 11811.
[1662] FIG. 119 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 11900.
Scenario 11900 shows extension rod 11907 affixed to rod 11903.
Extension rod 11907 may include one or more features of extension
rod 11601 (shown in FIG. 116). Rod 11903 may include one or more
features of rod 11301 (shown in FIG. 116). Rod 11903 is positioned
inside bone B. Extension rod 11907 extends out of bone B.
[1663] Scenario 11900 shows that when rod 11903 is positioned
inside bone B, targeting tool 11901 may be affixed to extension rod
11907. Targeting tool 11901 may be affixed to extension rod 11907
such that the targeting tools 11901 are positioned outside of bone
B. When targeting tool 11901 is affixed to extension rod 11907.
Guide surfaces of targeting tool 11901 may be aligned with anchor
receiving features, positioned inside bone B, of rod 11903 and/or
implant 11905.
[1664] Targeting tool 11901 may include one or more guide surfaces.
For example, targeting tool 11901 may include guide surfaces that
position tools 11909, 11915, 11913, 11911 and 11911. The one or
more guide surfaces may direct a k-wire, anchor, drill, reamer
wires, guide tubes or other tool into anchor receiving features of
rod 11903 after rod 11903 is inside bone B. The one or more guide
surfaces may direct a k-wire, anchor, drill, reamer, wires, guide
tubes or other tool into anchor receiving features of implant 11905
after implant 11905 is inside bone B. Anchor receiving features of
implant 11905 may include anchor receiving features in the implant
tail of implant 11905. Anchor receiving features of implant 11905
may include anchor receiving features in the implant head of
implant 11905.
[1665] Guide surfaces of targeting tool 11901 may be aligned with
anchor receiving features of rod 11903 and/or implant 11905 when
rod 11701 is positioned inside bone B, extension rod 11705 may be
used to position tools 11801 and 11803 from an outside of bone B,
relative to implant 11711 inside bone B.
[1666] FIG. 120 shows rod 12000. Rod 12000 may include one or more
features of rod 11301 (shown in FIG. 113). Rod 11301 may include
one or more features of rod 12000.
[1667] Rod 12000 may be tubular. Rod 12000 may include rod body
12006. Rod body 12006 may include a length that defines a
cylindrical surface. For example, rod body 12006 may define
cylindrical surface 12010. Rod body 12006 may include a length that
defines a cylindrical surface.
[1668] An outer surface of rod body 12006 may define axes L.sub.OS1
and L.sub.OS2. Axes L.sub.OS1 and L.sub.OS2 may be parallel to a
central longitudinal axis of rod 12000.
[1669] Rod 12000 may include tapered segment 12008. Tapered segment
12008 may define a conical surface. For example, tapered segment
12008 may define conical surface 12012. Tapered segment 12008 may
define a conical surface.
[1670] Rod 12000 may include anchor receiving feature 12005. Anchor
receiving feature 12005 may define a first central longitudinal
axis (not shown). The first central longitudinal axis may be
oblique to the central longitudinal axis of rod 12000. An anchor
driven through anchor receiving feature 12005 may secure rod 12000
to a bone, such as bone B (shown in FIG. 115). An anchor may be
driven through anchor receiving feature 12005 at an angle defined
by the intersection of central longitudinal axis of anchor
receiving feature 12005 and central longitudinal axis of rod
12000.
[1671] Rod 12000 may include anchor receiving feature 12003. Anchor
receiving feature 12003 may define a second central longitudinal
axis (not shown). The second central longitudinal axis may be
oblique to a central longitudinal axis of rod 12000. An anchor
driven through anchor receiving feature 12003 may secure rod 12000
to a bone, such as bone B (shown in FIG. 115). An anchor may be
driven through anchor receiving feature 12003 at an angle defined
by the intersection of central longitudinal axis of anchor
receiving feature 12003 and central longitudinal axis of rod
12000.
[1672] A first planar surface (not shown) may include the first
central longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving feature
12005. A second planar surface (not shown) may include the second
central longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving feature
12003. The first planar surface may be parallel to the second
planar surface.
[1673] The axes defined by anchor receiving features 12005 and
12003 may direct anchors into a bone at different angles with
respect to a central longitudinal axis of rod 12000. The axes
defined by anchor receiving features 12005 and 12003 may direct
anchors into a bone within parallel planar surfaces. Driving
anchors into a bone at different angles and in parallel surfaces
may decrease stress risers in the bone. The stress risers may be
due to threaded engagement of the anchors with the bone.
[1674] An anchor may include a head. The head may not pass through
anchor receiving feature 12005 or 12003. The stress risers may be
due to threaded engagement of the anchors with the bone and a
bracing of the anchor head against an outer surface of rod 12000.
The stress risers may be due to threaded engagement of the anchors
with the bone and a bracing of the anchor head against an outer
surface of the bone.
[1675] Rod 12000 may include guide surface 12001. A segment of rod
12000 that includes guide surface 12001 may be a guide segment.
Guide surface 12001 may guide tools into the bone. Guide surface
12001 may guide tools into the bone through aperture 12002. Guide
surface 12001 may guide tools into the bone at an angle that is
oblique to a central longitudinal axis of rod 12000. Exemplary
tools may include a k-wire, drill, reamer and/or implant. The drill
may be any suitable drill, such as drill 1501 (shown in FIG. 15).
The reamer may be any suitable reamer, such as reamer 1601 (shown
in FIGS. 16-19). The implant may be any suitable implant, such as
implant 9720 (shown in FIG. 97A).
[1676] Rod 12000 may include anchor receiving feature 12007. Anchor
receiving feature 12007 may define a third central longitudinal
axis (not shown). The third central longitudinal axis may be
oblique to a central longitudinal axis of rod 12000. An anchor
driven through anchor receiving feature 12007 may secure rod 12000
to the bone. The third central longitudinal axis may intersect the
first and the second planar surfaces.
[1677] Rod 12000 may include anchor receiving feature 12009. Anchor
receiving feature 12009 may define a fourth central longitudinal
axis (not shown). An anchor driven through anchor receiving feature
12009 may secure rod 12000 to the bone. The fourth central
longitudinal axis may intersect the first and the second planar
surfaces. The fourth central longitudinal axis may intersect the
first and the second planar surfaces.
[1678] The fourth central longitudinal axis defined by anchor
receiving feature 12009 may be parallel to the third central
longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving feature 12007. The
fourth central longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving
feature 12009 may intersect the third central longitudinal axis
defined by anchor receiving feature 12007.
[1679] Anchor receiving features 12007 and 12009 may receive
anchors that secure rod 12000 to a bone. Anchor receiving features
12007 and 12009 may receive anchors that secure an implant to the
bone. Anchor receiving features 12007 and 12009 may receive anchors
that secure a tail of the implant to rod 12000 and the bone.
[1680] Rod 12000 may include elongated extension member 12004.
Extension member 12004 may include mating feature 12011 and mating
feature 12012. Mating features 12011 and 12012 may mate with
corresponding mating features (not shown) in an extension rod (not
shown). Mating features 12011 and 12012 may position the extension
rod such that a central longitudinal axis of the extension rod is
perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular to, a central
longitudinal axis of rod 12000.
[1681] Rod 12000 include cannulated segment 12014. Cannulated
segment 12014 may be threaded. For example, a threaded tool (e.g.,
screw or extension rod) may be threadedly inserted into cannulated
segment 12014 via aperture 12013. A tool that engages cannulated
segment 12014 may be positioned such a central longitudinal axis of
the tool is parallel to, or substantially parallel to, a central
longitudinal axis of rod 12000.
[1682] Cannulated segment 12014 may have a width (or diameter) that
is less than a width (or diameter) of rod 12000. The difference in
width (or diameter) may allow a tool to slide over cannulated
segment 12014 without increasing an overall width (or diameter) of
rod 12000. A tool that slides over cannulated segment 12014 may
also threadedly engage cannulated segment 12014 via aperture
12013.
[1683] Elongated extension member 12004 may include anchor
receiving feature 12017. Anchor receiving feature 12017 may be
configured to receive an anchor that locks rod 12000 to an
extension rod (not shown). Anchor receiving feature 12017 may be
threaded.
[1684] An extension rod may include mating features that mate with
mating feature 12011 and/or mating feature 12012. For example,
mating features 12011 and 12012 may include depressions in a
surface of rod 12000. An extension rod may include one or more
protrusions that fit into the depressions. When mating features of
an extension rod are joined to mating features 12011 and 12012, a
guide surface of the extension rod may be positioned over anchor
receiving feature 12017. An anchor may be driven through the
extension rod into anchor receiving feature 12017 and securely
affixed the extension rod to rod 12000.
[1685] A force, applied to the extension rod may drive rod 12000
into the bone. The extension rod may be disengaged from rod 12000
after rod is 12000 is positioned in the bone. Mating features 12011
and 12012 may mitigate a risk of deforming rod 12000 when applying
the force to the extension rod and inserting rod 12000 into the
bone.
[1686] FIG. 121 shows another view of rod 12000. FIG. 121 shows
that elongated extension member 12004 may include an outer surface
area that is less than an outer surface area of rod body 12006. For
example, rod body 12006 may define a cylindrical surface. In some
embodiments, rod body 12006 may define a cylindrical surface.
[1687] Rod body 12006 may have an outer surface area that is larger
than an outer surface area of elongated extension member 12004.
Less outer surface area may provide elongated extension member
12004 with clearance for tools inserted into a bone via guide
surface 12001 and aperture 12002.
[1688] Clearance may include space for an expandable implant to
fully expand inside the bone. Clearance may include space for an
expandable implant to fully expand inside the bone. Clearance may
include space for an expandable implant to fully expand inside the
bone when the implant is inserted into the bone at an angle,
relative to a longitudinal axis of the bone, defined by guide
surface 12001. Clearance may include space for an expandable
implant to be therapeutically positioned within the bone. A
therapeutic position for an implant may include a position, within
the bone, that allows a practitioner to repair a fracture of the
bone by securing one or more segments of the bone to the
implant.
[1689] FIG. 121 shows that cannulated segment 12014 is spaced apart
from aperture 12012 by a length of elongated member 12004. FIG. 121
shows that cannulated segment 12014 may include an outer surface
area that is larger than an outer surface area of elongated
extension member 12004. FIG. 121 also shows that cannulated segment
12014 may include an outer surface area that is smaller than an
outer surface area of rod body 12006.
[1690] FIG. 122 shows another view of rod 12000. FIG. 122 shows
that rod body 12006 defines outer surface axes L.sub.OS3 and
L.sub.OS4. Guide surface 12001 (shown in FIG. 120) may form angle
.alpha. with axis L.sub.OS3. A slope of guide surface 12001 may be
defined by tan(a). Ring-shaped segment 12201 may bridge between
guide surface 12001 and elongated extension member 12004.
Ring-shaped segment 12201 may form angle .beta. with L.sub.OS3. A
central longitudinal axis (not shown) of rod 12000 may pass through
ring-shaped segment 12201.
[1691] FIG. 122 shows clearance axis L.sub.C1. Axis L.sub.C1 may be
an extension of outer surface axis L.sub.OS4 defined by rod body
12006. Ring-shaped segment 12201 may define angle .gamma. with
clearance axis L.sub.C1. Angle .gamma. may be different from angle
.beta.. Angle .gamma. may be equal to angle .beta..
[1692] Clearance axis L.sub.C1 may represent space for positioning
of a tool (e.g., drill or implant) inside a bone. Axis L.sub.C1 may
be parallel to an outer surface axis L.sub.OS. FIG. 122 also shows
clearance axis L.sub.C2. Clearance axis L.sub.C2 may also represent
space for positioning of a tool (e.g., drill or implant) inside a
bone. L.sub.C1, L.sub.C2 and an inner surface of extension member
12004 may collectively define a clearance plane P.sub.C for
positioning of a tool (e.g., drill or implant) inside a bone.
Clearance plane P.sub.C may provide space for positioning the tool
inside a bone after the tool is inserted into the bone via aperture
12002 defined by ring-shaped element 12201.
[1693] FIG. 123 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 12300.
Scenario 12300 shows rod 12301 positioned inside bone B. Rod 12300
may include one or more features of rod 11301 (shown in FIG. 113),
rod 11701 (shown in FIG. 117), rod 11903 (shown in FIG. 119) and
rod 12000 (shown in FIG. 120).
[1694] Scenario 123 shows extension rod 12303 affixed to rod 12301.
Extension rod 12303 may be affixed to rod 12303 by threadedly
engaging cannulated segment 12014 (shown in FIG. 120). Extension
rod 12303 may slide into a space between surface 12010 and surface
12015 of cannulate segment 12014 (shown in FIG. 120). Extension rod
12303 may be cannulated. An anchor (not shown) a cannulated
extension rod 12303 may direct an anchor into cannulate segment
12014. The anchor may threadedly engage cannulated segment 12014
and affix extension rod 12303 to rod 12301.
[1695] After rod 12301 is affixed to extension rod 12303, a force
may be applied to extension rod 120303. The force may drive rod
12301 into bone B. The force may drive rod 12301 into bone B
without deforming rod 12301. Scenario 12300 shows that rod 12301
may be driven into bone B through an articular surface of bone
B.
[1696] After rod 12301 is positioned inside bone B, a first length
of extension rod 12303 may be positioned inside bone B. After rod
12301 is positioned inside bone B, a second length of extension rod
12303 may be positioned outside bone B.
[1697] Targeting tools may be affixed to the second length of
extension rod 12303 that extends outside of bone B. Scenario 12300
shows targeting tool 12307 affixed to extension rod 12303.
Targeting tool may be a jig that includes apertures and guide
surfaces. The apertures and guide surface may direct tools (e.g.,
drill, reamer, k-wire, guide tube, anchor) into targeted positions
on rod 12301. Such targeted positions may include anchor receiving
features in rod 12301.
[1698] For example, scenario 12300 shows tools 12315 and 12317
passing through aperture 12311, through bone B and into an anchor
receiving feature of rod 12301. Scenario 12300 also shows tools
12321 and 12323 passing through aperture 12319, through bone B and
into an anchor receiving feature of rod 12301.
[1699] Targeting tool 12307 may include aperture 12313. Aperture
12313 and an associated guide surface (not shown) may direct tools
through bone B and on to guide surface 12305. Guide surface 12305
may include one or more features of guide surface 12001 (shown in
FIG. 120).
[1700] Targeting tool 12307 may include apertures 12309. Apertures
12309 may be associated with guide surfaces that direct tools into
bone B. Apertures 12309 may be associated with guide surfaces that
direct tools into an implant positioned inside bone B. Apertures
12309 may be associated with guide surfaces that direct tools into
rod 12301 after rod 12301 is positioned inside bone B.
[1701] Extension rod 12303 may be removed from bone B after rod
12301 is secured to bone B. Extension rod 12303 may be removed from
bone B after a fracture in bone B has been repaired.
[1702] FIG. 124 shows illustrative therapeutic scenario 12400.
Scenario 12400 shows targeting tool 12307 affixed to extension rod
12303. Scenario 12400 shows tool 12401 passing through aperture
12313 and on to guide surface 12305 (shown in FIG. 123). Tool 12401
may be used to deploy implant 12403 inside bone B.
[1703] Implant 12403 may pass through aperture 12313 and aperture
12002 (shown in FIG. 120) in a collapsed state. Implant 12403 may
be expanded inside bone B. Elongated extension member 12302 of rod
12301 may provide clearance for expansion of implant 12403 inside
bone B. Elongated extension member 12302 of rod 12301 may provide
clearance for positioned of collapsed or expanded implant 12403
inside bone B.
[1704] Anchor 12405 may pass through a tail of implant 12403.
Anchor 12405 may be directed into implant 12403 and rod 12301 using
guide surfaces associated with one or more of apertures 12309 in
target tool 12307. Anchor 12409 may be directed into bone B and
into rod 12301 using a guide surface associated with aperture
12311. Anchor 12407 may be directed into bone B and into rod 12301
using a guide surface associated with aperture 12319.
[1705] FIG. 125 shows illustrative apparatus 12500. Apparatus 12500
may include the implant. The implant may include implant head 12501
and implant base 12503 positioned between implant head 12501 and
implant tail (not shown).
[1706] Apparatus 12500 may include an elongated member removably
coupled to the implant. The elongated member may include sleeve
12505, anchoring base 12507 and end 12511. End 12511 may be
tapered.
[1707] Anchoring base 12507 may include a hollow mesh structure
defining a plurality of openings 12509. Anchoring base 12507 may
extend between sleeve 12505 and end 12511.
[1708] Openings 12509 may be sized to receive anchors for fixing
anchoring base 12507 to a bone B. The anchors may be screws. A
practitioner may drive a screw into anchoring base 12507 without
using a jig to register the anchor to an opening 12509.
[1709] Apparatus 12500 may be positioned in a bone. Apparatus 12500
may be positioned in a shaft of a bone. Apparatus 12500 may be
positioned along a neck of a bone such that the implant head
extends into a head of the bone. Apparatus 12500 may be positioned
in any other suitable location in a bone.
[1710] FIG. 126 shows a cross-sectional view of apparatus
illustrated in FIG. 125 taking along lines 126-126. FIG. 126 shows
implant tail 12603 positioned in sleeve 12505. FIG. 126 also shows
threaded member 12601 fixed to sleeve 12505. Threaded member 12601
extends along a sleeve longitudinal axis and is spaced radially
apart from the sleeve 12505 to define an annular space. Tail 12603
is seated in the annular space. Threaded member 12601 is shown
engaged with an inner threaded portion of tail 12603 to couple the
elongated member to the implant.
[1711] FIG. 127 shows illustrative apparatus 12700. Apparatus 12700
may include the implant. The implant may include implant head 12701
and implant base 12703 positioned between implant head 12701 and
implant tail 12705.
[1712] Apparatus 12700 may include an elongated member removably
coupled to the implant. The elongated member may include sleeve
12707. In FIG. 127, sleeve 12707 is illustrated as transparent to
show implant tail 12705 and threaded member 12715 positioned in
sleeve 12707.
[1713] The elongated member may include threaded member 12715.
Threaded member 12715 may be fixed to the sleeve and extend along a
sleeve longitudinal axis. Threaded member 12715 may be spaced
radially apart from sleeve 12707 to define an annular space.
[1714] The elongated member may include end 12713 and an anchoring
base extending between sleeve 12707 and end 12713. The anchoring
base may define slots 12709 and 12711. End 12713 may be
tapered.
[1715] Apparatus 12700 may be positioned in a bone. Apparatus 12700
may be positioned in a shaft of a bone. Apparatus 12700 may be
positioned along a neck of a bone such that the implant extends
into a head of the bone. Apparatus 12700 may be positioned in any
other suitable location in the bone.
[1716] FIG. 128 shows a cross-sectional view of apparatus
illustrated in FIG. 127 taking along lines 128-128. FIG. 128 shows
threaded member 12715 engaged with an inner threaded portion of
tail 12705 to couple the elongated member to the implant.
[1717] FIG. 129 shows illustrative apparatus 12901 positioned in
bone B. Apparatus 12901 may include first implant head 12905 and
first implant base 12915 coupled to first implant head 12905.
Apparatus 12901 may include second implant head 12907 and second
implant base 12913 coupled to second implant head 12907. First
implant head 12905 may have one or more features in common with the
implant head. Second implant head 12907 may have one or more
features in common with the implant head.
[1718] First implant head 12905 may be expandable. Second implant
head 12907 may be expandable. One or both of implant head 12905 and
12907 may be expanded in bone B. One or both of implant head 12905
and 12907 may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. One or
both of implant head 12905 and 12907 may not be expandable.
[1719] First implant head 12905 and second implant head 12907 may
self-expand in the bone after being removed from a sheath. First
implant head 12905 and second implant head 12907 may be manually
expandable. A practitioner may insert apparatus 12901 in the bone
prior to expansion of first implant head 12905 and second implant
head 12907. A practitioner may insert apparatus 12901 in the bone
after the expansion of first implant head 12905 and/or second
implant head 12907.
[1720] First implant head 12905 may have a first volume. Second
implant head 12907 may have a second volume. The first volume may
be equal to the second volume. A shape defined by an outer face of
first implant head 12905 may be the same as, or different from, a
shape defined by an outer face of second implant head 12907.
[1721] Apparatus 12901 may include shaft 12909. Shaft 12909 may be
straight. Shaft 12909 may include one or more bent sections (not
shown) to position implant head 12905 and implant head 12907 in
desirable anatomical positions in a bone.
[1722] Shaft 12909 may be an implant tail. Shaft 12909 may be an
intramedullary rod. Shaft 12909 may be a cannulated tube. Shaft
12909 may be a solid tube.
[1723] Shaft 12909 may extend between first implant base 12915 and
second implant base 12913. Shaft 12909 may couple the first implant
head 12905 to second implant head 12907. A first end of shaft 12909
may be coupled to first implant base 12915. A second end of shaft
12909 may be coupled to second implant base 12915. Shaft 12909 may
be rigidly coupled to one or both of first implant base 12915 and
second implant base 12913. Shaft 12909 may be configured to be
coupled to one or both of first implant base 12915 and second
implant base 12913 by threads, snap-fit, friction fit, or any other
suitable attachment mechanism described herein or known to those
skilled in the art.
[1724] Shaft 12909 may define one or both of holes 12911. Shaft
12909 may define additional holes extending through shaft 12909.
Holes 12911 may be sized to receive an anchor such as a screw.
Shaft 12909 may define a mesh structure extending circumferentially
around some or all of a central axis of shaft 12909. Shaft 12909
may define one or more slots.
[1725] FIG. 130 shows illustrative apparatus 13001 positioned in
bone B. Apparatus 13001 may include first implant head 13003 and
second implant head 13005. First implant head 13003 may have one or
more features in common with the implant head. Second implant head
13005 may have one or more features in common with the implant
head.
[1726] First implant head 13003 may be expandable. Second implant
head 13005 may be expandable. First implant head 13003 and second
implant head 13005 may self-expand in bone B after being removed
from a sheath. First implant head 13003 and second implant head
13005 may be manually expandable. A practitioner may insert
apparatus 13001 in bone B prior to expansion of first implant head
13003 and second implant head 13005. A practitioner may insert
apparatus 13001 in bone B after expansion of first implant head
13003 and/or second implant head 13005.
[1727] Base 13007 may be positioned between first implant head
13003 and 13005. Base 13007 may be rigidly fixed to first implant
head 13003. Base 13007 and first implant head 13003 may be,
together, monolithic. Base 13007 may be rigidly fixed to second
implant head 13005. Base 13007 and second implant head 13005 may
be, together, monolithic. Base 13007 may be rigidly fixed to first
implant head 13003 and second implant head 13005. Base 13007, first
implant head 13003 and second implant head 13005 may be, together,
monolithic.
[1728] Base 13007 may be a first base. Base 13007 be rigidly fixed
to first implant head 13003. Second implant head 13005 may be
rigidly fixed to a second base. The second base may be coupled to
an inner face of base 13007 by threads, snap fit, friction fit, or
any other suitable attachment mechanism described herein or known
to those skilled in the art.
[1729] A practitioner may advance one or more screws into first
implant head 13003 and second implant head 13005. A practitioner
may advance screws into one or both of first and second implant
heads without using a jig.
[1730] FIG. 131 shows illustrative apparatus 13100 positioned in
bone B. Apparatus 13100 may include implant head 13103. Implant
head 13103 may have one or more features in common with the implant
head. Implant head 13103 may be expandable. Implant head 13103 may
be expanded in bone B. Implant head 13103 may be expanded prior to
positioning in bone B. Implant head 13101 may be advanced, in an
unexpanded state, through rod 13101 after rod 13101 is implanted in
bone B and subsequently expanded in bone B. Implant head 13103 may
not be expandable.
[1731] Apparatus 13100 may include member 13101. Member 13101 may
be an intramedullary rod 13101. Intramedullary rod 13101 may be
coupled to, and extend away from, implant head 13103.
Intramedullary rod 13101 may be cannulated. An end of
intramedullary rod 13101 may be coupled to implant head 13103. The
end of intramedullary rod 1310 may define an opening in which
implant head 13101 is seated. A portion of implant head 13103 may
be positioned in intramedullary rod 13101. A portion of an implant
base fixed to implant head 13103 may be positioned in
intramedullary rod 13101. An implant base fixed to implant head
13103 may be positioned in intramedullary rod 13101. A portion of
an implant tail fixed to implant head 13103 may be positioned in
intramedullary rod 13101. An implant tail fixed to implant head
13103 may be positioned in intramedullary rod 13101.
[1732] Implant head 13103 and intramedullary rod 13101 may be,
together, monolithic. Implant head 13103 may be fixedly coupled to
intramedullary rod 13101. Implant head 13103 may be removably
coupled to intramedullary rod 13101. A portion of rod 13101 may
extend through implant head 13103. An end of rod 13101 may mate
with an end of implant head 13103.
[1733] Implant head may be configured to be coupled to
intramedullary rod 13101 by threads, snap fit, friction fit, or any
other suitable attachment mechanism described herein or known to
those skilled in the art. Intramedullary rod 13101 may be
cannulated. Coupling implant head 13103 to rod 13101 may include
positioning implant head 13103, the implant base and/or the implant
tail in the cannula. Intramedullary rod 13101 may define an
opening. Coupling implant head 13103 to rod 13101 may include
positioning implant head 13103, the implant base and/or the implant
tail in the opening.
[1734] Implant head 13103 may extend away from a base. The base may
be fixedly coupled to intramedullary rod 13101. The base may be
configured to be coupled to intramedullary rod 13101 by threads,
snap fit, friction fit, or any other suitable attachment mechanism
described herein or known to those skilled in the art.
Intramedullary rod 13101 may be cannulated. Coupling the base to
rod 13101 may include positioning the base in the cannula.
Intramedullary rod 13101 may define an opening. Coupling the base
to rod 13101 may include positioning the base in the opening.
[1735] Implant head 13103 may include an implant tail. The implant
tail may pass through the intramedullary rod. The implant tail may
be fixedly coupled to the intramedullary rod. The implant tail may
be unitary with the intramedullary rod. The tail may be configured
to be coupled to intramedullary rod 13101 by threads, snap fit,
friction fit, or any other suitable attachment mechanism described
herein or known to those skilled in the art.
[1736] Implant head 13103 may be coupled to rod 13101 using
apparatus and methods illustrated and described in reference the
elongated member including the sleeve. Rod 13101 may include the
sleeve and the threaded member extending along a central axis of
the rod. Implant head 13103 may be coupled to rod 13101 using
apparatus and methods illustrated and described in reference to
FIG. 125. Implant head 13103 may be coupled to rod 13101 using
apparatus and methods illustrated and described in reference to
FIG. 127.
[1737] Implant head 13103 may be coupled to a distal end of a
screw. The screw may pass through the intramedullary rod. The screw
may be fixedly coupled to an end cap positioned on an end of the
intramedullary rod opposite the end of the rod to which implant
head 13103 is coupled. The screw may be unitary with the
intramedullary rod.
[1738] Member 13101 may be the implant tail. Member 13101 may be
the implant shaft. Member 13101 may be the implant tail coupled to
the implant shaft. Member 13101 may be a screw. A portion of
implant head 13103 may be positioned in the screw.
[1739] A practitioner may advance one or more screws into implant
head 13103. A practitioner may advance screws into implant head
13103 without using a jig. A practitioner may anchor a distal end
of a screw in a head of bone B by advancing the distal end of the
screw into implant head 13103.
[1740] FIG. 132 shows illustrative apparatus 13200 positioned in
bone B. The apparatus may include implant head 13203 (mesh
structure not shown). Implant head 13203 may have one or more
features in common with the implant head. Implant head 13203 may be
expandable. Implant head 13203 may be expanded in bone B. Implant
head 13203 may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. Implant
head 13203 may not be expandable.
[1741] Intramedullary rod 13201 may have one or more features in
common with intramedullary rod 13101. Intramedullary rod 13201 may
be coupled to implant head 13203. The coupling of implant head
13203 to rod 13201 may have one or more features in common with the
coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to implant head 13103
described at FIG. 131, above.
[1742] FIG. 132 also shows illustrative fixation members 13205 and
13207. Fixation member 13205 may be a screw. Fixation member 13207
may be a screw. Fixation members 13205 and 13207 are shown
extending through a neck of bone B and into a head of bone B. A
distal end of fixation member 13205 is anchored in implant head
13203. A distal end of fixation member 13207 is anchored in implant
head 13203.
[1743] FIG. 133 shows illustrative apparatus 13300 including
intramedullary rod 13301 positioned in bone B. Apparatus 13300 may
also include implant head 13303 (mesh structure not shown). Implant
head 13303 may be fixedly coupled to an end of intramedullary rod
13303. Implant head 13303 may be coupled to an end of
intramedullary rod 13303.
[1744] Implant head 13303 may have one or more features in common
with the implant head. Implant head 13303 may be expandable.
Implant head 13303 may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B.
Implant head may be expanded in bone B. Implant head 13303 may not
be expandable.
[1745] Intramedullary rod 13303 may have one or more features in
common with intramedullary rod 13101. Intramedullary rod 13303 may
be coupled to implant head 13301. The coupling of implant head
13301 to rod 13303 may have one or more features in common with the
coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to implant head 13103
described at FIG. 131, above.
[1746] Implant head 13303 may have an outer face shaped in the
pseudo-conical shape illustrated in FIG. 133.
[1747] Implant head 13303 may be positioned adjacent an articular
surface of bone B. A shape of implant head 13303 may support an
articular surface of bone B.
[1748] Implant head 13303 may be coupled to a first end of rod
13303. Rod 13303 may include a second implant head (not shown)
coupled to a second end of rod 13303, opposite the first end. Rod
13303 may include one or more additional implant heads (not shown)
coupled to rod 13303 along a length of rod 13303.
[1749] FIG. 134 shows illustrative apparatus 13400 positioned in
bone B. Apparatus 13400 may include implant head 13403. Implant
head 13403 may have one or more features in common with the implant
head. Implant head 13403 may be expandable. Implant head 13403 may
be expanded inside bone B. Implant head 13403 may be expanded prior
to positioning in bone B. Implant head 13403 may not be
expandable.
[1750] Apparatus 13400 may include intramedullary rod 13401.
Intramedullary rod 13401 may have one or more features in common
with intramedullary rod 13101. Intramedullary rod 13401 may be
coupled to implant head 13403. The coupling of implant head 13403
to rod 13401 may have one or more features in common with the
coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to implant head 13103
described at FIG. 131, above.
[1751] Apparatus 13400 may include plate 13405. A bottom surface of
plate 13405 may be positioned on bone B. Rod 13401 may extend
through plate 13405. Rod 13401 may extend through an opening in
plate 13405, rod 13401 may fixed to plate 13405, and rod 13401 may
be coupled to plate 13404 in any other suitable way using known
apparatus and methods. Rod 13401 and plate 13405 may together be
monolithic. Bi-cortical screws 13407 may be advanced through plate
13405 and across a width of a shaft of bone B.
[1752] FIG. 135 shows illustrative apparatus 13500 positioned in
bone B. Apparatus 13500 may include implant head 13507. Implant
head 13507 may have one or more features in common with the implant
head. Implant head 13507 may be expandable. Implant head 13507 may
be expanded inside bone B. Implant head 13507 may be expanded prior
to positioning in bone B. Implant head 13507 may not be
expandable.
[1753] Apparatus 13500 may include intramedullary rod 13503.
Intramedullary rod 13503 may have one or more features in common
with intramedullary rod 13101. Intramedullary rod 13503 may be
coupled to implant head 13507. The coupling of implant head 13507
to rod 13503 may have one or more features in common with the
coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to implant head 13103
described at FIG. 131, above.
[1754] Apparatus may include intramedullary rod 13501.
Intramedullary rod 13501 may be extend through an opening in
intramedullary rod 13503 and be fixed to rod 13503 using one or
more screws, intramedullary rod 13501 may be fixedly attached to
rod 13503, and intramedullary rod 13501 may be coupled to
intramedullary rod 13503 in any other suitable way known apparatus
and methods.
[1755] Bone B may be a femur bone. A first end of rod 13501 may be
positioned adjacent a greater trochanter of the femur. A length of
rod 13501 may extend along a length of the femur. A second end of
rod 13501 may be positioned in a femur shaft. Implant head 13507
may be positioned in a head of the femur. Rod 13101 may extend
along a neck of the femur.
[1756] FIG. 136 shows illustrative apparatus positioned in bone B.
Apparatus 13600 may include implant head 13607 (mesh structure not
shown). Implant head 13607 may have one or more features in common
with the implant head. Implant head 13607 may be expandable.
Implant head 13607 may be expanded inside bone B. Implant head
13607 may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. Implant head
13607 may not be expandable.
[1757] Apparatus 13600 may include intramedullary rod 13603.
Intramedullary rod 13603 may have one or more features in common
with intramedullary rod 13101. Intramedullary rod 13603 may be
coupled to implant head 13607. The coupling of implant head 13607
to rod 13603 may have one or more features in common with the
coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to implant head 13103
described at FIG. 131, above.
[1758] Apparatus may include intramedullary rod 13601.
Intramedullary rod 13601 may be coupled to intramedullary rod 13603
as described at FIG. 135, above.
[1759] Bone B may be a femur bone. A first end of rod 13601 may be
positioned adjacent a greater trochanter of the femur. A length of
rod 13601 may extend along a length of the femur. A second end of
rod 13601 may be positioned in the femur shaft. Implant head 13607
may be positioned in a head of the femur and extend along a neck of
the femur.
[1760] FIG. 137 shows illustrative apparatus 13700 for implanting
into a bone such as a humerus, a femur, or any other suitable bone
in the body. Apparatus 13700 may include implant head 13705 (mesh
structure not shown). Implant head 13705 may have one or more
features in common with the implant head. Apparatus 13700 may
include implant head 13707 (mesh structure not shown). Implant head
13707 may have one or more features in common with the implant
head.
[1761] Implant head 13705 may be expandable. Implant head 13705 may
be expanded inside bone B. Implant head 13705 may be expanded prior
to positioning in bone B. Implant head 13705 may not be
expandable.
[1762] Implant head 13707 may be expandable. Implant head 13707 may
be expanded inside bone B. Implant head 13707 may be expanded prior
to positioning in bone B. Implant head 13707 may not be
expandable.
[1763] Apparatus 13700 may include intramedullary rod 13703.
Intramedullary rod 13703 may have one or more features in common
with intramedullary rod 13101. Intramedullary rod 13703 may be
coupled to implant head 13705. The coupling of implant head 13705
to rod 13703 may have one or more features in common with the
coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to implant head 13103
described at FIG. 131, above. Intramedullary rod 13703 may be
coupled to implant head 13707. The coupling of implant head 13707
to rod 13703 may have one or more features in common with the
coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to implant head 13103
described at FIG. 131, above.
[1764] Apparatus may include intramedullary rod 13701.
Intramedullary rod 13701 may be coupled to intramedullary rod 13703
as described at FIG. 135, above.
[1765] FIG. 138 shows illustrative apparatus 13800 for implanting
into a bone such as a humerus, a femur, or any other suitable bone
in the body. Apparatus 13800 may include implant head 13805 (mesh
structure not shown). Implant head 13805 may have one or more
features in common with the implant head. Implant head 13805 may
include a first sphere-shaped portion 13807 and a second
cylindrically-shaped portion 13809.
[1766] Implant head 13805 may be expandable. Implant head 13805 may
be expanded inside bone B. Implant head 13805 may be expanded prior
to positioning in bone B. Implant head 13805 may not be
expandable.
[1767] Apparatus 13800 may include intramedullary rod 13803.
Intramedullary rod 13803 may have one or more features in common
with intramedullary rod 13101. Intramedullary rod 13803 may be
coupled to implant head 13805. The coupling of implant head 13805
to rod 13803 may have one or more features in common with the
coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to implant head 13103
described at FIG. 131, above.
[1768] Apparatus may include intramedullary rod 13801.
Intramedullary rod 13801 may be coupled to intramedullary rod 13803
as described at FIG. 135, above.
[1769] FIG. 139 shows illustrative apparatus 13900 positioned in
bone B. Apparatus 13900 may include implant head 13905 (mesh
structure not shown). Implant head 13905 may have one or more
features in common with the implant head. Implant head 13905 may be
expandable. Implant head 13905 may be expanded inside bone B.
Implant head 13905 may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B.
Implant head 13905 may not be expandable.
[1770] Apparatus 13900 may include intramedullary rod 13903.
Intramedullary rod 13903 may have one or more features in common
with intramedullary rod 13101. Intramedullary rod 13903 may be
coupled to implant head 13905. The coupling of implant head 13905
to rod 13903 may have one or more features in common with the
coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to implant head 13103
described at FIG. 131, above.
[1771] Apparatus may include intramedullary rod 13901.
Intramedullary rod 13901 may be coupled to intramedullary rod 13903
as described at FIG. 135, above. Rod 13901 may define first hole
13911 and second hole 13913. First hole 13911 may define a central
axis that points to implant head 13905. Second hole 13913 may
define a central axis that points to implant head 13905. When
implant head 13905 has not yet been expanded, first hole 13911 and
second hole 13913 may each point to a volume that will be occupied
by implant head 13905 when expanded in bone B.
[1772] A distal tip of fixation element 13909, when advanced
through first hole 13911 and into a head of bone B, may be anchored
in implant head 13905. A distal tip of fixation element 13907, when
advanced through second hole 13913 and into a head of bone B, may
be anchored in implant head 13905.
[1773] FIG. 140 shows illustrative apparatus 14000 for implanting
into a bone such as a humerus, a femur, or any other suitable bone.
Apparatus 14000 may include implant head 14005 (mesh structure not
shown). Implant head 14005 may have one or more features in common
with the implant head. Implant head 14005 may be expandable.
Implant head 14005 may be expanded inside the bone. Implant head
14005 may be expanded prior to positioning in the bone. Implant
head 14005 may not be expandable. Apparatus 14000 may include
intramedullary rod 14003. Intramedullary rod 14003 may have one or
more features in common with intramedullary rod 13101.
Intramedullary rod 14003 may be coupled to implant head 14005. The
coupling of implant head 14005 to rod 14003 may have one or more
features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to
implant head 13103 described at FIG. 131, above.
[1774] Apparatus may include intramedullary rod 14001.
Intramedullary rod 14001 may be coupled to intramedullary rod 14003
as described at FIG. 135, above. Rod 14001 may define hole 14009.
Hole 14009 may define a central axis that points to implant head
14005. When implant head 14005 has not yet been expanded, hole
14009 may point to a volume that will be occupied by implant head
14005 when expanded in the bone. A distal tip of fixation element
14007, when advanced through first hole 14009 and into the bone,
may be anchored in implant head 14005.
[1775] FIG. 141 shows illustrative apparatus 14100 for implanting
into a bone such as a humerus, a femur, or any other suitable bone.
Apparatus 14100 may include implant head 14105 (mesh structure not
shown). Implant head 14105 may have one or more features in common
with the implant head. Implant head 14105 may be expandable.
Implant head 14105 may be expanded inside the bone. Implant head
14105 may be expanded prior to positioning in the bone. Implant
head 14105 may not be expandable. Apparatus 14100 may include
intramedullary rod 14103. Intramedullary rod 14103 may have one or
more features in common with intramedullary rod 13101.
Intramedullary rod 14103 may be coupled to implant head 14105. The
coupling of implant head 14105 to rod 14103 may have one or more
features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to
implant head 13103 described at FIG. 131, above.
[1776] Apparatus may include intramedullary rod 14101.
Intramedullary rod 14101 may be coupled to intramedullary rod 14103
as described at FIG. 135, above. Rod 14101 may define hole 14109.
Hole 14109 may define a central axis that points to implant head
14105. When implant head 14105 has not yet been expanded, hole
14109 may point to a volume that will be occupied by implant head
14105 when expanded in the bone. A distal tip of fixation element
14107, when advanced through first hole 14109 and into the bone,
may be anchored in implant head 14105.
[1777] FIG. 142 shows illustrative apparatus 14200 for implanting
into a bone such as a humerus, a femur, or any other suitable bone.
Apparatus 14200 may include implant head 14205 (mesh structure not
shown). Implant head 14205 may have one or more features in common
with the implant head. Implant head 14205 may be expandable.
Implant head 14205 may be expanded inside the bone. Implant head
14205 may be expanded prior to positioning in the bone. Implant
head 14205 may not be expandable. Apparatus 14200 may include
intramedullary rod 14203. Intramedullary rod 14203 may have one or
more features in common with intramedullary rod 13101.
Intramedullary rod 14203 may be coupled to implant head 14205. The
coupling of implant head 14205 to rod 14203 may have one or more
features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to
implant head 13103 described at FIG. 131, above.
[1778] Apparatus may include intramedullary rod 14201.
Intramedullary rod 14201 may be coupled to intramedullary rod 14203
as described at FIG. 135, above. Rod 14201 may define a hole (not
shown). The hole may define a central axis that points to implant
head 14205. When implant head 14205 has not yet been expanded, the
hole may point to a volume that will be occupied by implant head
14205 when expanded in the bone. A distal tip of fixation element
14207, when advanced through first hole 14209 and into the bone,
may be anchored in implant head 14205.
[1779] FIG. 143 shows illustrative apparatus 14300 or implanting
into a bone such as a humerus, a femur, or any other suitable bone.
Apparatus 14300 may include implant head 14305 (mesh structure not
shown). Implant head 14305 may have one or more features in common
with the implant head. Implant head 14305 may be expandable.
Implant head 14305 may be expanded inside the bone. Implant head
14305 may be expanded prior to positioning in the bone. Implant
head 14305 may not be expandable. Apparatus 14300 may include
intramedullary rod 14303. Intramedullary rod 14303 may have one or
more features in common with intramedullary rod 13101.
Intramedullary rod 14303 may be coupled to implant head 14305. The
coupling of implant head 14305 to rod 14303 may have one or more
features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to
implant head 13103 described at FIG. 131, above.
[1780] Apparatus may include intramedullary rod 14301.
Intramedullary rod 14301 may be coupled to intramedullary rod 14303
as described at FIG. 135, above. Rod 14301 may define first hole
14311 and second hole 14313. First hole 14311 may define a central
axis that points to implant head 14305. Second hole 14313 may
define a central axis that points to implant head 14305. When
implant head 14305 has not yet been expanded, first hole 14311 and
second hole 14313 may each point to a volume that will be occupied
by implant head 14305 when expanded in bone B. A distal tip of
fixation element 14309, when advanced through first hole 14311 and
into the bone, may be anchored in implant head 14305. A distal tip
of fixation element 14307, when advanced through second hole 14313
and into the bone, may be anchored in implant head 14305.
[1781] FIG. 144 shows illustrative apparatus 14400 positioned in
bone B. Apparatus 14400 may include implant head 14405 (mesh
structure not shown). Implant head 14405 may have one or more
features in common with the implant head. Implant head 14405 may be
expandable. Implant head 14405 may be expanded inside the bone.
Implant head 14405 may be expanded prior to positioning in the
bone. Implant head 14405 may not be expandable. Apparatus 14400 may
include intramedullary rod 14403. Intramedullary rod 14403 may have
one or more features in common with intramedullary rod 13101.
Intramedullary rod 14403 may be coupled to implant head 14405. The
coupling of implant head 14405 to rod 14403 may have one or more
features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to
implant head 13103 described at FIG. 131, above. Apparatus may
include intramedullary rod 14401. Intramedullary rod 14401 may be
coupled to intramedullary rod 14403 as described at FIG. 135,
above. Rod 14401 may define one or more holes at an end of rod
14401. Screws 14407 may pass through the holes at the end of rod
14401. Bone B may be a femur bone. A length of intramedullary rod
14401 may extend along a length of the femur bone.
[1782] FIG. 145 shows illustrative apparatus 14500 positioned in
bone B. Apparatus 14500 may include implant head 14505 (mesh
structure not shown). Implant head 14505 may have one or more
features in common with the implant head. Implant head 14505 may be
expandable. Implant head 14505 may be expanded inside the bone.
Implant head 14505 may be expanded prior to positioning in the
bone. Implant head 14505 may not be expandable. Apparatus 14500 may
include intramedullary rod 14503. Intramedullary rod 14503 may have
one or more features in common with intramedullary rod 13101.
Intramedullary rod 14503 may be coupled to implant head 14505. The
coupling of implant head 14505 to rod 14503 may have one or more
features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to
implant head 13103 as described at FIG. 131, above.
[1783] Apparatus 14500 may include intramedullary rod 14501.
Intramedullary rod 14501 may be coupled to intramedullary rod 14503
as described at FIG. 135, above. Apparatus 14500 may include
implant head 14507 (mesh structure not shown). Implant head 14507
may have one or more features in common with the implant head.
Implant head 14507 may be expandable. Implant head 14507 may be
expanded inside the bone. Implant head 14507 may be expanded prior
to positioning in the bone. Implant head 14507 may not be
expandable. Intramedullary rod 14501 may have one or more features
in common with intramedullary rod 13101. Intramedullary rod 14501
may be coupled to implant head 14507. The coupling of implant head
14507 to rod 14501 may have one or more features in common with the
coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to implant head 13103
described at FIG. 131, above. One or more bi-cortical screws 14509
may pass through bone B and implant head 14507. One or more
bi-cortical screws 14509 may pass through bone B, implant head
14507 and rod 14501. One or more screws 14509 may pass through bone
B and implant head 14507. One or more screws 14509 may pass through
bone B, implant head 14507 and rod 14501.
[1784] Bone B may be a femur bone. A length of intramedullary rod
14501 may extend along a length of the femur bone. Implant head
14507 may be positioned adjacent lateral and/or medial epicondyles
of the femur bone.
[1785] FIG. 146 shows illustrative apparatus 14600 for positioning
in a bone such as a femur, a humerus, or any other suitable bone.
Apparatus 14600 may include implant head 14605 (mesh structure not
shown), implant head 14607 (mesh structure not shown) and implant
head 14609 (mesh structure not shown). Implant heads 14605, 14607
and 14609 may each have one or more features in common with the
implant head. One or more of implant heads 14605, 14607 and 14609
may be expandable. One or more of implant heads 14605, 14607 and
14609 may be expanded inside the bone. One or more of implant heads
14605, 14607 and 14609 may be expanded prior to positioning in the
bone. One or more of implant heads 14605, 14607 and 14609 may not
be expandable.
[1786] Apparatus 14600 may include intramedullary rod 14603.
Intramedullary rod 14603 may have one or more features in common
with intramedullary rod 13101. Intramedullary rod 14603 may be
coupled to implant head 14605. The coupling of implant head 14605
to rod 14603 may have one or more features in common with the
coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to implant head 13103 as
described at FIG. 131, above. Apparatus 14600 may include
intramedullary rod 14601. Intramedullary rod 14601 may be coupled
to intramedullary rod 14603 as described at FIG. 135, above.
Intramedullary rod 14601 may have one or more features in common
with intramedullary rod 13101. Intramedullary rod 14601 may be
coupled to implant head 14607 and implant head 14609. The coupling
of implant head 14607 to rod 14607 and 14609 may have one or more
features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod 13101 to
implant head 13103 described at FIG. 131, above.
[1787] Screws 14611 may be advanced through implant head 14609.
Screws 14611 may be advanced through implant head 14609 and rod
14601. Additional screws (not shown) may be advanced through
implant head 14607 and implant head 14605. One or more screws may
be advanced through both implant head 14607 and implant head
14605.
[1788] FIG. 147 shows illustrative implant 14701 including implant
head 14705 and implant tail 14703 positioned in a bone B. Implant
14701 may have one or more features in common with the implant.
Implant head 14705 may have one or more features in common with the
implant head. Implant tail 14703 may have one or more features in
common with the implant tail.
[1789] Bone B may be a calcaneus. Access site `1` may be used by a
practitioner to access the interior of the calcaneus. Access site
`1` may be positioned at a posterior portion of the calcaneus.
Access site `1` may be below the Achilles' tendon termination.
Access site `1` may be a primary access site. A practitioner may
form a secondary access site on a lateral side of a posterior facet
of the calcaneus bone. The secondary access site may be access site
`2`. The secondary access site may be used by the practitioner to
visualize the sinus relative to the talus. Implant head 14705 may
be positioned in the calcaneus and expanded such that first portion
14707 of implant head 14705 is adjacent a sinus tarsi space.
Implant head 14705 may be positioned in the calcaneus and expanded
such that a second portion 14709 of implant head 14705 is adjacent
a distal facet of the calcaneus. The distal facet may be a bottom
surface of the calcaneus. The distal facet may be a sole of the
foot.
[1790] FIG. 148 shows illustrative implant 14801 including implant
head 14805 and implant tail 14803 positioned in a bone B. Implant
14801 may have one or more features in common with the implant.
Implant head 14805 may have one or more features in common with the
implant head. Implant tail 14803 may have one or more features in
common with the implant tail.
[1791] Bone B may be a calcaneus. Access site `1` may be used by a
practitioner to access the interior of the bone. Access site `1`
may be located at a posterior heel location on the calcaneus.
Access site `1` may be formed through a split made in the Achilles'
tendon. Access site `1` may be a primary access site. A
practitioner may form a secondary access site on a lateral side of
a posterior facet of the calcaneus bone. The secondary access site
may be access site `2`. The secondary access site may be used by
the practitioner to visualize the sinus relative to the talus.
Implant head 14805 may be positioned in the calcaneus and expanded
such that a portion 14807 of implant head 14805 is adjacent the
distal facet of the calcaneus.
[1792] FIG. 149 shows illustrative implant 14901 including implant
head 14905 and implant tail 14903 positioned in a bone B. Implant
14901 may have one or more features in common with the implant.
Implant head 14905 may have one or more features in common with the
implant head. Implant tail 14903 may have one or more features in
common with the implant tail.
[1793] Bone B may be a calcaneus. Access site `1` may be used by a
practitioner to access the interior of the bone. Access site `1`
may be formed through the distal facet of the calcaneus. The
implant, when placed in the calcaneus, may define a central axis.
The central axis may be perpendicular to the distal facet. Access
site `1` may be a primary access site. A practitioner may form a
secondary access site on a lateral side of a posterior facet of the
calcaneus bone. The secondary access site may be access site `2`.
The second access site may be used by the practitioner to visualize
the sinus relative to the talus. Implant head 14905 may be
positioned in the calcaneus and expanded such that hub 14907 of
implant head 14905 is adjacent the talus.
[1794] FIG. 150 shows a cross-sectional view of illustrative
apparatus 15000. Apparatus 15000 may be implanted in the calcaneus
or any other suitable bone. Apparatus 15000 may include first mesh
15001 and second mesh 15003. First mesh 15001 may define a
longitudinal axis and may be expandable about the axis. Second mesh
15003 may be expandable about the axis between the axis and first
mesh 15001.
[1795] First mesh 15001 and second mesh 15003 may together form the
implant head of the implant. First mesh 15001 and second mesh 15003
may be configured to be longitudinally fixed to a central axis
member that lies along the axis.
[1796] First mesh 15001 may have a first thickness. Second mesh
15003 may have a second thickness greater than the first thickness.
The first thickness may be in the range 0.010 in. to 0.020 in. The
second thickness may be in the range of 0.015 in. to 0.040 in.
[1797] First mesh 15001 may have a first stress-strain modulus
corresponding to compression of the first mesh along a direction
not parallel to the axis. Second mesh 15003 may have a second
stress-strain modulus corresponding to compression of the second
mesh along the direction. The second modulus may be greater than
the first modulus.
[1798] First mesh 15001 may have a tear-drop shape. Second mesh
15003 may have a bulbous shape that has a shorter length, along a
central axis of the implant, than first mesh 15001.
[1799] FIG. 151 shows illustrative apparatus 15100. Apparatus 15100
may be implanted in the calcaneus bone or any other suitable bone.
Apparatus 15100 may include a first mesh cage 15101 (mesh not
shown), second mesh cage 15103 (mesh not shown), first elongated
member 15105 and second elongated member 15107.
[1800] First mesh cage 15101 may have one or more features in
common with the implant head. Second mesh cage 15103 may have one
or more features in common with the implant head.
[1801] First mesh cage 15101 may extend between hub 15109 and base
15111. Second mesh cage 15103 may extend between hub 15113 and base
15115.
[1802] FIG. 152 shows illustrative apparatus 15200. Apparatus 15200
may be implanted in the calcaneus or any other suitable bone. The
apparatus may include mesh cage 15201. Mesh cage 15201 may have one
or more features in common with the implant head. Mesh cage 15201
may be expandable. Mesh cage 15201 may not be expandable. Mesh cage
may extend between hub 15211 and base 15213.
[1803] Mesh cage 15203 may include first bulbous section 15201,
second bulbous section 15205 and tapered section 15207. Tapered
section may define an outside diameter less than an outside
diameter of implant base 15209.
[1804] A side profile of mesh cage 15201 may differ from the front
profile of mesh cage 15201 illustrated in FIG. 152.
[1805] FIG. 153 shows illustrative apparatus 15300. Apparatus 15300
may include implant head 15301 and implant tail 15305. Implant head
15301 may have one or more features in common with the implant
head. Implant tail may have one or more features in common with the
implant tail. Implant head 15301 may be fixed to an end of central
axis member 15303. Implant head 15301 may be expandable.
[1806] Implant head 15301 may be manually expanded from a collapsed
state to an expanded state. Implant head 15301 may self-expand to a
first volume. Implant head 15301 may be manually expanded from the
first volume to a second volume. Implant head 15301 may be manually
expanded by insertion of rod 15307 into implant tail 15305. Rod
15307 may have an inner threaded portion configured to mate with
externally threaded end 15309. When the inner threaded portion of
rod 15307 mates with threaded end 15309 of central axis member
15303 and the rod 15307 is turned, central axis member 15303 may be
advanced towards implant tail end 15311. As central axis member
15303 advances towards end 15311, implant head 15301 may be
expanded.
[1807] Implant tail 15305 may be smooth. The smooth tail may allow
for micromovement of the implant.
[1808] FIG. 154 shows a cross-sectional view of the implant shown
in FIG. 153 taken along lines 154-154. The cross-sectional view
does not include rod 15307.
[1809] FIG. 155 shows schematically illustrative implant assembly
15500. Assembly 15500 may include implant head 15502. Assembly
15500 may include elongated support 15504. Assembly 15500 may
include implant tail 15506.
[1810] Implant head 15502 may have one or more features in common
with the implant head. Elongated support 15504 may have one or more
features in common with central axis member 15303 (shown in FIG.
153). Implant tail 15506 may have one or more features in common
with the implant tail.
[1811] Implant tail 15506 may include anchor receiving hole
15510.
[1812] Elongated support 15504 may engage implant head 15502 at hub
15508. Support 15504 may be engaged with hub 15508 prior insertion
of implant head 15502 in a bone. For example, support 15504 may be
engaged with hub 15508 at a factory or by a physician in a clinical
setting. Support 15504 may be engaged with hub 15508 after
insertion of implant head 15502 in a bone. For example, implant
head 15502 may be placed in the bone and self-expanded or be
expanded by an actuator.
[1813] A practitioner may select implant head 15502 from two or
more implant heads, each head, when expanded, defining a different
volume. A practitioner may select elongated support 15506 from two
or more elongated supports, each elongated support defining a
different length. A practitioner may select implant tail 15506 for
coupling to elongated support 15506. The practitioner may select
implant tail 15506 from a group of implant tails, each implant tail
having a different length and/or defining a different angle.
[1814] Implant head 15502 may not be expanded when a practitioner
couples implant head 15502 to elongated support 15502. Implant head
15502 may be expanded when a practitioner couples implant head
15502 to elongated support 15502.
[1815] FIG. 156 shows in partial cross section a partial view of
illustrative implant assembly 15600 that may have one or more
features in common with assembly 15500 (shown in FIG. 155). Implant
head 15602 may include expandable mesh 15604 (shown schematically).
Implant head 15602 may have one or more features in common with the
implant head. Implant head 15604 may be fixed to base 15608. Base
15608 may define opening 15610. Opening 15610 may receive elongated
support 15612. Implant tail 15614 may extend from elongated support
15612. Implant tail 15614 may have one or more features in common
with the implant tail.
[1816] Bushing 15616 may provide clearance for threaded rod 15618.
Rod 15618 may threadingly engage axial member 15620. Threaded rod
15618 may adjust an axial gap (not shown) between bushing 15616 and
axial member 15620. The axial gap may be changed to change the
extent of expansion of mesh 15604. Threaded rod 15618 may lock the
gap to lock mesh 15604 in a state of expansion. Threaded rod 15618
may lock the gap to lock mesh 15604 in a collapsed state. Set screw
15622 may be tightened against rod 15618 to prevent rod 15618 from
rotating. Set screw 15622 may be cannulated to allow access to head
15624 of rod 15618.
[1817] Bushing 15616 may include catches 15626. Catches 15626 may
include recesses in bushing 15616. Catches 15626 may catch latches
15628. Latches 15628 may include protrusions 15630. Protrusions
15630 may have an equilibrium state in which they rest at a radius
from the axis of elongated support 15612 that is smaller than the
radius of opening 15610. During insertion of elongated support
15612 into base 15608, elongated support 15612 may displace
protrusions 15630 radially outward until catches 15626 align with
protrusions 15630. Protrusions 15630 may then elastically relax
into catches 15626.
[1818] Base 15608 may include arms (not shown) to resiliently
support protrusions 15630. The arms may be defined by voids or
slots in base 15608. The arms may be cantilevered. Mesh 15604 may
be biased to expand radially outward from the axis of elongated
support 15612. The bias may urge elongated support 15612 to exit
opening 15610. This may increase a force of engagement of catches
15626 with protrusions 15630. The engagement may be frictional. The
engagement may be an interference engagement. For example,
protrusions 15630 may be shaped to nest in a beveled edge (not
shown) of catches 15626.
[1819] FIG. 157 shows illustrative flange 15702 in axial member
15620. When implant head 15602 is joined to elongated support
15612, protrusions 15630 may ride over flange 15702 before nesting
in catches 15626. Flange 15702 may provide sufficient resistance to
implant head 15602 to reduce the likelihood of inadvertent
engagement with catches 15626. Arrows A show the direction of
motion of implant head 15602 relative to elongated support 15612
during "snapping on" of implant head 15602 to elongated support
15612.
[1820] FIG. 158 shows illustrative implant assembly 15800. Assembly
15800 may include the implant. The implant may include implant head
15802. The implant may include elongated support 15804. The implant
may include implant tail 15806. Assembly 15800 may include keyed
plate 15808.
[1821] Implant head 15802 may have one or more features in common
with the implant head. Elongated support 15804 may have one or more
features in common with central axis member 15303 (shown in FIG.
153). Implant tail 15806 may have one or more features in common
with the implant tail. Keyed plate 15808 may have one or more
features in common with the plate.
[1822] Implant head 15802 may include an expandable mesh anchoring
substrate (expandable mesh not shown).
[1823] Plate 15808 may include clearance hole 15810. Hole 15810 may
be large enough to permit the passage of implant head 15802 in a
collapsed state. Hole 15810 may be large enough to permit the
passage of a diameter of implant head 15802 in the collapsed state.
Hole 15810 may be large enough to permit the passage of diameter
15812 of elongated support 15804. The diameter may be a "primary"
diameter.
[1824] Plate 15808 may have a thickness 15818. Plate 15808 may
include slot 15814. Implant tail 15806 may include grooves 15816 on
opposite sides of tail 15806. Groove 15816 may have a height that
is sufficient to accommodate thickness 15818. Grooves 15816 may
have depth such that tail 15806 has a minor diameter 15820 such
that tail 15806 can slide into slot 15814. Grooves 15816 may have a
length 15822 to be constrained by walls 15824 of slot 15814 with
sufficient moment to prevent rotation of tail 15806 about a normal
(not shown) to plate 15808. Grooves 15816 may have a length 15822
to be constrained by walls 15824 of slot 15814 with sufficient
moment to prevent rotation of tail 15806 about a longitudinal axis
of support 15804.
[1825] Anchor receiving holes may be used to fix plate 15808 to the
bone. Tail 15806 may be seated sufficiently snuggly in slot 15814,
when plate 15808 is fixed to the bone, so that plate 15808 prevents
or reduces rotation of the implant about the longitudinal axis of
the implant. Tail 15806 may be seated sufficiently snuggly in slot
15814, when plate 15808 is fixed to the bone, so that plate 15808
prevents or reduces rotation of the implant with respect to plate
15808.
[1826] Tail 15806 may be seated sufficiently snuggly in slot 15814,
when plate 15808 is fixed to the bone, so that plate 15808 prevents
or reduces translation of the implant along the longitudinal axis
of the implant.
[1827] Tail 15806 may be seated sufficiently snuggly in slot 15814,
when plate 15808 is fixed to the bone, so that plate 15808 prevents
or reduces translation of the implant with respect to plate 15808.
Plate 15808 may include a set screw (not shown) or other fixation
device to lock tail 15806 in slot 15814. One or more set screws may
traverse plate 15808 at a position along slot 15814, and contact
tail 15806 at one or both of grooves 15816.
[1828] Elongated support 15804 may include one or more anchor
passing holes 15828. Anchor passing holes 15828 may receive an
anchor engaged with implant head 15802. A practitioner may pass one
or more anchors through implant head 15802 and into anchor passing
holes 15828.
[1829] FIG. 159 shows the implant in clearance hole 15810 prior to
insertion in slot 15814.
[1830] A practitioner may insert implant tail 15802 into slot 15814
after the implant is positioned in the bone by sliding plate 15808
along a surface of the bone.
[1831] When implant tail 15802 is positioned in slot 15814, a
practitioner may secure the implant to the bone using screws. The
screws may pass through plate 15802 and into the bone. The screws
may pass through the bone and into the implant. The screws may pass
through plate 15802 and the implant.
[1832] Thus, apparatus and methods for bone fracture repair have
been provided. Persons skilled in the art will appreciate that the
present invention can be practiced by other than the described
examples, which are presented for purposes of illustration rather
than of limitation.
* * * * *